Friendship, Disharmony & Sonic

by natedeanmaan

First published 25th of February, 2013

Sonic was enjoying himself on one of his runs, but that was quickly interupted when Discord shows himself and uses his chaos magic on Sonic's surroundings. After hearing Discord's plan to steal and use the Chaos Emeralds, Sonic must get to them before Discord. More surprises shows itself once Time Eater is revealed trying to steal the emeralds as well. After a failed attempt, the emeralds scatter into 5 different directions. New friendships will be made, love will also blossom between two of the characters, a lot of action and humor joins this crew on their journey for the Chaos Emeralds. Sonic and the group must team up to stop Discord and Time Eater once and for all.

Crossover involves:

Sonic the Hedgehog; My Little Pony: Friendship is Magic; Regular Show; Adventure Time with Finn and Jake; Ed, Edd 'n' Eddy and Danny Phantom.

Chapter 1

It was just another casual day for Sonic, he was just having one of his runs before Tails bumped into him and invites him to go to the park. Little to Sonic’s knowledge, Tails and the rest of the gang had prepared a surprise party for him. After arriving at the park, Sonic had gotten a specially made chilidog and loved it. While everyone was enjoying the party, a sudden dark pulse exploded out of nowhere and interrupted the party. The force from the sudden blast sent all of the party supplies flying in the air, including Sonic’s chilidog, leaving the hedgehog disappointed after seeing it was gone. Unknown to Sonic at the time, a dark creature had come out of a portal, spreading fear to everyone at the party. The creature then opened up multiple small portals and had sucked all of Sonic’s friends into them. In a futile attempt, Sonic tried to attack the dark creature to save his friends, but the creature swatted Sonic away like a bug, and knocked him out in the process.

After regaining consciousness, Sonic found himself in white space and traveled through familiar areas that gave him déjà vu, one of them however was a blur to Sonic. Sonic then bumped into his past self while restoring the areas. It took time, but Sonic rescued all of his friends, went through his past and successfully restored the areas that the dark creature had torn from reality. He also collected all seven of the Chaos Emeralds, and had foiled all of Eggman’s past plans once again. It all lead up to the final battle with the dark creature that was known as Time Eater.

After opening the gateway, Classic Sonic, Modern Sonic, Classic Tails and Modern Tails arrive at the Center of Time. What they saw was Time Eater, but ever since their last encounter with the dark creature, it had changed its form. It had four arms instead of two, two pair of wings, the gears from its back was now part of its arms, there were two orbs on top of Time Eater’s head and a giant sized orb holding the second set of arms and wings together.

“Okay, whatever you are,” Sonic declared to the dark creature. “If you want to avoid an embarrassing beat down, you better give up now!” He concludes with confidence.

The first orb on Time Eater’s head opened, revealing a familiar egg-shaped person. “You’re not in a position to demand anything, you nasty little pincushion!” Eggman shouted out in annoyance.

“Eggman! But, how?” Tails questioned. Sonic slapped his forehead and shook his head as if to say, “Why am I not surprised?”

The second orb opened, revealing another person. “He had a little help,” said the second person.

“Dr. Robotnik!” Tails said and pointed at the lower orb. Classic Sonic put a hand over his eyes to view the second orb correctly and was shocked to see it was Robotnik.

“Nobody calls me that anymore,” he states. “If you would be so kind as to explain, gentleman genius Dr. Eggman From The Future,” the classic Eggman says.

“It will be my pleasure, most excellent and efficacious Dr. Eggman Of The Past,” says the modern Eggman.

Modern Eggman then started going down memory lane and explains what has happened. “After my most recent setback, I stumbled upon the primordial form of this unique creation. Which I discovered had amazing abilities even I have never been able to master. It could erase time and space! I then had the brilliant idea to use my discovery to undo my previous defeats! In order to perfect it, I needed the help of somebody as smart as I am. The only person that smart… is me!” Modern Eggman concludes and gestures towards Classic Eggman.

Classic Eggman was flattered to get a compliment from his future self. “Oh, you are too kind, my dear future self! And I was happy to help!” he finishes happily.

“I captured your friends, flinging them through time to bait my traps,” Modern Eggman continues to explain his plan.

“But the more your monster tears through time, the more damage you do to the world!” Tails interrupts with the side effect to Eggman’s plan. Sonic looked at Tails and nodded in agreement to what he was saying and glared back at Eggman.

“The world? I’m going to own the world when I’m finished with Sonic! HOO HOO HOO HOO HOO HOO HOO HOO HOO HOO!!!” Modern Eggman then coughed and continued his laughter, while Classic Eggman scratched his head and looked at his future self and says in disbelief, “Wow. Will I really get that crazy?”

Modern Eggman looked over his ship and talked to his past self, “Heheh! We’ll see who’s crazy after I destroy both Sonics… forever!”

“You mean after we destroy them,” Classic Eggman corrected his older self.

“Less arguing. More destroying,” Modern Eggman declared, and then sat back down on his chair in his ship. Sonic then responded in a cocky attitude. “Destroy me, you and what mustache? I beat you all the time by myself, and now there’s two of me!” Sonic said while pointing his thumb at his younger self, who did a back flip in excitement.

“Then I’ll have twice as much fun defeating you!” Modern Eggman declared and sat back in his ship.

The two orbs then closed and Time Eater started its assault on both Sonic’s. Both Modern and Classic Sonic sprang into action running towards Time Eater. They came to a halt once Time Eater started firing purple orbs at both Sonics. Modern and Classic Sonic then split up, avoiding the attack. Time Eater continued firing multiple purple orbs at the Sonics, which they easily avoided.

“Keep moving!” Modern Sonic shouts to his younger self. Classic Sonic then looked over at Modern Sonic and nodded; continuing to avoid each of the purple orbs.

“Move all you want! I’m still going to stomp you into a blue jelly,” said Modern Eggman.

Modern Eggman then pressed a button, causing one of Time Eaters arms to go into a time hole. After seeing that Time Eater stopped firing the purple orbs, both Modern and Classic Sonic regrouped and jumped towards Time Eater in an attempt to attack it. Time Eater then swatted both Sonics with one arm, sending them flying backwards and skidding on the floor. Both Sonics were trying to shake off the pain, and tired to get back to their feet. Modern Eggman laughed to himself in satisfaction, knowing he had them right where he wanted them. The arm that was sent through the time hole suddenly appeared behind both Sonics, once they got on their feet. They turned around and saw the arm, but didn’t have enough time to react to the sudden attack, leaving both Sonics squashed by the hand. Both Modern and Classic Sonic were knocked out after the arm raised itself from the ground.

“That was just to soften you up. Now it’s time to meet your doom,” Modern Eggman says. Time Eater’s arm returned to the body and was ready to continue its attack on both Classic and Modern Sonic, when all of a sudden…

“You can do it Sonic!” shouted Amy

“Come on Sonic. Smack him!” shouted Knuckles.

“Ugh, not you!” Modern Eggman yells in displeasure.

“You’ve got this Sonic!” Shadow assures.

“You can win Sonic!” Rouge says.

“Who are they?” questioned Classic Eggman.

“They are insignificant!” responded Modern Eggman in annoyance.

“You’ve got the power Sonic!” yelled Vector.

“Focus your spirit!” calmly says.

“We’re with you guys!” yells in excitement.

“I believe in you, Sonic!” Cream yelled in a pleading tone, while her Chao friend, Cheese, nods in agreement.

“Don’t give in, Sonic!” yelled Blaze.

“I know you can do this, Sonic!” says Silver in assurance.

“You can win, Sonic!” yelled Classic Tails.

“You always do!” Modern Tails assures.

The Chaos Emeralds then appeared and circled both Sonics and raised them off the ground. Modern Sonic’s hands twitched and clenched into fists, gaining the power the Chaos Emeralds had. Classic Sonic also opened his eyes, feeling the Emeralds powers as well. Modern Sonic then opened his eyes and pointed at Time Eater.

“Time to scramble some Eggmen, SUPER SONIC STYLE!” Modern Sonic yells, ready to fight.

Classic Sonic punched his right fist into his left hand and in a flash, both Modern and Classic Sonic transformed into their super forms. They both flew up in the air and charged towards Time Eater to begin the final battle.

The battle between the two Sonics and the new and improved Time Eater was intense. Both Eggman’s added more power to Time Eater than the Sonics had thought. The Eggmen had used the Warping Arm Attack to start the fight. The Sonics saw it coming and avoided the attack easily. Time Eater then used its Homing Shot, firing one after the other. The gang were scared of what they were seeing with the Homing Shot, hoping both Sonics would be safe. Thanks to the floating debris from the areas that Time Eater tore through, the Homing Shots had hit them instead of the Sonics. After avoiding the Homing Shots, both Sonics charged at the core of the Time Eater. Time Eater tried to squish the Sonics when they got close, but they dodged the attack and continued their assault on the core. Time Eater groaned in pain after the core was damaged, and it got ready for the next attack.

Time Eater then used both of its arms for a Warping Arm Attack to try to hit both Sonics, but once again, they were easily avoided. After getting its arms back, Time Eater then shot its Orbs at the Sonics. The orbs had temporally slowed the Sonics down. Time Eater then fired more Homing Shots at the Sonics. Classic Sonic tried to pull himself and Modern Sonic out of the wormhole, but he found that he couldn’t. “Just follow my lead,” Modern Sonic told his younger self, who obliged. They dodged the Homing Shots with ease and Modern Sonic came up with a plan to strike Time Eater’s core again. Modern Sonic used Chaos Control to slow time down and he and Classic Sonic easily charged at the orb again, causing Time Eater more damage. Time Eater then lost the bottom pair of wings and set of arms.

Out of fear, both Modern and Classic Eggman had distanced themselves from both Sonics and fired a barrage of Homing Shots at them. Out of defense, Classic Sonic pulled himself and Modern Sonic out of the wormhole and avoided the onslaught of Homing Shots. Time Eater then charged up a lot of energy and before both Sonics could respond, it unleashed the energy and slowed time down. This caused both Sonics to be stuck outside of the wormhole in slow motion, while Time Eater was left alone and charged up a powerful laser shot. Once time had been restored, Time Eater also stepped out of the wormhole and fired the laser at the Sonics. At the last second, Modern Sonic pulled himself and Classic Sonic back into the wormhole. They then charged at Time Eater once it came back in the wormhole and damaged the core even more, causing the trio great frustration.

Sonic’s friends started cheering in excitement, seeing that both Classic and Modern Sonic are easily handling the threat of the universe and they weren’t even breaking a sweat at it. In one final attempt, both Classic and Modern Eggman triggered Time Eater’s strongest attack.

“WE’LL END IT! BURN, BURN TO ASHES!!!” both the Eggmen yelled.

Time Eater charged up a giant fireball and fired it at the Sonics. It was so big that they knew it was unavoidable for the Sonics. Instead of trying to avoid the attack, both Classic and Modern Sonic grabbed each other’s hand and spun into the fireball with great speed and power, easily cutting through the fireball and aimed their sights on the core. “NOW GO FOR IT!” Everyone shouted, seeing that the Sonics had the battle wrapped up. With their combined powers, the Sonics tore through the fireball without sustaining any damage, and crashed into the core. Time Eater exploded once the Sonics shattered the core.

Once the explosion subsided, Sonic found himself back at the park. He then saw his chilidog that was blown away earlier, falling from the sky. Sonic grabbed it and started eating it again.

“Still warm. Heheheh. Time Travel,” he said to himself in satisfaction.

Sonic then saw his younger self run up to the picnic table, and they both saw all their friends teleport back to the picnic table as well. Everyone cheered for joy, seeing that Sonic once again saved the day. Amy stared dreamily at Sonic with her hands clasped.

“I’ll admit, you weren’t half bad, Sonic,” said Knuckles.

“Half bad? Are you kidding?” Amy shouts and pushes Knuckles into a nearby tree. “He was all great!” Amy concludes and went back to admiring Sonic after pushing Knuckles into the tree. Knuckles slid to the ground after hitting the tree hard. Classic Sonic then looked at his future self in amazement from the scene, seeing that he has someone in the future admiring him. Modern Sonic scratched the left side of his head and looked away with a slight blush. Classic and Modern Sonic turned over to see Classic and Modern Tails talking to each other.

“He collects how many? Wow, where does somebody put all those gold rings?” questioned Classic Tails.

“You know what? I don’t know, I keep forgetting to ask,” Modern Tails responded.

Everyone continued celebrating at the party. They enjoyed themselves with short conversations and eating more cake and chilidogs. All except for Classic and Modern Sonic, who were talking with each other.

“It was great teaming up with you. Hope you learned a few tricks that’ll help you out in the future,” Sonic said with a smile. “I mean the past. You know what I mean!” Sonic concluded in annoyance from the whole “Time Paradox” thing.

Classic Sonic nodded in understanding and pointed his two thumbs at himself, saying “I got this.” He then ran and jumped in the air and attempted to do the boost, but couldn’t get it down right away. He tried to keep himself from falling by trying to grab the air, but he fell and hit head first on the ground. Modern Sonic then clapped his hands and cheered his younger self up.

“Dude, sweet! And you’re only going to get better,” said Sonic in excitement, knowing he’ll get it down someday.

Classic Sonic scratched the right side of his head with his facial expression reading, “You really think so?” Classic and Modern Tails ran up to the Sonics.

“There’s our ride,” said Classic Tails while pointing at a nearby portal.

The portal that was seen, lead to the Green Hill area. Classic Sonic then looked at Classic Tails and nodded in agreement silently saying, “Let’s move out.” Modern Sonic gave his younger self a high five, while Classic Tails gave his older self a double high five. They both went to the portal to leave.

“Hey Sonic! Enjoy your future. It’s going to be great!” yelled Sonic.

Classic Sonic looked back with a grin and gave a thumbs up with his facial expression saying, “You know it!” Both Classic Sonic and Classic Tails went through the portal and it disappeared before Modern Sonic and the gang. Everyone waved goodbye and Sonic stood there with a smile, knowing his younger self will live a great life leading up to how he is today.

Unbeknownst to everyone, Time Eater had survived the explosion and was slowly regaining its strength. “I’ll get you Sonic! I SWEAR IT!!!!”

Chapter End

Author's Notes:

Hello everyone, I want to say that this chapter, as well as the next two chapters will cover the bad guys I chose for this story. I also claim no ownership of ANY character in this story from video games and/or the respected cartoons.

Chapter 2

It was a nice and peaceful day in Equestria. Cheerilee had taken her class to the Canterlot Sculpture Garden for a fieldtrip, Cheerilee was showing her class all of the known statues in the garden. The Cutie Mark Crusaders had gotten into a couple of arguments with eachother after they had seen a few of the statues and wondered how cool it would be to have some of them as a cutie mark. They were called over to see another statue in the garden.

The statue that was seen was said to be a draconequus. The creature’s head was horse-like, it had a deer antler on the right side, and a goat horn on the left side. It also had one long fang, a snake tongue, and a beard. It’s body had a lion’s right arm, an eagle’s left claw, the right leg of a lizard, and the left leg of a goat. The creature had mixed wings, the right wing was a bat, while the left wing was a pegasus, and it had a snake's tail.

Sweetie Belle, Scootaloo and Apple Bloom got into a fight with each other after naming a few of the draconequus’ mismatched body parts and what it represents. While they were fighting with one another, the statue had a faint purple glow on the chest. Cheerilee broke up the fight after telling the Cutie Mark Crusaders that they were each right with what they were arguing over. The creature was known as Discord, he was a spirit of Chaos, Disharmony, and everything related to negative feelings of Harmony. Cheerilee assigned each of the CMC’s with an assignment of how they “knew” what disharmony was. While Cheerilee was taking the class of fillies to another part of the garden, the Discord statue started cracking, an evil chuckle followed afterwards.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Everything seemed normal around Ponyville; Rainbow Dash had been clearing the sky, and had been flying around. While she was flying, a pink cloud zoomed past her, making her spin and become dizzy in the process. After regaining her composure, Rainbow Dash chased down the pink cloud, and caught it, however, she got stuck in it. She tasted it and it tasted like cotton candy, leaving her confused. Multiple cotton candy clouds started flying past her in all different directions. One cloud hung over her head and started downpouring chocolate milk on her.

The clouds started moving through Sweet Apple Acres. Applejack and Rainbow Dash were concerned over the weird weather. Rainbow Dash left and attempted to stop the strange weather. The chocolate rain however, started having its effect on the food. All of the corn was beginning to pop and became popcorn, which Pinkie was swimming through. Pinkie Pie was enjoying herself with what was going on and drank some of the chocolate rain while it was downpouring. Rarity was there, attempting to calm Applejack and help out in anyway possible, without getting herself dirty. The apples grew in great size, and bent the trees they were on. The squirrels were eating the super-sized apples. Fluttershy’s rabbit Angel also joined the squirrels and was eating the apples. Fluttershy tried to convince Angel to stop eating the apple, but Angel’s legs grew to the size of a deer. Other rabbits were seen having the same effect after they ate the apples.

Twilight Sparkle and her assistant Spike arrived at Sweet Apple Acres, hoping that they can fix the problem. Twilight skimmed through a page in a book she brought with her, and found a spell she believed was going to fix everything. She charged up her horn, and fired a stream of magic across Sweet Apple Acres, enveloping everything in a bright purple light. After the flash subsided, Twilight was shocked to see that her fail-safe spell had failed. Spike thought they should give up after Twilight’s spell didn’t work. Twilight glared at Spike in annoyance.

Rarity gave Twilight her umbrella and encouraged her to come up with another plan to stop the madness at Sweet Apple Acres. Twilight thought for a few seconds and came up with a new plan. Twilight had Rainbow Dash collect all of the cotton candy clouds and placed them together in one area. Applejack used some rope to tie-up the clouds and brought it down to the ground, leaving Pinkie Pie upset over the chocolate rain stoppage. Fluttershy baited the animals from eating the apples and had them go eat the cotton candy clouds instead. Twilight was then telling Spike that as long as you work together with your friends with any kind of problems, you should never give up. Spike then burped up his green fire, revealing a scroll from Princess Celestia. Twilight read the scroll over, and was shocked to see it was an urgent message. She and her friends rushed over to Canterlot.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Celestia paced back and forth in her palace, waiting as patiently as possible for Twilight and her friends to arrive. Once they arrived, Celestia started explaining what was going on in Equestria while walking through the castle, painting a picture of past events to the Mane Six with stained glass windows. Celestia had said that the reason for the animals misbehavior, the chocolate rain, and Twilight’s magic not working were all from an old foe she had believed she defeated years ago, Discord. Discord, as Celestia described him, was a mischievous spirit of Disharmony. Before Princess Celestia and Princess Luna’s time, Discord had ruled Equestria with unrest and unhappiness. With all the chaos Discord had, he made life miserable for earth ponies, unicorns and pegasi alike. Not wanting to stand by any further with Discord’s torture, both Princess Celestia and Princess Luna discovered the Elements of Harmony and used their combined power to seal Discord in his stony imprisonment as seen in the Canterlot Gardens.

Unfortunately, after the events of Luna’s transformation to Nightmare Moon, they lost their connection to the Elements of Harmony. The spell placed on Discord was broken because of this, and he was set free from his imprisonment. Celestia led Twilight and her friends to Canterlot Tower in it lay the Elements of Harmony that was used last on Nightmare Moon. Celestia wanted them to wield the elements once again to put a stop to Discord, before his chaos can spread even further. Twilight and her friends accepted the task at hand.

Celestia then put her horn into the lock of the chamber, she then used her magic to unlock and open the door. She pulled out a case that contained the elements. After opening the case, everyone was shocked to see that the elements weren’t in the case. Celestia was left wondering what had happened to the elements. She said that she was the only one that could open the door. After a few moments, laughter was heard in the castle, Celestia stopped in her tracks and looked around the castle in anger, knowing whom the laughter belonged to.

Discord taunted Celestia and the Mane Six, echoing his voice throughout the castle. Discord then revealed himself on one of the stained glass windows that he was painted on and had animated himself going from one stained glass window, to another. Celestia questioned Discord of what he did with the Elements of Harmony; he responded by saying he is “borrowing” them for the time being.

“You’ll never get away with this Discord!” Celestia declares in anger.

“Oh, I’ve forgotten how grim you can be, Celestia. It’s really quite boring,” Discord nonchalantly states, earning glares from the other ponies.

“Hey! Nopony insults the princess!” yelled Rainbow Dash.

She then flew at the stained glass window that Discord was on. However, he disappeared before she got to the window, having her crash face first into nothing. Discord then re-appeared on the same stained glass window, bigger than he was a while ago.

“Oh, you must be Rainbow Dash, Famed for her loyalty, the element of harmony you represent.” Discord stated.

“That’s right! I’ll always be loyal to the princess!” declared Rainbow Dash.

Discord then disappeared from the stained glass window he was on. “We’ll see about that,” he said in a challenging tone.

“I can’t believe your wasting our time talking to a tacky window,” said Rarity in disbelief of what she was seeing.

Discord then re-appeared on the stained glass window behind her and said, “The beautiful Rarity, representing the element of generosity, if I’m not mistaken.” Applejack then walked up to the window Discord was currently on. “So you know who we are, big deal,” Applejack concluded, not impressed with Discord knowing who they were.

Discord grew taller on the window and continued his knowledge of the ponies and said, “Oh, I know much more than that, honest Applejack.”

“You seem to know our strengths too,” stated Twilight.

Discord teleported and re-appeared on a different window that had the mane six on it. He had shrunk himself to fit on the window. “Yes, Twilight Sparkle, and yours is the most powerful and the most elusive element, magic. Fluttershy’s is kindness and Pinkie Pie’s is a personal favorite of mine, laughter.”

Pinkie snickered after Discord’s statement, causing Twilight to turn her head in Pinkie’s direction after hearing her. “Pinkie!” she shouted in annoyance. “Ha-ha-ha! He’s standing on your head!” Discord, as said, was on Twilight’s head on the stained glass window and was dancing in place on it, making Pinkie laugh even more.

Getting tired of Discord’s antics, Celestia got back on topic with Discord taking the Elements of Harmony. “Stop stalling Discord! What have you done with the elements of harmony!?” she demanded.

Discord stopped his dancing and was un-amused from her behavior. “Oh, so boring Celestia, really. Fine, I’ll tell you, but I’ll only tell you my way,” he said before disappearing from the stained glass window, and re-appeared again in the other windows.

“To retrieve your missing elements just make sense of this change of events. Twists and turns are my master plan. Then find the elements back where you began,” he concluded his riddle with a chuckle, leaving the ponies alone to try and solve the riddle.

“Can we go home now?” asked the worried Fluttershy once she and Applejack walked up to Twilight. “What do you reckon he meant? Twists and turns and then back where we started?” questioned Applejack.

Twilight walked to the window thinking about what Discord’s riddle meant. “Twists and turns. Twists and turns,” she said to herself in deep thought. After arriving at one of the windows, she looked out and spotted the labyrinth outside. An idea hit Twilight the moment she saw the labyrinth. “Twists and turns! That’s it! I bet Discord hid the elements in the palace labyrinth,” she said in excitement.

Princess Celestia nodded in agreement to Twilight’s answer, thankful that the knowledge of the elements whereabouts had been found. “Good luck my little ponies! The fate of Equestria, is in your hooves,” said Celestia.

“Thanks princess, we wont let you down,” Twilight said with confidence, and with that, the mane six rushed out of the palace and headed to the labyrinth.

They arrived to the labyrinth, and were about to enter, but Fluttershy started feeling scarred of the idea of entering the labyrinth. Rainbow Dash assured her and the rest of the ponies that she will do a quick fly over the labyrinth, when all of a sudden, her wings vanished and she fell to the ground. Rainbow Dash was shocked to see that her wings disappeared. A few seconds later, the same thing happened to Fluttershy’s wings, also shocking her. Both Twilight’s and Rarity’s horns vanished afterwards. “Your horn! My Horn! Aggghhh!!!” they said in unison.

A bright ball of light appeared before the ponies, and in a flash, Discord revealed himself laughing at the pony’s misfortunes. “You should see the looks on your faces! Priceless,” he said in amusement.

“Give us our wings and horns back!” demanded Twilight.

“You’ll get them back in good time,” he said before teleporting to Applejack. “I simply took them to ensure there’s no cheating. You see this is the first rule of our game: No flying, and no magic,” he finished after running his lion finger down Twilight’s chin, causing her to feel uncomfortable.

“The first rule?” questioned Rainbow Dash.

“The second rule is: Everypony has to play, or the game is over, and I win. Good luck everypony!” he concluded in laughter and suddenly disappeared, leaving the ponies scarred.

“Never fear girls! We have each other.” Twilight assured her friends. After calming down herself, Rainbow Dash helped her and said, “Yeah, like Twilight said. There’s nothing we can’t overcome, if we all stick together.”

“Alright girls, lets do this!” said Twilight.

“Together!” they said in unison after they took their first step into the maze. Suddenly, multiple hedges sprouted out of the ground and separated the ponies from one another, causing them to panic from the separation. Twilight calmed the others down and told them to meet each other at the middle of the maze as fast as possible.

The challenge proved to be tough for the ponies. One by one, Discord worked his magic on the ponies, using each of their cutie mark symbols to lure them into each of his traps. He started with Applejack, turning her a liar after having her see a puddle that revealed the future of her friendship with the rest of the group. After tricking her to believing that lies are easier to take than a truth, her coat and mane faded into a light grey-ish color.

Pinkie Pie was the next victim to Discord’s tricks. Pinkie saw a balloon party, and was instantly happy to see it. She tripped and fell into a mud puddle and was being laughed at by the balloons. Discord revealed himself to Pinkie, and twisted her thoughts on having a good laugh with friends, and being laughed at into two different things. The talk ended up leading Pinkie to believe that her friends laugh at her all the time. Pinkie turned grey-ish as well, and lost her personality.

Rarity was next in line for Discord to toy with. Rarity bumped into a rock wall that had three diamonds imbedded in it, making Rarity swoon over their beautiful glow. Rarity tried her best to resist the gems, but greed got the best of her and she started digging them out of the rock wall, turning her white coat and purple mane into a grey-ish color as well. After digging the wall out, the tree gems ended up being a giant diamond, but “diamond” was actually a boulder.

Fluttershy was next. Discord disguised himself as three butterflies, and was attempting to make Fluttershy angry. His attempts were to have her believe that she was intentionally left behind, that her friends see her as a weak and helpless pony, and that her friends always point out her flaws. But Fluttershy, the ever kind-hearted pony she is, didn’t fall for any of the tricks at all. This caused Discord great frustration over the fact that he wasn’t breaking Fluttershy. He then turned back into his somewhat normal self and forced her to become a cold-hearted pony with a simple touch, making her coat and mane fade into a grey-ish color.

Rainbow Dash was the last pony that Discord can mess with. He lured her into his trap with a cloud that was shooting rainbow lightning. Rainbow Dash chased the cloud down and spotted Discord resting on a cloud, like if it were a hammock. After seeing Discord, she took a fighting stance and was ready for a fight with Discord, but Discord had other plans for Rainbow Dash. He snapped his fingers, and pulled up the cloud Rainbow Dash was chasing, it showed her a vision that her home Cloudsdale, will crumble without her being there. The vision, shocks Rainbow Dash. Discord then reveals a present to Rainbow Dash, he tells her that her wings are in it and leaves her with two choices: She could either take the wings and leave the game, or she could continue wandering in the maze.

Twilight and her friends continue to going through the maze, until Applejack said that Rainbow Dash was flying away. Twilight, not believing her, also sees that Rainbow Dash was flying away; she also turned grey from Discord’s trickery. After she was out of sight, storm clouds gathered over the maze and it suddenly disappeared and caused a dust storm. Discord revealed himself after the dust settled from the maze’s disappearance.

“Well, well, well. Somepony broke the “no wings, no magic” rule.” Discord said in a fake upset tone. He then snapped his finger and restored the horns and wings for Twilight, Rarity and Fluttershy.

“Games over my little ponies. You didn’t find your precious elements,” he simply stated. He then pulled out an umbrella and opened it in an inverted fashion while stating, “Looks like we might be due for a big old storm of chaos.”

Discord laughed in victory, while leaving Twilight in shock.

Chapter 2.5

Discord continued his laughter at the mischief he had caused. He laughed so hard he went from laughing on his feet, to laughing on his back. Twilight was left scarred and speechless over the idea of failing to stop Discord from spreading his chaos. Feeling as if she was being laughed at, Pinkie angrily said, “And what are you laughing at?!”

After the outburst, Discord had settled down from his laughter and wiped a tear from his mismatched eyes. “Ho, you ponies are just the most fun I’ve had in eons,” he said in amusement while rubbing his eagle claw over his lion paw. After hearing his statement, Pinkie got in his face, surprising him in the process and yelled, “Well, quit it! You’d better think before you laugh at the Pink…ie Pie!” After she finished yelling at Discord, she glared at him, while he smiled back at her, trying not to laugh.

Taking Pinkie’s words as a challenge, Fluttershy simply said, “Oh yeah? Well ha, ha.” After hearing her fake laugh, Pinkie’s attention was shifted from Discord to Fluttershy and she yelled, “Quit it!” Not taking her seriously, Fluttershy said, “No. Ha, ha.” Pinkie wanting the mocking laughter to stop, she yelled, “QUIT IT!!” Fluttershy continued teasing Pinkie and said, “No. Ha, ha, ha, ha, ha.”

Applejack approached Rarity and tried to trick her into giving up part of her “diamond.” She responded to her request with a karate kick to Applejack’s face, not wanting to share the diamond. Rarity then lunged at her, continuing her assault, while Applejack backed away from her and avoided her kicks. Shocked from seeing how her friends were acting, Twilight tried to talk some sense into them and said, “Girls, why are you all acting like this? We need to stick together.”

Her plea was left in vain after seeing that they had continued their fights and weren’t paying attention to what she said. She then heard laughter, and turned to see that it was from Discord. He was sitting on a three-seat cushion with popcorn to his side, and said, “It’s just too entertaining,” enjoying the scene before him, as if it were a movie. Twilight walked up to the draconequus and said, “Stop it Discord! You’re not playing fair!” A bit surprised from what he heard, Discord said, “I’m not playing fair? Perhaps we haven’t met. I’m Discord, spirit of chaos and disharmony. Hello-o-o-o.”

Feeling as though his actions were still not necessary, Twilight demanded an answer and said, “How are we supposed to find the Elements of Harmony, when you took away the labyrinth before we could get to the end?” Discord looked at her with surprise after her accusation of taking the labyrinth away and said, “Oh, wait. Did you-? How funny! You thought the elements were in the labyrinth?” He then used his powers to take both him and Twilight to the recent event in the castle, replaying the last part of the riddle for her to hear a second time.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Meanwhile, at the Center of Time, Time Eater sensed that someone had traveled through time. “What is this I sense?” it asked itself and saw the events that Discord teleported to.

“Twists and turns are my master plan. Then find the elements back where you began,” he said in the past, confusing the mare, while he had a grin on his face.

Time Eater, still weak from its fight with Sonic, chose not to interfere with what was going on. Out of curiosity, it opened a portal of its own and witnessed everything that had happened in Ponyville. From Cheerilee’s field trip, to Discord’s escape from his stony prison, and it lead up to what he could do with his powers. “Hmm, I’d better keep my eyes on this draconequus for a while,” it said while thinking of a plan.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Discord then teleported himself and Twilight back to the present, and said to the still confused pony, “I never said they were in the labyrinth.” Out of shock, all Twilight could say was, “But, but…” He walked away from her and said in a mocking tone, “Keep trying Twilight Sparkle. Maybe the magic of friendship can help you.” Going from mocking to bored in a split second, he finished his conversation by saying, “Now, if you’ll excuse me, I have some chaos to wreak.”

And with that, Discord snapped his fingers, and teleported himself out of sight. After seeing a flash of lightning and hearing thunder over her head, Twilight saw the cotton candy clouds gather over the area the labyrinth once stood. It started downpouring chocolate rain over the area. “Chocolate milk? I hate chocolate milk,” said an angry Pinkie Pie. Upset with Pinkie’s behavior, Twilight ignored her and said to herself, “Ugh. Think Twilight, think. Find the elements back where you began. Back where you began.”

While she was thinking, Rarity was carrying her “diamond” on her back and was attempting to take it away, but Applejack jumped on the rock, causing her to yell, “Don’t touch my gem!” Fluttershy then flew up to them, put her hoof on the rock and said, “I’m touching your gem Rarity. Ha, ha,” earning a glare from Rarity in the process. Hearing laughter again, Pinkie accusingly pointed her hoof at Fluttershy and yelled, “What you laughing at?!” Losing her patience with her friends, Twilight said, “Ugh, I just want to go home.” At that moment, realization struck her and she said, “Wait a minute. Home! Back where you began. The elements must be in Ponyville!”

With the answer clear to her, she and the remaining ponies went back to Ponyville, however, the small town wasn’t the same. Discord had worked his chaos on the town, he had mixed tiles covering the grass around Ponyville, and some of the homes and random trees were floating off the ground. Town Hall was also floating off the ground, but was turned upside down, and the cotton candy clouds made their way to Ponyville and was taking its effect on the town.

Twilight started walking down the pathway to Ponyville, feeling confident and happy to have solved the riddle, but while she was walking, Angel and the rest of the bunnies with long dear-like legs had trampled her in their path, earning praise from Fluttershy for his misbehavior. The sun immediately set on the ponies and the moon was raised in its place, giving the ponies a hard time to see the path in front of them. After getting back on her hooves, Applejack said in sarcasm, “Wow, I can see so much better now!” She started walking on the pathway, but she started slipping and crashed into Rarity, Fluttershy and Pinkie Pie, stopping short from Twilight, who was trying to get up. Applejack embarrassedly said, “I meant to do that.”

After getting back on her hooves, Twilight tried to walk on the pathway, but she ended up slipping and falling instead. The sun suddenly rose, giving everypony a better chance to see the pathway and it had been changed from a dirt path to a soap path. Discord skated on the soap with a grin and said, “Beautiful, isn’t it? This is the new and improved Ponyville, and these are only my first changes.” Pinkie started skating on the soap and said, “This may look like fun, but its not.” Twilight groaned in frustration at Pinkie’s attitude. Discord then put his lion paw around Twilight and appeared by her side. He grew taller, lifted her up and said, “Picture it: The chaos capitol of the world.” He then held her out, so she could get a “better” view of the new Ponyville, but the sun suddenly set once again, and she said, “I can’t picture anything. It’s too dark.” After hearing her remark, Discord dropped Twilight onto the soap path.

“Well, wait a few minutes, and you’ll see it in the beautiful light of day… or not,” he said before disappearing from Twilight’s sight again. It took the ponies time, but they finally reached Twilight’s library home, the sun rose once again. Twilight’s patience with Applejack, Fluttershy, Pinkie Pie and Rarity was wearing thin, their attitudes had gotten worst by the time they arrived at her home. She pleaded with them to enter her home and hopefully find the elements. When they entered one by one, the grey they had had darkened on each of them.

Spike had fallen asleep on the floor after he finished mopping the floor, with the mop still in hand. Fluttershy had grabbed the bucket that still had water in it, and dumped it on him. He woke up with a fright, shook the water off, and questioned Fluttershy on why she did it after seeing the bucket still in her hooves. She responded by saying, “Because you looked so peaceful,” leaving the baby dragon confused from her response. Twilight entered the library by crashing Tom, Rarity’s “gem,” through the wall.

Spike approached her and said, “Twilight, what’s going on? Why’s everybody look so, grey?” Not wanting to answer his questions, she said, “Don’t ask. I need you to help me find something.” Still holding the bucket that still had water in it, Fluttershy asked, “Hey, Twilight, what’s soaking wet and clueless?” Not wanting to deal with her, Twilight said, “Fluttershy, I’ve just had about enough…” But before she could finish, she had water dumped on her. Fluttershy flew down to Twilight, and said, “Your face!” After finishing her “joke”, she slammed the bucket on Twilight’s head.

Feeling completely confused, Spike asked, “What’s happened to everypony?” Applejack walked past him and said, “I guess you just bring out the worst in us Spike.” Twilight walked up to one of the bookshelves and said, “Ugh, no time to explain. We’ve got to find the reference guide to the Elements of Harmony, before somepony does something she’ll regret.” None of the ponies looked threatened, or cared if Twilight was mad at them. Spike said, “The Elements of Harmony? Oh, I know exactly where that book is!” And with that, he dashed to one of the bookshelves and grabbed out a brown book. After pulling the book from the shelf, he said, “Found it.”

After his declaration, he was hit in the face by a scroll and lost his grip on the book. Fluttershy grabbed the book, making Twilight more angry with her than she already was. Fluttershy then yelled, “Keep away,” and tossed the book to Applejack. Twilight got to her, but she tossed the book to Pinkie Pie, and she bounced it back to Fluttershy, before Twilight got to her. Twilight tried to jump and snatch the book from Fluttershy, but she pulled the book away from her, and she tossed it back to Applejack, starting the pattern again. Before the pattern could go a third time, Spike tackled Fluttershy before she could catch the book again. Twilight was going to get the book, but before she could, Rarity stole it with her magic and ran off with it, yelling, “Mine!” Twilight then said, “Hey! Do you even know what you just stole?” She started to chase Rarity to get the book back. She yelled back, “No, but if you want it, I want it.”

Twilight tried to tackle Rarity, but she ended up hitting the floor face first instead. She gritted her teeth in frustration and yelled, “GIVE ME THAT BOOK!!!!” Rarity jumped on a round table, and kicked the wooden horse head off it, hoping to slow Twilight down, but she jumped over the wooden horse head and continued to chase her, determined to get the book back. Twilight was close to reaching Rarity, but before she could catch her, Fluttershy lifted Rarity off the floor, and Twilight ended up crashing into the boulder instead.

Twilight shook off the pain and said, “Where is she? Where’s Rarity?” Applejack simply said, “Beats me.” This caused Twilight to go over the edge, and she yelled, “Lies!” She lunged at Applejack and Pinkie Pie, and got into a fight with them. She jumped out of the fight and recovered the book. The ponies tried to get to Twilight and wanted to steal the book again, but she warned them to back off. Shortly after her warning, Spike joined her, and held up a scroll to them like it was a weapon. Twilight opened the book, and she found all six elements in the middle of the book. Overwhelmed with joy, she told the ponies about the elements, but none of them cared about what she had to say about the elements, friendship or teamwork.

Feeling sad at seeing them still acting negatively, Twilight said, “I never thought it would happen. My friends… have turned into complete JERKS! Necklace! Necklace! Necklace! Necklace! And big crown thingy! Come on everypony, let’s go!” Spike ran up to her side and said, “But Twilight, aren’t you missing somepony?” Still mad, she said, “Nope. We've got the liar, the grump, the hoarder and the brute. That just about covers it.” After seeing that a pony was missing, he asked, “But what about Rainbow Dash?” After dealing with Discord and the remaining ponies’ bad behavior, Rainbow Dash had slipped Twilight’s mind. After thinking over the situation, she thought of a plan and said, “Congratulations Spike, you're the new Rainbow Dash. Now let's go!” Feeling worried about the situation he was put in, Spike frantically said, “Me?! But-but-but what if she finds out I’ve been impersonating her?” After saying this, he felt completely worried about the thought and said, “Oh, that won’t end well.” Not caring, Twilight said, “Too bad, you’re Rainbow Dash! Now let’s go defeat Discord, so we don’t ever have to talk to each other again!”

The ponies charged out of the library with glee with the idea of no longer speaking to each other once Discord is defeated. Rarity tried to push Tom out, but was still having trouble pushing it. Twilight came back and threw Tom out of the library with her magic, creating another hole for the tree. Discord arrived shortly after the incident and said, “Well, well, well, I see you’ve found the Elements of Harmony. How terrifying.” After seeing him, Twilight said, “Discord, I’ve figured out your lame riddle. You’re in for it now!” Discord landed on the ground and continued talking in a fake defeated tone, saying, “I certainly am. You’ve clearly out-dueled me, and now it’s time to meet my fate. I’m prepared to be defeated now ladies, fire when ready.” He waved his eagle claw over his chest and a target appeared on his chest.

Not wanting to waste any time, Twilight yelled, “Formation, NOW!” The other ponies, unenthusiastically, walked up to her. Spike was hiding behind the boulder, until Twilight called him over. She activated her tiara, and started floating off the ground with the others, but they fell to the ground, not being able to use the elements without Rainbow Dash. Spike took off Rainbow’s element and was going to go back in the library, but he was tripped by Fluttershy’s tail and was called Rainbow Dash’s trademark mockery nickname, “Rainbow Crash.” Discord continued to mock the ponies after their failed attempt to stop him, and skated off on the soap road laughing in victory. After everypony left, Twilight said, “FINE! Leave! See if I care! I don’t need you guys either! With friends like you, who needs…enemies…?” After losing what was left her hope and after losing her confidence, Twilight’s color drained and she was now grey like the others. She then shed a tear, and it splat into a broken heart.

Twilight walked through Ponyville with a cotton candy cloud following her and rained chocolate milk on her, matching her sad mood. Ponyville had fallen into more chaos with Discord free and unstoppable. He laughed in amusement with the chaos he was continuing in Ponyville, enjoying every minute of it. He had a giant peppershaker over Berry Punch. It shook pepper on her and she sneezed, causing the homes around her to fall. Discord thought the joke was priceless, and noticed Twilight’s mopey mood. Discord pulled a cotton candy cone and said, “Come now, Twilight Sparkle. You’ve got to get into the spirit of things.” After taking the cotton candy cloud, he licked the treat and continued, “After all, this is your new home.” She looked at Ponyville, not satisfied with it and said, “Not anymore.” And with that, she walked back to the library. Discord celebrated his victory, seeing that he broke Twilight’s spirit and laughed to himself.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Time Eater watched everything Discord had done to the ponies and the chaos that was going on at Ponyville. Time Eater enjoyed everything that Discord was able to do and said, “Discord has some interesting abilities. Buffalo’s dancing in tutu’s, pie falling up to the sky, buildings turned upside down, I even liked how he can easily manipulate those ponies without even trying.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

The sun set once again once Twilight made her way back to the library. After entering, she started getting her things packed so she and Spike can move out of Ponyville. Spike groaned in pain after she told him to start packing. Spike said, “Can’t… move. The Princess… has been sending these… since I came back upstairs.” Spike burped up another scroll, and pleaded, “Make it stop.” After looking over one of the scrolls, Twilight noticed that all of the scrolls were the letters she had sent to Celestia ever since she started living in Ponyville. She questioned why she was sending the letters back to her, and started reading them one by one.

After reading each scroll, Twilight re-discovered the meaning of friendship and re-gained her colors again. With a new sense of confidence, she left the library and searched for her friends, knowing what she needs to do to get her friends back on the side of harmony. One by one, Twilight got her friends back by using a memory spell to push all the past adventures they had been through into their memories. Each of their colors had returned, and so had their personalities. Applejack apologized for lying after the fear she saw of the friendships they had coming to an end, Fluttershy believed that all of the things that happened to her was a bad dream, Rarity took the boulder out of her boutique, and said that, “they must never speak of the boulder incident again,” Pinkie Pie laughed at the whole thing, seeing that her turning grey was one of the funniest things she has ever heard or happened.

The ponies went to Rainbow’s cloud-house to look for her, but she wasn’t there. She was later spotted on a nearby cloud. Twilight tried to convince her to join them to put a stop to Discord’s chaos, but she declined and said that she will stay in Cloudsdale instead. The ponies decided to take Rainbow Dash by force since she wouldn’t listen to reason.

The chase took a while, but after motivating Fluttershy to go faster, Twilight and her friends finally caught Rainbow Dash. To keep her from flying, she was tied down by Fluttershy, Applejack, Rarity and Pinkie Pie, making it easier for Twilight to use the memory spell on her. After casting the spell on her, Rainbow’s colors returned, and she was left confused after she was back to normal. Worry suddenly struck her and she questioned her friends if they had stopped Discord or not. The ponies shared a group hug, happy to see that Rainbow was back on the side of harmony once again. They stopped celebrating after they saw a few buffalo dance by in tutus.

Back in Ponyville, Discord had made himself a throne on top of a tiled hill, enjoying his moment of his reign over the new Ponyville. Some homes were replaced with a giant house made of cards, the rabbits ran through the area once again, and the pies that floated earlier, started falling from the sky. He made a glass appear in his Eagle claw and filled it with chocolate milk and happily said, “Chaos is a wonderful, wonderful thing.” He was about to drink his chocolate milk, until a familiar voice said, “Not as wonderful as... friendship!” The voice caught him by surprise and he saw Twilight and her friends wearing the elements and they were prepared for another attempt to stop Discord. “Oh, this again,” he flatly said. He drank the glass, tossed the chocolate milk over his shoulder, and it exploded on whatever it hit. “That’s right. You couldn’t break apart our friendship for long,” said Applejack. Discord raised lion paw and used his magic to pull Applejack toward him and said, “Oh, Applejack. Don’t lie to me. I’m the one who made you a liar.” He then raised his eagle claw and started pulling the rest of the element bearers one by one with his magic. They tried to break free from his magic, but they struggled in the process. “Will you ever learn?” he questioned.

Not wanting him to harm her friends, Twilight teleported herself to the ponies and used her magic to create a magical barrier around them. She brought them back to the ground, while Discord was left surprised from the move. The barrier covered part of the tile ground and destroyed part of it, revealing grass underneath it once again. After the barrier disappeared, and her friends free from his magic, Twilight said, “I’ll tell you what we learned Discord. We’ve learned that friendship isn’t easy. But there’s no doubt it’s worth fighting for.” Discord then said, “Ugh, gag. Fine go ahead and try to use your elements, frenemies, just make it quick.” He teleport back to his throne and said, “I’m missing some excellent chaos here.”

Feeling confident, Twilight said, “All right, ladies, let's show him what friendship can do!” The moment was however ruined when Pinkie said, “Wait-wait-wait!” She was seen under one of the cotton candy clouds, drinking the chocolate rain. After she finished drinking the chocolate rain, she joined her friends and was ready to use the Elements of Harmony. After all of the ponies were present, Twilight activated her tiara and a glow surrounded the element bearers. Discord yawned, un-amused with the ponies, believing that they will fail again. Each of the elements lit up and fired their energies at him, and caught his attention. Twilight re-opened her eyes, and they glowed like before but this time, the elements released a powerful rainbow energy at Discord. The rainbow hit him on target, and his body started turning back to stone like before. The rainbow then covered Ponyville, and encased it in a magical barrier, restoring the town back to what it was, before Discord ruined the place.

Twilight and her friends went back to Canterlot for a special ceremony that she arranged for Discord’s defeat, inviting everypony in Canterlot and Ponyville to the event. She announced to everypony, “We are gathered here today, to once again honor the heroism of these six friends who stood up to the villain Discord, and saved Equestria from eternal chaos!” All the ponies in the castle cheered for Twilight and her friends as Celestia unveiled a stain glass window, showing the mane six defeating Discord.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 months later

After Discord’s defeat, peace was maintained in Ponyville, and everypony in Equestria couldn’t have been any happier. Under Princess Celestia’s orders, Discord’s statue was returned to the Statue Garden in Canterlot, and the Royal Guards heavily guarded it, making sure he wont be able to break out again. But the moment the guards guarding the statue left the area, a portal opened up, revealing a dark figure. The figure approached the statue, and covered it with a dark sphere. The dark figure pulled the orb away from the statue, leaving it in tact, and a portal opened up. The figure entered the portal with the orb and disappeared. The portal was sent to the Center of Time, revealing the figure to be Time Eater.

Discord felt lost after the dark sphere disintegrated around him. He frantically looked at and his surroundings and said, “Who? What? Where?” Wanting to get to the point, and to have Discord stop his babbling, Time Eater got his attention by yelling “Enough!” Discord stopped looking around after being yelled at in his head. He then looked at the dark figure in question. “Who, or what are you?” he asked.

Feeling satisfied from getting his attention, Time Eater introduced himself by saying, “I am Time Eater. What you see with me is a being that can control time and space.” It then opened a portal and showed Discord the events that happened between him and the ponies. “I can even bend reality, like busting you out of your stony prison without destroying the statue.”

Discord looked himself over, and was satisfied to see that none of his mismatched limbs were missing. He had a feeling that he was needed for something and asked, “So, what is it that you want with me?” Time Eater then proposed its request and said, “I want your assistance for revenge on a blue hedgehog that I need to settle the score with.” It then clutched its hands into fists in anger remembering the events it was put through by Sonic. Discord looked unamused from the request and simply said, “Not interested.” He finished his statement while waiving his eagle claw at Time Eater and started walking away. Time Eater continued explaining its plan of revenge and said, “My revenge also has those ponies you got your butt handed to in it as well.”

Discord stopped in his tracks at the mention of “ponies”, and was now interested in the plan. He scratched his chin in curiosity and said, “Keep talking.” Time Eater then opened a portal and it revealed seven gems, adding more interest to Discord. It then said, “These seven gems, are known as the Chaos Emeralds. They contain a massive amount of power.” Discord then asked, “How much power?” “So much power, not even you would believe it,” Was all Time Eater had to say. Discord stared at the flashback in awe.

Time Eater continued explaining the emeralds use and said, “These emeralds can increase the users strength, speed and every known ability ten-fold. Any one of the seven chaos emeralds posses great power, but if you get all seven, you will be unstoppable. Not even the Elements of Harmony can touch you.” Discord laughed evilly after hearing the knowledge. “Time Eater, you got yourself a partner,” he said excitedly and extended his lion paw. Time Eater grabs the paw, shakes it and says, “In a way, I knew I could trust you.”

Wanting to waste no time, Discord asked, “So, where are these Chaos Emeralds?” Time Eater tore open another portal, and it revealed Sonic and said, “This is the hedgehog I mentioned a while ago. His name is Sonic the Hedgehog. He has been known to have the Chaos Emeralds when they are needed the most. I need you to catch him, and bring me those emeralds!” Discord in complete disbelief said, “Him?” He then started laughing at what he saw, thinking that it was a joke. After settling down from his laughter, he asked, “Your kidding right?” Time Eater yelled, “This is not a joke!” After being yelled at, Discord stopped his laughter and listened to what Time Eater had to say. “That hedgehog is a lot stronger than he looks,” it said. Discord, still not sold on what it said about the hedgehog, nonchalantly said, “Whatever you say, I’ll get your hedgehog for you.” And with that, Discord jumped into the portal, on his way to get Sonic.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Sonic was running along a beach, no particular plans for him to go. He was just enjoying his freedom, and his much needed vacation time away from Dr. Eggman’s plans of world domination. Discord came out of the portal, and spotted Sonic running. “This is Sonic? Wow, he’s about as fast as Rainbow Dash,” he thought to himself after seeing how fast the hedgehog was going. After thinking for a few moments, Discord came up with a plan, and had a sly grin on his face.

While Sonic was running, he felt a raindrop hit his nose. After feeling it, he immediately stopped in his tracks and looked up to the sky to see that the clouds were pink. Questioning what he saw, Sonic turned his head to the side and saw that it was still too early for a sunset. “Ok… what’s going on here?” he asked aloud and shrugged. Another drop fell, and it hit his open hand. Sonic looked at it, and saw that the raindrop was brown. He inspected it, and tasted the drop. After tasting it, he was shocked at what he tasted. “Chocolate milk? This is just getting stranger by the minute,” he said.

Sonic was about to start running again, but he ended up slipping and falling on his face. To his surprise, the sand on the beach had turned into ice. He then heard hysterical laughter and saw a mismatched creature on its back laughing at him, as if he did something funny. Sonic got annoyed with the mysterious creature’s laughter and said, “Ok, who the hell are you, and what is so funny?!” Discord wiped is misshaped eyes after settling down from his laughter and said, “Just seeing the look on anyone’s face after I surprise them is always funny to me. As for who I am, I’m Discord. I’m the spirit of chaos and disharmony. I tend to have a lot of fun with my abilities to mess with reality.” Sonic wobbly got back on his feet and said, “So, I’m guessing that you’re the one who turned the sand on this beach into ice.” “Well, someone’s a fast learner,” he said with a smirk.

Wanting to get right to the point, Discord said, “I’m mainly here for the Chaos Emeralds.” Sonic almost slipped in surprise after hearing what he said. “Ok, how does this Discord guy know about the emeralds?” Sonic thought to himself. “How do you know about the Chaos Emeralds?” he asked. “I was released from my stone imprisonment and was told that you have knowledge of the emeralds,” he simply stated. Sonic had a feeling that ‘Baldy McNosehair’ was behind this. He did his best from chuckling at the nickname and asked, “Was it a fat, bald, egg-shaped guy with a big mustache that released you?” Discord looked at him with a puzzled look on his face and said, “Egg-shaped guy? I have no idea who you are referring to.”

After hearing Discord’s response, Sonic started feeling very uneasy and thought to himself, “Ok, Eggman’s off the list.” Sonic rubbed his nose with his index finger and said, “It’s too bad you weren’t here a few months ago when I actually had them.” Discord had a feeling Sonic wasn’t telling him something and decided to keep an eye on him. Sonic himself felt worried about the emeralds and wanted to make sure Discord wont be able to get them. “I gotta get to Knuckles to have him scatter the emeralds, before Discord gets his hands on them,” Sonic thought to himself.

He was going to start his run to Angel Island, but he ended up slipping and falling on the ice again. Discord started laughing at Sonic’s misfortune again, causing the hedgehog frustration. He glared at the laughing creature, and started walking off the ice as slow as he could handle. After he got on solid ground again, he took off to Angel Island with great speed. Discord stopped his laughter after he heard the sonic boom, and saw that Sonic was no longer on the ice. “Scratch that, he is a LOT faster than Rainbow Dash,” he said to himself.

After getting over his shock over Sonic’s speed, Discord snapped his finger, and disappeared. The chase for Sonic begins.

Chapter 3

Sonic ran through the forest dodging the trees and jumping over some boulders with ease, while he was running in Angel Island’s direction. Discord re-appeared a few feet behind him and continued his chase. After seeing the flash of light, Sonic turned around and started running backwards. He saw Discord and wondered to himself how he caught up with him. Discord was surprised to see that Sonic was still running at a fast pace, even though he was running backwards. Sonic then sidestepped to his left and Discord crashed into a tree, not having enough time to react.

Sonic grinned to himself after Discord crashed into the tree. He then turned around and continued his run. After shaking off the pain he sustained from the crash, Discord teleported himself a good distance on the path Sonic was running on. He then re-appeared in front of Sonic and he tried to block Sonic’s path with a wall that was as tall as he was. But once Sonic was close enough, he jumped over him and the wall with ease. “Jeez, somebody’s persistent,” Sonic thought to himself. He kept dodging each obstacle Discord threw at him, leaving the draconequus frustrated with him foiling each his plans. The sun had started setting once Sonic arrived at Tails’ workshop.

Tails was working on a project in his workshop peacefully. His concentration was interrupted when he heard someone barge into the workshop. The intruder asked, “Hey Tails, you got a minute?” After hearing that it was Sonic, he chose to stop working on his project and wanted to hear what he had to say. “I got some spare time, what do you need Sonic?” asked Tails. “I need some help getting to Angel Island,” he simply said.

Tails looked at Sonic questioningly and was about to ask what the trip was for, but Sonic interrupted and continued telling him what had been happening. “There’s some new guy that calls himself Discord. He is a mismatched creature, his body has a lot of different animal parts on him. He has powers to manipulate anything he desires, I bumped into him on the beach, and he turned the sand into ice. I also have a feeling he was responsible for the chocolate rain from earlier,” he said. “Chocolate rain?” Tails questioned, not believing what he was hearing.

“Yeah, and those don’t even cover this. Somehow, Discord knows about the Chaos Emeralds,” he said in a serious tone. “WHAT?!” yelled Tails, shocked from hearing this. “I asked him if Eggman had released him, but he said it wasn’t Eggman. I don’t know who released him, but I do know we need to get to Angel Island to have Knuckles scatter the emeralds, before Discord gets his hands on them. Can you help me do that?” he questioned.

After getting over his shock, Tails nodded in agreement and got up. Tails then went to the Tornado and got it started, Sonic jumped on to the wings of the Tornado after hearing it start up. The doorway then opened up and with that, he and Tails took off to Angel Island. Discord arrived to Tails’ workshop, clearly exhausted from chasing Sonic. “I never thought it would be this hard to catch one hedgehog,” he thought to himself. Discord then heard a loud hum coming from the workshop, and had seen an airplane come out of it and flew off, with Sonic on the wings.

“Oh great! He has an airplane too?!” shouted Discord. After seeing the plane in the sky, he saw it flying towards an island that was floating above the ocean. “A floating island? This got more interesting…” he said with a smile on his face. He then snapped his fingers and appeared behind Sonic and Tails. Tails noticed the flash, he turned and saw the mismatched creature Sonic was telling him about from earlier.

“Hey Sonic, I think we have company,” he said in a worried tone. Sonic turned around to see what Tails was talking about, and saw that Discord was on their tail. He gritted his teeth in frustration and yelled, “Can this thing fly any faster?!”

Tails nodded to Sonic’s question and put more gas to the plane. It flew faster, and gave the duo plenty of distance between them and Discord. “Your not getting away from me that easily Sonic,” Discord said to himself after seeing the plane get away from him. He then snapped his fingers, and the cotton candy clouds suddenly appeared in front of the Tornado. While flying through the clouds, some of the cotton candy got sucked in the engine. The Tornado sputtered, and it started losing its power, but it was still able to make its trip to Angel Island. After the plane crash-landed, Sonic immediately jumped off of the plane and sprinted to Knuckles as fast as he could. After seeing the plane crash, Discord saw Sonic run straight to a worn down shrine. What he saw was a giant emerald as well as seven smaller emeralds, believing that they are the Chaos Emeralds, leaving the draconequus with a big grin after seeing them. He then snapped his fingers and teleported himself to the emeralds.

Once he was close enough to the shrine, Sonic yelled, “KNUCKLES, SCATTER THE CHAOS EMERALDS NOW!!!!” Surprised from the sudden outburst, Knuckles turned to Sonic and said, “What are you talking about Sonic?” But before Sonic could answer, Discord reappeared before the echidna. After seeing Discord, Sonic broke the sound barrier, and ran at top speed, crashing into Discord in the process. After getting a good hold on him, Sonic yelled, “DO IT NOW!! GET RID OF THE EMERALDS!!!”

After seeing the draconequus, Knuckles didn’t question Sonic this time, and went over to the Master Emerald as fast as he could. He channeled his energy with the giant emerald, and the Chaos Emeralds started lifting off from their respective pillars. Discord seeing this, tried to fight back with Sonic to break free, but Sonic’s hold on him was a lot stronger than he had thought. “Now I know what Time Eater meant when it said Sonic was a lot stronger than he looked,” Discord thought to himself bitterly. After a few moments, the emeralds shot up into the sky, but a portal opened up, revealing Time Eater, attempting to steal the emeralds.

Sonic noticed the wind blowing and looked up. He was shocked to see that Time Eater was there again. “No way! How did you survive that explosion?!” he questioned in disbelief. While in shock, Sonic lost his grip on Discord. He broke free from his grip and laughed evilly as if he and Time Eater had won, but the red Chaos Emerald’s power activated and Time Eater lost its grip on the emeralds and they scattered into seven different directions.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

In Ponyville, everything was calm and quiet, the moon had risen, starting nighttime in the small town. Everypony was sound asleep, letting another day go by. None of the lights were on in any of the homes, except for one single tree. In her library home, Twilight Sparkle was on one of her nights where she was doing some stargazing and late night studying. The night sky was perfectly clear, not a cloud in sight. While she was looking at the stars, she took notice of a purple light flying over the town at a fast pace. Unknown to the pony, the purple light was the purple emerald that had been sent away from Angel Island.

Twilight was going to get a better look at the purple light, until she heard a knock on her door. She went downstairs and opened the door to reveal Fluttershy standing at the doorway shaking in fear. Concerned for her friend, Twilight let her into her home and asked, “Fluttershy, what’s wrong? You look as if you saw a ghost.” Still shaking, Fluttershy said, “Actually, I had a very bad dream.” She was on the verge of tears over being reminded of the nightmare she had gone through. In an attempt to calm her down, Twilight wrapped Fluttershy in a hug and she rubbed her back with her hoof. After calming down, Twilight asked, “Would you mind telling me about it?”

Hesitant at first, Fluttershy nodded and was going to tell her, but before she could, another knock on the door was heard. Twilight answered it and saw Pinkie Pie, Applejack, Rarity, and Rainbow Dash standing outside Twilight’s home. After letting them in, Twilight had seen that each of her friends were as scared as Fluttershy. Rainbow tried her best to hide her fear, but it was still noticeable that she was also scared of something. Once they were comfortable, Twilight asked, “What’s everypony doing here?” Applejack spoke up for everypony and said, “Uh, Twi. We need to talk…”

And with that each of the ponies explained to Twilight that they had a nightmare. Fluttershy says that she saw an incredibly large dark creature, with evil blue eyes and a sinister blue mouth. It also had clock gears in its miasma looking form. After seeing the creature, she couldn’t help but get an evil vibe off it. She also said that it destroyed the Everfree Forest, causing all the creatures to run away from the forest. Fluttershy’s dream ended once the creature was about to attack her, not before hearing a familiar laugh when the creature attacked.

Pinkie said that she also saw the same creature Fluttershy described. In the dream, it had opened up many portals, and was sucking up everypony in Ponyville. She tried to save the other ponies with her friends, but they also got sucked into the portal. She said that she saw herself floating in space after she was sucked in the portal. She saw each of the ponies that were sucked into the portals and she felt helpless once she saw them disappearing. Pinkie woke up once she saw red eyes starring at her.

Applejack saw the dark creature that the others described. She saw the creature ripping out all of the apple trees with its large hands, and also opened portals sucking up Big McIntosh, Apple Bloom, Granny Smith and the rest of the Apple Family. She tried to stop the creature, but it shot some purple orbs at her and after it hit her, it stopped her in her tracks, leaving her helpless. She heard a snap of a finger, and the ground she was standing on had been destroyed, allowing her to fall into an empty void. Applejack woke up once she had fallen in her dream.

Rarity saw the dark creature as well. She saw that it had the ability to freeze time and use some sort of beams that tracked where she was running. She was able to dodge the shots, but the dark creature was able to freeze time again and fired three shots at her. Rarity was going to use her magic to have something block the shots, but she heard a snap of a fingers and her horn was missing. She woke up after the shots made contact.

Rainbow Dash also saw the dark creature in Cloudsdale, but she also saw another figure with it. The dark creature had used a powerful laser and it destroyed Cloudsdale with one single blast. She flew and tried to attack the creature, but her wings were taken away from her and she crashed onto one of the clouds. The dark creature charged up another laser and blasted it at her. Before it made contact, Rainbow had woken up from her dream.

After hearing the last dream, Twilight was surprised to hear that each of the ponies had each seen the same dark creature in their nightmares. With what each of them had explained, the creature can manipulate time and space, and that it has abilities of its own. The other thing that got to her was a second creature with this dark one, but with what was described, she had a bad feeling on what the identity of the second being could be. Twilight pushed those thoughts out of her head, thinking it was just a bad dream her friends had. She allowed them to stay for the night, seeing how scarred they were. While everypony was getting ready for sleep, a yellow light flew through the sky.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Mordecai and Rigby were finishing up some late work, after the hologram incident. They had walked back to their home in the park and were very tired from cleaning up Skips’ garage. After organizing Pops’ stuff, Mordecai and Rigby took them to his room. Pops thanked them for getting his things from the garage, and he said that he would put his things away for them. Mordecai decided to sit outside on the roof to get some air and some quite time.

Rigby joined him a few moments later, after he found him outside. He said, “Hey Mordecai, what are you doing out here?” Mordecai said, “Just trying to relax man. And was thinking of some things to myself,” saying the last part under his breath. Catching that he said something, Rigby asked, “I’m sorry, what was that?” Mordecai waived off is question and said, “It’s nothing dude, don’t worry about it.”

A few moments later, Mordecai saw a light blue light flying through the sky and yelled, “Dude, shooting star!” Rigby took notice to the star after he pointed it out. He was going to ask him what he would wish for, but Mordecai said, “I wish I could ask Margaret out.” In a snarky attitude, Rigby said, “Pfft. You know that’s not how wishes work on a shooting star.” Mordecai then said, “This is coming from someone who can’t read a children’s book.” Angry, Rigby yelled, “SHUT UP!!” Mordecai laughed at his frustration and said, “You know I’m kidding dude,” ‘sort of’ Mordecai thought the last part to himself.

Mordecai said in a serious tone, “But seriously, I do want to ask her out, without feeling too much pressure.” Rigby shrugged at his response and said, “If you say so. But, if it doesn’t work out with her, and I’m not saying it wont, someone better should come along for you man.” Mordecai gave him a questioning look, but shrugged it off, knowing that that was as nice Rigby was going to be on the whole “Margaret” situation. The blue jay and raccoon went back inside after a few minutes of relaxing.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Finn and Jake were exhausted from another long day of adventures. They saved another princess that had been captured by the Ice King. He tried to put up a fight, but they defeated him with ease. Jake hung out with his girlfriend Lady Rainicorn, while Finn helped Princess Bubblegum with an experiment she was working on. After finishing up their tasks for the day, the duo went back home and were prepared to go to sleep.

Jake climbed into the open drawer to the cabinet in the room, while Finn changed into his Pj’s, got into his sleeping bag and laid on his bed. The duo fell asleep almost instantly after they got into their beds. They were woken up when a bright red light was seen through the Tree Fort’s window. Finn got out of bed and saw the bright red light fly over the Tree Fort and it crash-landed near the Fire Kingdom. Finn said, “Dude, did you see that?” Jake tiredly said, “Yes, I saw it Finn.” Feeling excited, Finn said, “We gotta check it out.”

He was about to jump down the stairs, but Jake had extended his arm, grabbed his leg and said, “Not now man! I’m too tired to make the travel. Can’t we just do it tomorrow? When we actually feel better for this.” Finn was about to protest and just go check it out, but his body was showing its signs of being tired. Finn reluctantly said, “Alright, we’ll rest up right now, and we’ll check it out once we wake up.” Feeling relieved, Jake said, “Thank you,” and he went back to sleep instantly, snoring loudly in the process. Finn stayed up a little longer than he should have. All he could think about was the red light, what it was and he wanted to check it out so badly. But he also knew that he was far too tired to make the trip near the Fire Kingdom anyway. After Finn finally relaxed, he fell asleep in his sleeping bag.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After the cul-de-sac kids accepted Ed, Edd and Eddy, their lives couldn’t have been any better. The Eds have been invited to join the other kids with their activities, hung out at their houses and the Kanker Sisters haven’t bothered them in a while. They still pull some scams here and there, but all in all, they are more appreciated than before. The Urban Rangers decided to go on a camping trip, and chose to invite the Eds so they could enjoy themselves for the night.

The Eds were resting on a log outside their tent and were just looking at the stars. Double D being Double D, was talking and pointing out all of the different constellations he could see in the night sky. Eddy was bored out of his mind hearing Double D talking away, he was also getting aggravated with him, and Ed wasn’t paying attention to the conversation at all.

Unaware of Eddy’s anger, Double D continued pointing out each constellation he knew. He said, “And that constellation there is Ursa Major. Don’t you see the patterns that look-” Eddy interrupted his babble and yelled, “SHUT UP DOBLE D!!! I just want to relax out here, not hear you babble on and on about the constipations.” Double D corrected Eddy and said, “ It’s ‘Constellations’ Eddy.” After hearing the correction, Eddy glared at Double D. The duo got into an argument over learning star formations, to not caring and wanting to relax. Ed had blocked out the argument and was absentmindedly looking at the stars, when suddenly, he said, “Ooh, ooh, look guys! Shooting Star!”

Both Eddy and Double D stopped their quarrel and saw what Ed pointed out to them. They saw a dark blue light shoot through the sky with great speed. They saw it fly over the trees after they made their own wishes to it quietly. Excited about the “star,” Ed said, “What did you guys wish for? I wished for a big tub of gravy.” Double D looked at him questioningly and asked, “Ed, don’t you already have a tub of gravy?” He retorted by saying, “Yes, but not a big tub.”

Not surprised from his wish, Eddy interrupted and said, “Of course lumpy would want a big tub of gravy. I wished for something simpler, like, a jawbreaker.” Double D said, “Everyone has their own choices of a wish Eddy.” Eddy then asked, “So what did you wish for smart guy?” He simply said, “I didn’t wish for anything. I don’t believe a star can have any abilities whatsoever to grant a wish.”

Annoyed with his answer, Eddy said, “Always the killjoy, aren’t ya Double D?” Ashamed, Double D said, “It’s a curse I’m afraid. Besides, what makes you say that you will get a jawbreaker?” Eddy then pulled out three quarters from his pocket and said, “Our last scam got us some good cash. That’s how.” Ed yelled in joy, “Jawbreaker for Ed tomorrow!” Feeling happy as well, Eddy said, “That’s right Ed, now let’s get some shuteye.” The Eds went to their tent and fell asleep in their respective sleeping bags, getting ready for a trip to the candy store tomorrow for jawbreakers.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Danny Fenton, transformed as his ghost alter ego Danny Phantom, along with his girlfriend Sam Manson, and his best friend Tucker Foley, were chasing down Skulker. He was once again, on his hunting sprees, trying to capture Danny. But his plans got foiled, with his battle suite being destroyed in the process, and he is now on the run. Danny pulled out the Fenton Thermos and catches the little blob, known as Skulker. “Way to go guys!” Danny said while tossing the thermos in his hand. “Yeah, and with Skulker down, the rest of the ghosts will be easier to catch,” Tucker said. Wanting to finish ghost hunting, Sam said, “Come on guys, the sooner we catch the ghosts, the sooner we can get some sleep.” Danny nodded and said, “Your right, we can catch the remaining ghosts at this rate if we keep a sharp eye out.” Tucker pointed towards the sky and said, “Like that one up there?”

Danny turned around and saw a green light flying through the sky with great speed. He rolled his eyes and said, “I’ll get it.” He then flew to the sky and chased down the green light that flew by. He didn’t hesitate with the light; he flew in front of the light, pulled out his thermos and caught the green light in an instant. After Danny caught the green light, the Box Ghost flew by and tried to sound like a threat to Danny and his friends and yelled, “I am the Box Ghost! Beware!” Danny shook his head in boredom and annoyance after seeing the Box Ghost. “I so don’t have time for this,” he flatly said. He then opened the thermos, pointed it at Box Ghost and captured him.

“And with that, we can call it a night,” said Danny after turning back into his human self.“Hey guys, we got a shooting star,” said Tucker. Danny, and Sam looked up and saw a white light flying through the sky. Sam quickly checked to see if Desire was around. With no signs of her around, on account that Danny’s ghost sense wasn’t going off, everyone smiled and made a wish for themselves. After they made their wishes, everyone got on their electric scooters and went their separate ways going home.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Discord and Time Eater disappeared through the portal after the Chaos Emeralds vanished from their sights. “What the-? Where did they go?” Sonic asked. “How should I know?!” Knuckles snapped. “Time Eater had them, and once that red emerald made contact, they flew off in different directions,” he said. The duo left the shrine and started walking over to the Tornado. While they were walking, Sonic told Knuckles everything about his encounter with Discord, his powers and what he could do with them. Tails was finishing up the damages Discord caused to it.

“I still can’t believe Time Eater was the one that let Discord out,” Sonic said in disbelief. “Yeah, I thought you destroyed him when Eggman and his younger self tried to use it like a personal fighting machine,” questioned Knuckles. Sonic shrugged in response to his question and said, “I’m sure I did.”

Before the duo could continue their conversation, they had reached the edge of Angel Island where the Tornado had landed. “Hey Tails, finished with the repairs?” Sonic questioned. “Yeah, I just finished,” he responded while wiping the sweat from his forehead. “So, what were you guys talking about with Time Eater?” he questioned. “Time Eater survived the fight, and it was the one who got Discord out of that stony prison of his,” he said. “Seriously?!” Tails questioned in shock. “Dead serious,” he simply said. The idea of Discord and Time Eater worried the fox, and realization struck him. “What happened to the emeralds? Did they get them?” he asked in horror. “Don’t worry about the emeralds, I was able to scatter them before Discord could get his hands on them,” said Knuckles in an attempt to calm Tails down. “And Time Eater?” questioned Tails. “Time Eater tried to get them, but the red emerald activated and they ended up scattering in different directions far away from here,” said Sonic. “As long as they don’t have them, I think we’re good” said Tails, starting to feel better about the situation.

Wanting to change the subject, Sonic looked at the Tornado and asked, “So, what happened to the engine?” Tails looked at the plane and said, “The stuff that clogged the engine was cotton candy.” “Cotton Candy?” asked a confused Knuckles. “Yeah, I was surprised too, that stuff was everywhere in the engine. Everything is working now, we can go back to my workshop and get my radar to help look for the emeralds,” he said.

Tails jumped into the plane and it started up instantly. After hearing the engines go, Sonic jumped on the wings of the Tornado. Before they could leave, Knuckles decided to join them. The flight back to Tails’ workshop didn’t take long. Once the plane had landed, Sonic jumped off the Tornado and decided to go look for one of the emeralds while Tails and Knuckles looked for the radar. “Sonic, we need that radar first,” said Tails. Sonic turned and said, “I saw where one of the emeralds went, I can go get that emerald and you guys can meet me there.” Before they could talk him out of it, Sonic took off to the closest emerald.

Chapter End

Chapter 4

Sonic ran as fast as he could through the forest. He knew that if he went ahead of Tails and Knuckles to get the first emerald, the whole thing could be a lot easier to handle. Not to mention that he can beat Discord to the emerald, rather than let him get a head start at getting the emeralds. While running through the forest, he noticed that it started to change as he ran deeper into the woods. After noticing the change, Sonic started slowing down, and looked around the new area. The sun started to rise after he walked around for a while.

“Where am I?” he asked himself. He looked at the trees and said, “These trees look too different from the ones from earlier.” Realization struck him after he got a better look at the trees. He then said, “Hold on, are these, Apple trees?”

Sonic walked up to one of the trees and saw apples on them. He then ran up the top of the hill the apple trees were on and saw a barn, a town, a castle on the side of a mountain far away from the little town, a forest to the right of the town and a cloud sanctuary not too far from the castle. Sonic questioned the place he was at and ran to the town. The sun had completely risen once he arrived in the town he believed one of the emeralds had been sent to. To Sonic’s surprise, the inhabitants in the town caught him off guard. “Ok, either I’m very tired, or I’m seeing nothing but ponies in this town,” he concluded in disbelief.

As pointed out, the town he was in had nothing but ponies walking around. Some of the ponies he saw were regular ponies, while some had wings and some had a single horn on their foreheads. He was getting a couple of strange looks from some of the ponies, but he paid no attention to them. Sonic then saw a pink pony skipping along with glee, and he decided to ask the pony where he was. “Excuse me, can you tell me where I am?” he asked.

The pink pony’s response was a shocked/surprised gasp and she ran away, leaving a confused Sonic behind. He shrugged off the odd behavior and went to go look for another pony to see if they could tell him where he was. While Sonic was walking through the town, he felt that the place gave off a very peaceful feel to it. He was never one to walk a lot, but with the feeling he got from the town, he couldn’t help but walk around. Sonic eventually found a lavender pony on a bench in the park reading a book. He was hoping that this pony would be more helpful than the last pony he spoke to. Sonic walked up to the pony and said, “Hello there.” The pony snapped out of her concentration and saw Sonic, a little surprised after seeing him. He introduced himself to her, extended his hand out to her and said, “I’m Sonic the Hedgehog. What’s your name?” The pony put her hoof in his hand and says, “I’m Twilight Sparkle. It’s nice to meet you Sonic.”

Wanting to get to the point, Sonic asked the purple pony, “Can you tell me where I am? I’m trying to look for something that’s mine. Can you also tell me about the ponies here? I’ve never seen any with wings or horns before.” After hearing the questions, Twilight said, “Sure, I don’t mind. This place is Ponyville. As you can see, a lot of ponies of different races live here. We have earth ponies, the ponies with wings are known as Pegasus or pegasi for more than one, and the ponies with horns are known as Unicorns, like myself,” she finished while pointing to herself. Sonic nodded in understanding, knowing the town he is in and the different kinds of ponies.

“And the farm I ran through as well as that castle?” he asked. She said, “The farm you passed by is known as Sweet Apple Acres, a friend of mine works there. As for the castle, that is my actual home Canterlot. My mentor Princess Celestia had assigned for me to live here. She and her sister Princess Luna live in that castle and rule all over the land of Equestria.” “Equestria? Wow, I didn’t think it went that far…” Sonic thought to himself in surprise. Noticing the clouds, he asked, “Are those clouds a sanctuary of some kind, or is it a big cloud formation?” After looking to where he was pointing at, Twilight said, “It’s a place. The place you’re talking about is Cloudsdale. There are other pegasi that live there, and only the pegasi can live on the clouds. Two of my friends lived there before coming to Ponyville.”

An idea suddenly struck her, and she said, “Speaking of my friends, would you like to meet them?” Not wanting to be rude to her, Sonic said, “Sure, I don’t mind.” And with that, they left the park and went to go see each of Twilight’s friends. They started by going to see Applejack, since Sonic ran through the area first. After walking for a while, Sonic asked, “Hey Twilight, I bumped into a pink pony when I got here, and she gave me the weirdest response I’ll ever get. Do you know her?” Twilight playfully rolled her eyes and said, “Oh, that was Pinkie Pie. Was it like a gasp of surprise?” He thought about it and said, “I think so. She just ran away from me after that.” Twilight said, “Yeah, she gave me that kind of response when I first got here myself.” With a knowing smile, she then said, “Let’s go to Sugarcube Corner to check on her.” And with that, they went to Sugarcube Corner instead.

With what Twilight told Sonic, Sugarcube Corner is a bakery where the ponies get their treats. She also told him that Pinkie lives there along with the owners of the place, Mr. and Mrs. Cake. They arrived at Sugarcube Corner in no time and after arriving, to Sonic’s surprise, Sugarcube Corner looked like a giant gingerbread house. He shrugged it off and went inside with Twilight. It was dark inside and by the time the lights were turned on, everypony jumped out and yelled, “SURPRISE!!” Sonic, to say the least, was surprised by this.

After settling down from the shock, he asked, “What’s the occasion?” The pink pony suddenly approached him and said, “It’s for you, Mr. Blue Spiky person! I figured with a new person in town, you deserve a nice welcome party.” Sonic looked around Sugarcube Corner and had seen streamers, balloons and a lot of party decorations scattered throughout the room. He scratched his head in amazement at the sight and asked, “How did you do this so fast?” Pinkie said, “I know everypony in Ponyville, and I also work here. So inviting everypony and getting the cakes ready were already easy things to take care of. Oh, wait right here, I’m going to get my friends here.”

Pinkie hopped along, going to get her friends over, leaving a stunned Sonic behind. He turned to Twilight and asked, “Is she like this all the time, or for parties?” She said with a smile, “A little of both actually. She’s a nice pony don’t worry about that. Also, the ponies she will be bringing over are also my friends.”

Pinkie later returned to Sonic and Twilight with four other ponies and from there, each of the ponies introduced themselves. Pinkie introduced herself first and said, “As Twilight told you I’m Pinkie Pie. I enjoy throwing parties for anypony that’s new here.” Sonic nodded in response.

The next pony that introduced herself was a white unicorn with a purple mane and tail. She said, “I’m Rarity; I live in Carousel Boutique, designing clothes for my friends and anypony that requests for a new dress or outfit for a formal event. I’ve made dresses for my friends for the Grand Galloping Gala a while ago. We had a fashion show for a fashion critic named Hoity Toity, and he loved each dress I made.” Impressed by what he heard, Sonic said, “That sounds cool.” She then said, “I’d like to make you a formal outfit later on darling, you look like you could wear something ‘dashing’.” Sonic felt a little uneasy about her request. He was never one to wear clothes, but if she is as good as she says, he couldn’t deny her the chance for the outfit. He said, “I’ll consider it.”

The next pony to introduce herself was a cyan pegasus with a rainbow colored mane and tail. She said, “I’m Rainbow Dash. I’m the fastest flyer to ever come out of Cloudsdale. I’ve pulled off a sonic rainboom a couple of times. Me and the other pegasi handle the weather here in Ponyville. I’m also known to always be there for my friends that need me.” Sonic nodded to what she was told him.

An orange earth pony wearing a cowboy hat, with yellow mane and tail approached him and said, “I’m Applejack. I work on Sweet Apple Acres not too far from here.” Remembering the farm, Sonic said, “I actually ran through that area when I arrived. I’m sorry for trespassing.” She then said, “Ah it’s nothin’ to worry about, as long as you didn’t take any of my apples.” Breathing a sigh of relief, he said, “No worries there, I didn’t take any of them.”

After that, Sonic noticed a yellow pegasus with a pink mane and tail, was hiding behind the other ponies. He walked over to the scared pony with caution. Once he was close enough, he said, “And who might you be?” The pony didn’t look him in the eye while he was trying to talk to her. She weakly said, “I’m Fluttershy.” He heard her speak, but he didn’t catch her name. He put a hand next to his ear and said, “What was that? I didn’t catch it.” The pony said, “I’m Fluttershy,” in the same weak tone from before. He was starting to feel impatient, but after catching part of the mare's name, he had a feeling he should keep his cool with her. He then said, “Ok, that time, I heard “shy”. Could you please tell me one more time? I wont hurt you, I promise.” After hearing him, she looked him in the eye and said with a smile, “I’m Fluttershy.” He smiled at her after hearing her speak to him without feeling scarred. She continued by saying, “I-I take care of the animals at my cottage. It’s close to the Everfree Forest.”

After meeting everypony, Sonic said with a smile, “It was nice meeting all of you.” Wanting to know who he was, Fluttershy timidly asked, “So, who are you, if you don’t mind me asking?” After hearing her, he said, “I don’t mind.” He then flashed a thumb up and said, “My name is Sonic, Sonic the Hedgehog. I’m the fastest thing alive, I have saved the planet from destruction on more than one occasion, and I’m a real laid back kind of person, despite what I go through.” Rainbow looked at him questioningly and asked, “Fastest thing alive? How fast are you exactly?” Sonic simply said, “I can break the sound barrier in seconds, that’s how fast.”

Fluttershy then asked, “Are you alone, or do you have any friends from where you’re from?” He said, “I have friends back home. They should be joining me soon for what I’m looking for.”

Realization hit Twilight once he mentioned he was looking for something. She decided it was time to see what Sonic was looking for and asked, “Speaking of which, what are you looking for by the way?” Sonic said, “I’m looking for a very special gem called a Chaos Emerald. I’ve seen one of them fly somewhere in this direction.” Rarity asked, “What’s a Chaos Emerald, and how many are there?” He then said, “The Chaos Emerald is a stone that holds a great amount of power. There are seven of them.”

Confused of his actions, Applejack asked, “With somethin’ that holds so much power in these Chaos Emeralds, why did you let one of them fly here?” Sonic said, “I didn’t plan on them scattering across the world, I had a little mishap back where I’m from.” All of the ponies looked at him questioningly while he continued to explain the situation to them.

“There was this dark creature that I thought I had defeated, show itself when I told my friend Knuckles to scatter the emeralds,” he said. Everypony stared at Sonic in shock when he mentioned a dark creature. He felt a little lost seeing that they had gotten scarred already. Rarity was the first to break the silence and asked, “Was this dark creature a giant by any chance?” He looked at the ponies confused to see that they knew the creature already. He slowly answered, “Yes, it was big.” Pinkie then asked, “Did it come out of a portal?” After hearing them guess a second time about Time Eater, he then said, “Ok, this is getting a little strange. Do you ponies know something I don’t know about the creature?”

Twilight spoke up, and said, “My friends here had nightmares last night. They each told me that they saw a dark creature. Its appearance was smog-like, with clock gears seen behind its arms, as well as its back, and it had blue eyes and a blue mouth that glowed. It had abilities like, manipulating time and space, tracker shot beams, lasers, immobilizing spheres, and it can open portals and suck anypony in it.”

Sonic starred at them in shock. He was told that dreams usually had a connection to the real world, but this took him by surprise. He decided to tell them about Time Eater since each pony has some knowledge to it. He said, “The thing that each of you saw, is known as Time Eater. The abilities that each of you saw, was only the tip of the iceberg. I’ve witnessed each of those abilities and more firsthand. I had to team up with my past self to defeat it. All I can say was that that was some birthday bash I had nine months ago. I also have a question for you ponies as well.”

Twilight said, “Go ahead and ask.” Sonic said, “Do you know a creature by the name of Discord?” The ponies gasped in shock, just hearing the name, “Discord”. They all pulled Sonic outside Sugarcube Corner, just so they can talk to him privately and not disturb the party. They said in unison, “What about Discord?” He then said, “I bumped into him while I was on one of my runs. He had it rain chocolate milk on me and he turned the sandy beach I was running on into ice.”

Before the ponies could question him any further, Time Eater came out of a portal, causing fear to go through the ponies. Sonic got in front of the ponies, saying he was going to defend them. Time Eater started to tear the houses apart, causing the ponies in the homes to start running from the creature. It opened up a portal, and attempted to suck the ponies in. Sonic ran over to the ponies and stood his ground. Time Eater opened a portal in front of Sonic and tried to suck him in, but instead of getting sucked into the portal, he was still standing his ground. Sonic saw a glowing light on his left wrist. He looked under his glove and saw Chip’s necklace glowing, and saw a barrier surrounding him and the ponies he was protecting. “Thank you Chip,” Sonic thought to himself with a smile.

Time Eater tried to attack the barrier, but the barrier had repelled its attack, leaving the dark creature frustrated. Time Eater opened another portal and left the area. Twilight and the rest of the ponies came next to Sonic, amazed at what they had seen from him. Before any celebrations could be done, Sonic said, “I think Time Eater is also trying to get the Chaos Emerald here as well.” Twilight said, “I think Princess Celestia might have it. We need to go to Canterlot right away.”

The ponies went to the train station, got on a train and headed to Canterlot. Sonic chose to run up there instead. After seeing him run next to the train, the ponies were shocked to actually see how fast Sonic was going, before he broke the sound barrier to get to the train station and wait for them in Canterlot. Sonic saw that Time Eater was not having it easy looking for the emerald as it continued looking in other areas. “I hope that train gets here soon,” he thought to himself impatiently. After a few moments, the train arrived and the ponies rushed out to get to the castle, Sonic joining them behind.

After arriving to the castle, the ponies and Sonic entered to see a worried Princess Celestia pacing herself in the castle. Twilight said, “Princess Celestia, we have a problem over in Ponyville.” Celestia then said, “I know Twilight, I’ve seen the creature not too long ago. Do any of you know what that is and what it might be looking for?” Twilight points her hoof at Sonic and says, “According to Sonic here, the creature is known as Time Eater.” He interrupts her and says, “And I believe that Time Eater is here to look for something that is mine called a Chaos Emerald, your majesty,” he finishes while bowing to Celestia in respect.

She waves off his notion and says, “There is no need to bow Sonic, but I think I might know what you are looking for. A purple object flew into the Canterlot Garden last night. I’ve had my guards get it and I have it locked away.” Sonic was relieved to hear the news that the emerald was safe. He then asks, “May I take the emerald back with me? I’ll need it to get rid of Time Eater.” She nods to him with a smile and says, “Of course you can.”

Celestia led Sonic and the six ponies down the hallway to a chamber that the ponies remembered from Discord’s release. The ponies grew worried, thinking that he might have taken it like he did with the Elements of Harmony. Celestia opened the chamber with her magic, and with a sigh of relief, the purple Chaos Emerald was still there. Sonic grabbed the emerald and was glad to have it in his hands.

Applejack said, “Whew, I thought that it was going to be taken or somethin.” Celestia looked at them in confusion and asked, “Why would you think that?” Sonic said, “I was telling the ponies here that I bumped into Discord the other day before Time Eater showed itself in Ponyville.” Surprised by this, Celestia said, “Discord?! But these ponies defeated him six months ago.” Wondering how it happened, Sonic asked, “How did they defeat him?” Before the other ponies could say anything, Pinkie said, “We used the Elements of Harmony on him last time. He was turned to stone, just like out there.”

She pointed her hoof outside to Discord’s statue in the Canterlot Garden. It was still in one piece, leaving Celestia confused on how he escaped if the statue wasn’t destroyed like last time. She then asked, “Sonic, would there be any other things that Time Eater does that we should be worried about?” He then said, “It can bend reality, my guess is that it might have done that to get Discord out of the statue that you are telling me about.” Laughter was suddenly heard in the chamber and a voice suddenly said, “You are correct on that Sonic.”

Everyone started looking around to try and find Discord, but his voice was echoing in the castle like last time. He then appeared in front of everyone. Sonic gripped the purple emerald and was ready to fight him if he tried something. Discord saw the emerald in his hand and said, “I’m here for that Chaos Emerald.” Sonic said, “Your not getting this from me without a fight Discord!” He shook his head and ask in annoyance, “Why does everyone always want to do things the hard way?”

Sonic whispered to the ponies and said, “Everypony listen, if those Elements of Harmony you were talking about earlier stopped him last time, I’d say go get them.” Also whispering, Twilight said, “But we don’t want you to be stuck with him on your own. We’ll stay and help you.” He then said, “As much as I appreciate it, I can handle him on my own, I don’t want anything to happen to either of you if you stay. Plus, I have one of the Chaos Emeralds, I should be able to hold my own.”

Twilight and her friends nodded in understanding and left the castle. Discord was about to use his magic to stop them, but Sonic stepped in front of him, kept him from using his magic and said, “I’m the only one you’re dealing with Discord.” He rolled his eyes and said, “Fine, you’ll do for now hedgehog.”

Discord then snapped his fingers and teleported him and Sonic outside the castle. The fight between them started, Discord started by trying to blast Sonic with purple spheres. He dodged them with ease and had a grin on his face afterwards. He then said, “Time Eater has taught you some tricks I’m guessing.” Discord said with a smug look on his face, “You could say that.”

Sonic then pulled out the purple emerald and fired a powerful chaos energy at Discord. He dodged it, but Sonic ran with great speed and punched him in the face, sending him flying backwards. Discord rubbed the hit off with his eagle claw. Sonic stood his ground and was charging up a powerful chaos energy with the purple emerald. Discord, seeing this, was about to attack again, but Time Eater showed up and grabbed him and pulled him into the portal. Sonic saw Time Eater, and fired a Chaos Spear from the emerald, but Time Eater disappeared into the portal before it made contact.

Celestia asked in surprise, “The fights already over?” Sonic said, “No, they are going to try and get the other Chaos Emeralds. So far, we have one, there are six other emeralds out there.” She said, “I see. Would you mind if I assigned Twilight and her friends to accompany you to get the remaining emeralds?” He said, “No, I don’t mind at all. Thank you princess,” finishing with another bow. Celestia said, “Thank you Sonic, and good luck. The fate of the world rests in your hands as well as the ponies’ hooves.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Discord and Time Eater arrived back in the Center of Time. Discord was furious with Time Eater for stopping the fight, but before he could say anything, Time Eater yelled, “I told you Sonic was a lot stronger than he looked! He even had one of the Chaos Emeralds and you still try and fight him!” Discord retorted by saying, “I had a plan to fight back!”

Time Eater sternly said, “You listen here! I need your chaos powers around to help me defeat Sonic! If you are killed before I get my revenge, it wont do me any favors!”

Discord sighed in defeat and said, “Fine, so what do we do now?”

Time Eater said, “We must get the other emeralds to help us out. There are six more out there, all we have to do is find them before Sonic and the ponies do.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

The ponies arrived at Twilight’s home and got the Elements of Harmony out of the book from last time. They were about to leave, until Spike burped up a scroll from Princess Celestia. He opened the letter and read it to everypony. It read:

Dear Twilight Sparkle and friends,

I have assigned you each with a task to accompany Sonic on his mission to collect the remaining Chaos Emeralds that he needs to look for across the world. I also advise you to take the Elements of Harmony with you so you can use them on Discord once again. Don’t worry if Sonic chooses to not have you join him on his quest, Sonic has already agreed to this and is looking forward to you all on joining him. The fate of Equestria, as well as the rest of the world, rests in your hooves.

Signed,

Princess Celestia

After Spike finished reading the letter to the ponies, Sonic arrived outside the library and said, “I see you already got the message from the princess.” The ponies turned to see him standing there. Fluttershy said, “Yes, we have.” He then said, “Ok, let’s move out everypony.” Before he could leave, Sonic noticed a purple dragon and asked, “Who’s the dragon?” Twilight realized this and said, “Oh, right, you haven’t met him yet. This is Spike, he is a baby dragon, as well as my personal assistant. Spike this is Sonic the Hedgehog. Spike put his hand out and said, “Nice to meet you Sonic.” Sonic grabbed his claw and said, “Same here little guy.”

After the quick introduction, Sonic asked, “Is everypony ready to go on an adventure?” The ponies all nodded, saying they were ready to go get the remaining Chaos Emeralds. Everyone stepped outside and was about to head out, when they heard a few voices yelling, “Sonic!” He knew who the voices belonged to, and smiled. Everyone waited and a few minutes later, Tails and Knuckles arrived in Ponyville.

Sonic said, “Everypony, these are a few of my friends here. The one with two tails is Miles Prower, but my friends and I call him Tails, and the red echidna is Knuckles. Guys, these ponies are Twilight Sparkle, Pinkie Pie, Rarity, Rainbow Dash, Applejack and Fluttershy.” After everyone exchanged their hellos, Sonic was caught in a hug. His suspicions of who was hugging him was confirmed after he heard the voice say, “Sonic! I knew I could find you!” He said, “Amy? How did you get here?” Amy simply said, “Tails told me where you were, and I followed his directions after he told me.” Sonic rolled his eyes to her response, but smiled to himself.

Starting to feel embarrassed, Sonic said, “Do you mind letting me go? Me and some friends of mine need to save the world again.” After letting him go, Amy asked, “Can I join you?” He was going to say no, but he knew she was going to join him even if he did say no. He then said, “Sure, with what we are dealing with, we need all the help we can get.”

Amy then introduced herself to each of the ponies and with that, Sonic and the gang were ready to leave Ponyville. Tails’ radar said the next emerald was about 100 miles from where they are. Sonic said, “Everyone to gather around me, I don’t want anyone getting left behind.” After everyone was close to him, he raised the purple emerald and used Chaos Control to teleport everyone to the next emerald’s spot.

[bOne emerald down, six to go!]

Chapter 5

It was a nice sunny day at the park. Mordecai and Rigby were cleaning up the park from another mishap that occurred that they were involved in. There was garbage, debris from the grass, the fountain was destroyed again and a couple of ripped trees scattered throughout the park. Rigby was trying to pass the time by telling Mordecai some jokes, but the blue jay was feeling down and angry, and he did not respond to any of the jokes he told. Noticing his attitude, Rigby said, “Dude, what’s with you? You haven’t been yourself lately.”

Mordecai responded with a grunt, remembering what had happened before the incident at the park occurred.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

**FLASHBACK**

He and Rigby were on their lunch break and had gone to the coffee shop. Mordecai had planned on asking Margaret out almost every time he and Rigby go there. Unfortunately, with how shy he is around Margaret, and with Rigby’s teasing, it just made it a lot harder for him to ask her out. To build his self-confidence, Mordecai kept telling himself that this day was going to be the day he will ask her out. To assure himself, he said aloud, “I’m gonna do it Rigby. I’m going to ask Margaret out.” Rigby rolled his eyes and said, “Pfft. Yeah right dude.” Mordecai pointed at him in anger and said, “Just watch.”

He walked over to Margaret, but instead of asking her out, he instead asked for the usual that he and Rigby would get at the Coffee Shop. Mordecai got him and Rigby their coffee and also ordered some sandwiches. Once he got back to the table, Rigby said with a smug look on his face, “Hmm-hmm, I told you.” Mordecai snapped at him and said, “Dude shut up! I’ll eat first, and then I’ll ask her out.”

Rigby shrugged Mordecai’s excuse off and ate his meal. After they finished their food and coffee, Mordecai told Rigby to go back to the park, while he paid for them. After making the payment, Mordecai decided it was time to make his move. Margaret snapped him out of his thoughts and said, “Here’s your change Mordecai.” He said with a smile, “Thanks Margaret. Uh, can I ask you something?” She said with a smile, “Sure, what is it?” Mordecai started to get nervous, but he continued anyway and said, “Uh, I was wondering, uh, if it’s not too much trouble, would you like to uh… go out with me this Saturday?” Margaret felt uncomfortable with the question and said, “Oh, I’m flattered Mordecai. But, I have to say no.” Mordecai looked heartbroken after hearing her answer. She continued by saying, “It’s nothing against you Mordecai, I think your a great guy, but I only see you as a friend.”

Mordecai felt even worse just hearing the word ‘friend’. “Great, the friend zone. I’m stuck in the friend zone with her.” Mordecai thought to himself bitterly. He then put on a fake smile and apologized for his question, and left the coffee shop after that. Rigby caught sight of him once he came back to the park and asked, “So, how did it go?”

Mordecai didn’t respond to Rigby’s question, the look of anger, sadness, hurt, and total rejection clearly visible on his face. He didn’t push the subject with Margaret any further. He thought he might ask him about it later.

**END FLASHBACK**

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Mordecai finished up the job that was assigned him and Rigby. Benson was a little surprised to see that he had actually finished his job. He then assigned him another job to do at the park, and Mordecai got to it, without any arguments, leaving Benson a little confused to his behavior.

Mordecai was assigned to help Skips clean one of the carts and fix the breaks on one of the other carts. He had started scrubbing the cart with a wet towel, but his mind was still set on the events back at the Coffee Shop. “Friend zone? Friend zone? Why am I stuck in the freakin’ friend zone?!” Mordecai thought to himself angrily.

After finishing his job, Rigby caught up and helped him out with the cart. Skips went inside to get his tools so they could fix the breaks on the cart. While they were cleaning the cart, a bright light flashed behind them. They turned and saw ten figures from the light. After seeing the figures, they hid behind the cart, thinking the figures might start some trouble with them. Rigby asked, “Who are they?” Mordecai said, “How should I know?”

Back to Sonic and friends, after teleporting with Chaos Control, they each got a good look around their surroundings in the new area. They saw trees scattered around the area, park benches, the destroyed water fountain, a snack bar and a playground. They figured that they were in a park. Sonic turned to Tails and asked, “You sure the radar says the emerald is here?” He simply said, “Yeah, the emerald is here. I think we should split up and look for it.” And with that, Sonic and the group split up and went in different directions to search for the Chaos Emerald.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Sonic had no luck finding the emerald after searching for the last half hour. He felt a little tired, and stopped at the snack bar. He gave it some thought and decided to grab a couple of chilidogs for a quick break. Sonic walked over to the snack bar counter and saw a green obese man with brown hair, along with a ghost with a hand on its head running the snack bar. He pounded on the counter and said, “Two chilidogs to go slow mo, on the double.” Muscle Man turned to him and said, “Who are you calling “slow mo” bro?” Sonic pointed at him and said, “You, that’s who. Now move it!”

Muscle Man then said, “Well, well, well, looks like someone’s impatient when it comes to food. You know who else is impatient when it comes to food? MY MOM!” Sonic gave the green man a questioning look while he and the ghost gave each other a high five and said, “Ok…” After a few minutes, Muscle Man said, “Here’s your chilidogs bro.” Sonic paid for the chilidogs and left the snack bar.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Meanwhile, Twilight wasn’t doing much better with finding the emerald herself. She came across a garage and saw a couple of workers. She decided to ask one of them for help, since she didn’t know a thing about the park. She walked over to Skips’ garage, chose to ask the blue jay for help and said, “Excuse me can you help me?”

Mordecai heard the voice and turned to see who the voice belonged to. He was a little shocked to see a lavender unicorn standing before him. He felt a little uneasy with her because of his last experience with a group of unicorns. Twilight gave the blue jay a smile, and for some reason, it felt a little easier for him to be around her. The unicorn then said, “I’m Twilight Sparkle. What’s your name?” Mordecai had a light blush on his face after hearing her talk, as well as hearing her name. “Twilight Sparkle,” it just fit this pony perfectly. A light breeze blew by, adding the effect of her mane blowing in the wind, making hiss heart race even faster. He then said, “Uh…I’m M-m-morde…Morde.” He coughed in an attempt to stop his stammering and continued to say, “Mordecai. I’m Mordecai.”

Twilight giggled at his actions. This caused him to turn away from her in embarrassment, as well as to hide his blush from her after hearing her giggle. After regaining his composure, Mordecai decided to see what Twilight was doing at the park and asked, “So, you said you needed help with something?” She said, “Oh, yes I needed help looking for something. I’ll take you to a friend of mine so he can tell you all about it.” Mordecai nodded to her answer, and to be nice, he chose to go with her. Before he left, he said, “Hey Skips, I’m gonna go for a walk for a bit. I’ll be right back.” Skips, still looking for his tools, said, “Alright, see you Mordecai.”

And with that, Mordecai left the garage with Twilight to look for her friend. While they were walking through the park, Sonic had just ran past some trees and had seen Twilight with the blue jay. He was going to approach them, but he saw the blue jay looking at Twilight shyly. Sonic was a little puzzled with what he was seeing, so he kept a good distance from them and wanted to see how they would act with each other and started eating one of the chilidogs. Mordecai was looking her over, from her mane, to her eyes, to her smile. He just felt a lot happier then he did before, he wasn’t too sure what it was, but he still liked the feeling of it. To pass the time, he decided to get to know her better and started a conversation with her.

Mordecai said, “So…I’m guessing you aren’t from around here.” Twilight said, “No, me and five of my other friends are from Ponyville. Do you live around here?” He said, “Yeah, I live in that blue house over there with my friend Rigby and the owner of this park’s son, Pops. So, we live where we work, kind of a good thing I’d say.” She then said with a smile, “I know what you mean. Me and my assistant Spike live in a library. Well, it’s a giant tree with a library in it, but still a library. But I know what you mean by living where you work.”

Mordecai and Twilight shared a good laugh about their living arrangements. “As much as I don’t want to interrupt them, we got an emerald to look for,” Sonic thought to himself with a smile. He finished eating one of his chilidogs and ran up to the pair. After arriving, he said, “Hey Twilight, who’s your friend here?” She said, “Hey Sonic, this is Mordecai. He works here at the park. Mordecai, this is Sonic. He is the friend I was telling you about earlier.” The blue jay looked at him in question and said, “Sonic? I think I’ve heard that name somewhere before.” Sonic then asked, “Do you remember hearing about a Space Colony that had fallen to Earth?” Mordecai said, “Yeah, I’ve heard of that.” He slapped his forehead in realization and said, “Oh, Sonic the Hedgehog, now I remember! It’s great meeting you in person!”

Sonic grinned and shook Mordecai’s hand. Twilight was a little shocked to hear that he had to deal with a space colony falling to Earth and asked in surprise, “A space colony?” After seeing her expression, he asked, “Remember when I said that I saved the world on more than one occasion?” She nodded and said, “Yes, I remember.” He said, “The space colony falling was one of those things. It was known as Space Colony ARK, and it was on a collision course with Earth after my arch-nemesis Dr. Eggman had placed all seven of the Chaos Emeralds in the ARK. That was one of my adventures that involved saving Earth, but I couldn’t have done it without my friends.” Twilight nodded in understanding, and amazement. Mordecai gave him a questioning look and asked, “What are the Chaos Emeralds?”

Sonic pulled the purple emerald out, showed it to Mordecai and said, “This little gem is a Chaos Emerald. And like I said, there are seven of them in total. I had a little mishap back on Angel Island involving Time Eater, and Discord.” Mordecai looked a little confused after hearing the names. Sonic continued to explain and said, “I took care of Time Eater on my birthday, Twilight and her friends dealt with Discord a few months ago. Time Eater tried to steal them, but the red emerald released its power and the emeralds scattered in different directions after it lost its grip on them. I found this one back in Ponyville. A radar that my pal Tails made, read that another one was here at the park.”

Understanding the situation, Mordecai just said, “Hmm-hmm.” Sonic then asked him, “So, can you help us look for the emerald that’s here?” He said, “Sure, I can help out.” And with that, Mordecai joined Sonic and Twilight and started looking for the emerald.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Mordecai decided to start his search for the emerald with Sonic. After agreeing, Twilight left the duo and went to search for the emerald in a nearby place. Sonic wanted to know a little about the park and the two workers at the snack bar before he continued looking for the emerald. He asked, “Hey Mordecai, can I ask you-?” But before he could finish his question, Mordecai got ahead of himself and said, “Twilight is just a friend!” Sonic looked at him in confusion and said, “I wasn’t going to ask about you and Twilight.”

Mordecai felt embarrassed for his sudden outburst with Sonic. He scratched the back of his head and said, “Oh. What were you going to say?” Sonic said, “I was going to ask if you knew some green guy and a ghost that were working at the snack bar.” He said, “Oh, them. The green guy is Muscle Man, and the ghost is his friend High Five Ghost. Why, did Muscle Man give you one of his “My Mom” jokes?” Sonic stared at him in confusion and said, “Yeah. I’m going to take a guess and say that he uses that joke a lot.” Mordecai said, “You got that right, he uses that joke with everyone. It’s his way to try and be funny. He’s more annoying than my friend Rigby, but I can still deal with him to an extent. I don’t have a lot to say on High Five Ghost, but he is good to hang around every now and then.” Sonic nodded in understanding after hearing his answer.

After searching around some small parts of the park, Sonic felt a little curious on Mordecai’s feelings with Twilight. He figured since she’s searching a different part of the park, he could ask him about it. He said with a grin, “Since you brought it up, what is going on with you and Twilight?” Mordecai blushed at this and said, “Oh, nothing. Just showing her around the park trying to look for you.” Still wearing his grin, he said, “You sure? ‘Cause to me, it looked like she wasn’t the only one doing some “sight seeing” around here.” Mordecai turned to him and said, “Oh, you saw?” Sonic said, “Yeah, but don’t sweat. If you like her, I got nothing against it,” he finished with a chuckle and began to eat the second chilidog.

Mordecai blushed hard after Sonic pointed out the obvious to him and yelled, “Dude!” He shrugged at this and nonchalantly said, “What? I call them as I see them.” Mordecai then said, “Well, since we’re on this subject, do you know anything about her? Like maybe if she has a boyfriend back in Ponyville?” “Wow, love at first sight, don’t see that too often.” Sonic thought to himself with a smile. He then put both of his hands behind his head and said, “Dude, I’ve only known her for a day, but as far as I know, she doesn’t. When I met her, she was reading a book, on a bench, in the park.” Mordecai breathed a sigh of relief and said, “Good. Uh, I mean, thanks.”

“Like I said, if you like her, I got nothing against it,” said Sonic. Mordecai blushed after hearing his statement again. He asked him, “You wont tell her, will you?” Sonic simply said, “No, I’ll let you do that on your own time.” Mordecai felt relieved after hearing that from him. He continued by saying, “Right now, we have to worry about finding the emerald here, before Discord or Time Eater finds it.” Mordecai said, “Hmm, hmm good point.”

Sonic finished eating the chilidog and took off in a different direction, leaving Mordecai to his thoughts. He started his search in the bushes. Mordecai said to himself, “She reads books, she lives in a library, and she’s an all around friendly pony. All I can hope for is that I can do better with her then I did with Margaret.” He finished searching the bushes and remembered his talk with Sonic.

“You wont tell her, will you,” Mordecai asked. “No, I’ll let you do that on your own time,” Sonic said. Mordecai walked to a different part in the park, with a smile on his face and said aloud, “Thanks Sonic.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After searching around the park for a while, Mordecai decided to search for the emerald at the playground. He noticed something sparkle under the sand once he arrived. He then grabbed a plastic sand shovel some kid left behind, and started digging up the spot. After digging enough sand, Mordecai found the cyan Chaos Emerald. He held the emerald in his hand and felt proud of himself for finding the emerald. He couldn’t contain his excitement and yelled, “OOOOHHH!”

After hearing him shout, Sonic and Twilight turned to see Mordecai holding an emerald in his hand. They both rushed to him, both very happy to see that the emerald wasn’t stolen. Mordecai said with a smile, “Here it is guys!” Twilight said, “Thank you, thank you Mordecai!” He said, “No problem Twi-.” But before he could finish his sentence, Twilight gave him a hug, leaving him with a blush clearly evident on his face. Sonic gave him a pat on the back for finding the emerald and said, “Yeah, thanks a lot Mordo!”

Before he could take the emerald back, the trio heard a radio go off. The voice belonged to Skips and he said over the radio, “Mordecai, come in Mordecai! Mordecai! Can you hear me?” Mordecai grabbed his radio and responded to the call and said, “I hear you, what’s going on Skips?” He responded by saying, “We need you back at the house. We’ve got a problem.” Mordecai looked a little worried from Skips’ response.

The rest of the ponies and Sonic’s friends regrouped at the sand box after they saw them. He remembered seeing each of them when they appeared earlier. Knuckles looked at the blue jay and asked, “Who’s this guy?” Sonic said, “We can save the introductions for later. We’ve got to go to the house that’s here at the park.” Rainbow said, “What for? I can see we have the emerald.” Twilight said, “Because, he helped us out, and the radio transition sounded urgent.”

Everyone agreed to it and left with Mordecai to go back to the house. As the group saw the house, they also saw Discord standing before the other park workers, Sonic dashed at top speed after seeing him. Once he was close enough, he jumped in the air and was ready to kick him in the head. Discord sensing his presence, snapped his finger at the last second and disappeared. Sonic slid on the ground after missing his hit on Discord. He growled in frustration after the missed attempt, Discord reappeared with a grin.

Mordecai and the rest of the group showed up before Discord and Sonic could continue their fight and asked, “Who the heck is this guy?!” Twilight said, “That’s Discord.” After hearing the name, Mordecai remembered his conversation with them about Discord and Time Eater. Rigby snapped him out of his thoughts by saying, “I’m glad someone told us who this guy was!” Everyone turned to Rigby after his little outburst after the identity of Discord was revealed to him.

He continued by saying, “This guy said something about wanting to face Sonic, Twilight and some other names I couldn’t really catch and something about an emerald, but I didn’t know what the heck he was talking about.” Discord said with a smirk, “That’s right. I’m here for the Chaos Emerald. I was going to mess this lousy park up while I was going to search for it.”

Mordecai still had the cyan emerald in his hands. He lifted the emerald in the air and said, “Hmm-hmm sounds like you have bad timing!” Shocked from what he was doing, Rigby said, “Dude, what are you doing?!” Ignoring him, Mordecai said, “We found it before you even got here, and there is NO WAY your getting your hands on this.” Discord shook his head and said, “Always the hard way, I’ll never understand these guys. Very well then, I’ll enjoy taking it from you instead. But I’m going to get some help of my own.” He then snapped his finger, and a bright light appeared before everyone. Mordecai thought that Discord was getting Time Eater, but once the light faded, it revealed the Moon Monster instead.

Benson came out of the house, oblivious to what’s going on outside and said, “Mordecai, Rigby. I need you two to go…” But before he could give them their next job to do, he noticed a big shadow and saw the Moon Monster. He said in confusion, “What the…?!” He looked at Mordecai and Rigby, believing they had something to do with it, but Mordecai said, “I swear, we had nothing to do with this one!!” Rigby added, “Yeah. It was that Discord guy over there.” He finished by pointing at him.

Benson turned to see where he was pointing and saw the mismatched creature. Discord waved at Benson with a mischievous smirk and disappeared, leaving everyone to deal with the Moon Monster. The Moon Monster, in no time, threw the first punch at everyone. The park workers, the ponies and Sonic and co. split up, before the monster’s fist hit the ground. The park workers got into a nearby cart and drove off. The monster saw Rigby on the front porch, and swung its fist at him. Rigby jumped off the porch, and the monster ended up punching a hole in the house instead.

While he was running, Applejack caught up to him and asked, “What in the hay is that thing?” He said, “I accidentally made that thing a while ago with a magic keyboard. After I made it, it tried to attack me, so I sent it to the moon with the keyboard, and it has been there ever since.” She then said, “My only question is how did Discord get THAT thing from the moon to here like nothing?” Sonic and Rainbow Dash approached Rigby and Applejack and heard her question. Rainbow said, “Maybe Discord has gotten stronger in his own abilities.” “For everyone’s sake, I hope it’s just his abilities,” Sonic thought to himself in worry.

The monster had thrown a tree at the rest of the park workers. They swerved the cart to the right, and the tree barely missed them. The tree hurtled towards Knuckles and Tails, and out of instinct, Knuckles punched the tree and broke it in two. Twilight, Rarity, Fluttershy and Pinkie Pie joined Sonic, Rainbow Dash, Applejack and Rigby. Everyone stopped running after they regrouped. Sonic asked, “So, what’s the plan?” Twilight said, “I think the Elements of Harmony can work on that thing.” Confused, Rigby asked, “Elements of Harmony?” Ignoring him, Twilight said, “We need someone to distract the monster to make it work.”

Everyone then heard a scream by the house. Sonic saw the monster had Amy in its hand and said, “Leave it to me.” And with that, he dashed off to save Amy. She tried to break free by using her hammer on the monster’s hand, but it wasn’t doing much effect to it. Knuckles tried punching the monster’s foot, hoping it would have an effect on it. The monster tried to step on him, but Tails saved Knuckles in time.

Sonic arrived and spotted Mordecai driving the cart. He yelled, “Hey Mordecai! I need that emerald!” He saw him waving his hands and said, “Alright! Here you go dude!” He threw the cyan emerald to Sonic, which he easily caught. Feeling both of the emeralds power, he turned himself into a ball, and launched himself in a spin dash attack. Sonic made contact with the monster’s stomach, and bounced off it, ready to strike it again.

The mane six arrived shortly after Sonic landed the first attack, and like the park workers, they were surprised to see how much power he got from the two emeralds alone. Sonic kept the attack going and the monster had let Amy go in its grasp. Mordecai ran over and caught the falling girl. After he caught her, he ran from the monster as fast as he could. Twilight and her friends charged up their elements and were ready to unleash the power on the monster. Seeing this, Skips yelled, “Hey Sonic! You better get out of there!”

After hitting the monster in the back of the head, Sonic saw what one of the voices had said. The ponies were off the ground and they were ready to use the Elements of Harmony. He returned to the ground and the ponies launched a rainbow from their elements and it hit the monster, causing it to roar in pain. Everyone shielded their eyes from the bright light the elements were making. Once the light subsided, they saw that the monster was no longer there, leaving everyone speechless.

Rigby suddenly said, “I’m glad to see Beef Burrito is back!” He ran over and grabbed the doll, leaving everyone confused, surprised and dumbfounded over the monster’s real identity. Sonic scratched his head and asked, “It was just a doll the whole time?” Pinkie said, “Looks like it.” Mordecai shook his head at Rigby. Benson said, “Thank you all for helping out with that monster.” Sonic said, “No sweat.” Benson then said, “I’m guessing your Sonic.” He gave him a thumbs up and said, “The one and only”

The gumball machine said, “I’m Benson; I’m the manager of this park. This is Skips, he’s the one that warned you about that last attack.” Sonic said, “Thanks for the heads up back there.” Skips just said, “Anytime.” A lollipop man said, “I’m Pops.” Benson interrupted and said, “He is Mr. Maellard’s son, he is the owner of the Park. And you have already met Mordecai, this other slacker is Rigby.” The raccoon said, “Hey!”

Everyone got a laugh out of Benson’s statement. After the park workers were introduced, everyone introduced themselves to them. After everyone was introduced, Benson wanted to know what was going on with Discord. Sonic pulled out the cyan emerald and said, “Discord wanted to get his hands on this.” Pops said, “It’s just a gem.” Mordecai said, “No Pops, it’s not an ordinary gem. Sonic told me it’s a Chaos Emerald. As we saw what happened, it can give anyone a serious power boost.” Rarity said, “There are also seven of them that need to be collected.” Pinkie then said, “We need to get them before Discord and Time Eater can get their hands on them.”

Confused, Skips asked, “Who or what is Time Eater?” Sonic said, “Time Eater is a being that can rip time and space into pieces. I’ve dealt with it before, but I didn’t think it had survived the battle we had. It released Discord back from Ponyville, and they are trying to get the emeralds to increase their powers for destruction.” Benson asked, “So, you have two of them so far, just five more to go?” Tails said, “That’s right. And my radar says the next one is just fifty miles from here.” Excited, Knuckles said, “Alright, not too far this time!”

Sonic asked Benson, “Hey Mordecai, want to help save the world?” Mordecai felt very honored to the idea of teaming up with Sonic. He was going to answer, until Benson cut into the conversation and said, “I’m sorry Sonic, Mordecai has a lot of work to do. Besides, he wouldn’t be able to help you in any way.” He then said, “I wouldn’t have found the emerald here without his help.” Mordecai just said, “Hmm-hmm.”

Not wanting to feel left out, Rigby jumped into the conversation and said, “If Mordecai is going, so am I!” Sonic said, “I like your enthusiasm Rigby. With how things are going, we’ll need all the help we can get.” Benson shook his head and said, “Fine. You guys can go, but I want you guys back by the end of the week, or your both fired. Got it!” They nodded in understanding and intimidation.

Skips and Pops wished Mordecai and Rigby as well as everyone else to do their best on their quest to save the world from Discord and Time Eater, and went back to work. Sonic told everyone to gather around and he used Chaos Control again, to go to the next emerald.

Chapter 6

Time Eater opened up a portal and watched the battle Sonic, his friends and the ponies had with the Moon Monster. The monster had thrown a punch at Rigby, but he dodged the punch and it punched a giant hole in the house instead. The rest of the park workers had used the cart to try and avoid monster’s attacks. Discord reappeared in the Center of Time and asked, “So, what did I miss?” Time Eater said, “That Moon Monster had destroyed part of the house; it has thrown punches and trees at the rest of the park workers and the rest of Sonic’s friends. Right now, it has Amy Rose in its hand.” Discord laughed in amusement at what he had caused to everyone at the park.

His laughter was soon stopped after he heard what Sonic said in the portal. He said, “Hey Mordecai! I need that emerald!” Mordecai yelled, “Alright! Here you go dude!” He then threw the cyan emerald to Sonic, which he easily caught. Sonic then turned himself into a ball, and launched himself in a spin dash attack. He made contact with the monster’s stomach, and bounced off it, and was ready to strike it again. Feeling nervous, Discord said, “That can’t be good.” Time Eater pointed at the portal and said, “And it doesn’t get any better.”

Discord looked at the portal, and saw the mane six arrive in front of the Moon Monster. Sonic had continued his assault on the monster with the two emeralds he had. The monster desperately tried to swat him away, but he was too fast for it to follow. The monster eventually lost its grip on Amy, and she started falling to the ground. Mordecai caught her in time, and they joined the rest of the group, away from the Moon Monster. The ponies were off the ground and they were ready to use the Elements of Harmony. Sonic hit the Moon Monster one final time on the back of its head, and after the last hit, he distanced himself from it when the ponies fired the rainbow at it with their elements.

Discord said, “I thought that monster could have handled them with ease.” Time Eater said, “It just shows you how powerful two emeralds can be!” He then said, “Don’t forget, one emerald was enough to get that thing from the moon to the park easily.” After saying this, Discord pulled out the yellow emerald and grinned from ear to ear. Time Eater said, “Your lucky you found that emerald, or you could have been the one facing the Elements of Harmony instead of that Moon Monster.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

**FLASHBACK**

After the fight Discord had with Sonic, Time Eater pulled them back to the Center of Time, it was giving the draconequus a lecture and said, “You listen here! I need your chaos powers around to help me defeat Sonic! If you are killed before I get my revenge, it wont do me any favors!”

Discord sighed in defeat and said, “Fine, so what do we do now?”

Time Eater said, “We must get the other emeralds to help us out. There are six more out there, all we have to do is find them before Sonic and the ponies do.”

Rolling his eyes at the obvious, Discord looked into the portal. A sudden sparkle caught his eye and he said, “Is that what I think it is,” while pointing at the portal. Time Eater looked at the portal and saw a yellow sparkle by Discord’s statue. It then said, “Yes, I believe that is what we are looking for.” Not believing this, Discord said, “Are you serious? That’s one of the emeralds? How has that been overlooked?” Time Eater just said, “I don’t know, but it’s a lucky break for us. Now go get that emerald, before Sonic or anyone near that spot gets it.”

Discord went back into the portal and arrived at the Canterlot Gardens near his statue. He looked around the spot and didn’t see Sonic around. He saw the emerald behind the statue, facing away from the castle. “Well that could explain one reason it hasn’t been seen,” Discord thought to himself. He grabbed the emerald with his lion paw, and he immediately felt the power the yellow emerald was giving off.

“Wow! Time Eater wasn’t kidding about the power this thing has. If one emerald alone has this kind of power, I can’t wait to get my hands on the other emeralds,” Discord thought to himself with a wicked grin. He then saw Sonic leave the castle and run back to Ponyville with great speed. He also saw Princess Celestia write a letter and in an instant, she sent it out of the castle. After seeing the letter fly off, he said, “This should be interesting.”

Discord went back into the portal and returned to the Center of Time with the yellow emerald. After seeing Time Eater, he said, “You weren’t kidding about one emerald being very powerful.” It then said, “Now imagine that power times seven.” Discord then said, “I don’t want to imagine it. I’d like that to be a reality.” He laughed maniacally after the thought of the power all seven Chaos Emeralds could give him. Time Eater looked back at the portal and saw Tails, Knuckles and Amy join Sonic and the ponies. It also saw something in the fox’s hands. “That doesn’t look good,” Time Eater thought to itself.

Everyone gathered around Sonic, and in an instant, he had teleported the ponies and the rest of his friends out of Ponyville. Discord’s laughter stopped when he saw it himself. The trick confused him and he asked, “What was that?” Time Eater said, “That was Chaos Control. This ability allows the user to slowdown time, or teleport themselves to another spot. I’ve seen Sonic use it during our fight. Sonic, as well as Shadow, and Silver, are the only ones that can use this technique. It also looks like Tails has a radar to help them track the emeralds.”

Discord said in anger, “Oh, that’s just great! How do we face them while trying to get the remaining emeralds, if they have a radar of their own?” Time Eater opened up a few portals, and showed him what it had planned. Discord saw one portal had a monster on the moon. It then said, “I’d say let’s use that monster for the next emerald.”

**END FLASHBACK**

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After the power from the elements faded, they saw that the Moon Monster was no longer there at the park. Before any questions were asked between them, they heard Rigby through the portal, saying, “I’m glad to see Beef Burrito is back!” To their surprise, the Moon Monster had been turned into a toy.

After seeing this, Discord looked on in disbelief and said, “You’ve got to be kidding. That monster, the whole time was a toy?! How is something like that even possible? I’m the only one that can do something like that!” Time Eater opened up a portal and watched an incident with the Moon Monster. What it saw was that Mordecai and Rigby had used a keyboard that belonged to a wizard. Rigby created the monster with the keyboard and had sent it to the moon after its minor rampage at the park. It then said, “It looks like the raccoon stole a keyboard from a wizard, and used it to create the Moon Monster. It doesn’t matter though. The keyboard was destroyed after they left the moon.” Discord said, “That’s good to hear.”

He looked at the portal and saw something that caught his eyes, leaving him with a sinister smirk. Time Eater looked at the portal, and an idea had clicked in its head. It then asked, “Discord, can you be a good distraction to Sonic and his friends?” He looked at it and said, “Easily. Why? Are you thinking what I’m thinking?” Time Eater said, “I think I am thinking what you’re thinking, and it’s time we played a little “divide and conquer” with these creatures, while we get the next emerald.”

Discord chuckled at the thought of the plan working and he teleported himself out of the Center of Time.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Sonic and the group had left the park and followed the next emerald that Tails’ radar had read. Unfortunately, the emerald on the radar disappeared once they arrived at the spot. The radar picked up another emerald that was one hundred miles from where they were. Sonic used Chaos Control again to teleport the group to the new area, but once again, the emerald disappeared on the radar.

The pattern was done two more times, leaving an exhausted Sonic in the process. He kneeled down on one knee after the fifth Chaos Control was done. The group was concerned for him after seeing him on his knee. Fluttershy asked in a worried tone, “Are you ok Sonic?” He took a couple of deep breaths, got back on his feet and said, “I’m just a little tired. I’ll be fine, just give me a minute everyone.”

While Sonic continued catching is breath, the rest of the group started getting to know each other better. Amy asked Twilight, “So, what do you guys do?” Twilight answered with a smile, “I work in a library back in Ponyville. I also enjoy helping my friends out whenever they need my help. My friends and I do friendship reports to Princess Celestia after we learn something about friendship.” Curious, Knuckles asked, “So, I’m guessing you might write a letter once this is all over.” Twilight then said, “We’ll see.”

Wanting to get into the conversation, Applejack said, “My family and I work on an apple farm in Ponyville. As y’all can guess, we harvest the apples in Ponyville.” Surprised by this, Tails asked, “All the apples? That must be a lot of work.” She said, “It is, trust me. But it’s all worth it in the end.”

After Applejack was done, Pinkie Pie said, “I work at Sugarcube Corner and help make all of the baked goods in Ponyville.” Rigby asked, “Does that include chocolate cake?” Mordecai looked over in excitement after hearing chocolate cake. She then said with a smile, “You bet it does!” Mordecai asked, “Do you think we can have chocolate cake when this is all done?” Pinkie said, “I don’t see why not.” Mordecai and Rigby yelled in unison, “OOOOHHH,” leaving the group to share a good laugh from their excitement over chocolate cake.

After calming down from their laughter, Rarity said, “I design the dresses at Carousel Boutique in Ponyville.” Hearing this, Amy suddenly said, “Ooh, ooh! Would it be too much trouble if I asked you if you could make a dress for me?” Sonic shook his head at her after she asked her question. Rarity said, “No, it wouldn’t be too much trouble at all darling. I’ve offered to make a nice suit for Sonic later, just to try something new.”

After Rarity was done, Rainbow Dash said, “Me, and the rest of the pegasi, manage the weather in Ponyville.” Rigby said, “That sounds cool. I bet you slack off every now and then.” She rubbed the back of her head and said, “Just when it’s too slow, I’d never leave Ponyville hanging. I also try to learn some new moves so I can try to impress the Wonderbolts, the greatest flyers in all of Equestria.” Impressed by this, Mordecai said, “Hmm-hmm, that sounds interesting.”

Fluttershy felt embarrassed to talk to everyone, but she went against her shy attitude and said, “I take care of the animals at my cottage. I also train my own choir of birds.” Sonic looked at her in curiosity and said, “That sounds cool. I never heard of a choir of birds before. Are the birds easy to train?” She said, “Not always, some of them sing off key every now and then. I also look after my friend’s pets when they need it, like Rarity’s cat Opal.” Everyone felt awkward after hearing the cat’s name. Mordecai then said, “That’s an…interesting name for a cat. It was great knowing the six of you. How about you guys? I’m sure you guys also have something interesting, since you tag along with Sonic and all.”

Tails said, “There is a lot to tell, but I think we should get going. I think Sonic should be good to go right now.” Sonic stood up and felt good again, but he still felt a little weak. However, he ignored it and wanted to look for that emerald. He said, “Yeah, I’m good to go. Let’s get going everyone.”

The radar picked up the emerald and it read that it was 500 miles away from where they were. Everyone gathered around Sonic once again, and in an instant, everyone disappeared, going to the Chaos Emerald.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

The radar once again lost the emerald once the group arrived to the area the radar read. The emerald appeared again one thousand miles away. Everyone was becoming frustrated with the radar, thinking it might have a loose wire or some other malfunction to it. Sonic used Chaos Control once again, but he was still a little tired from the other Chaos Controls he did. He was able to get the group to the spot the radar read, but the emerald disappeared again. Tails this time, stopped him from using another Chaos Control, and decided to inspect the radar himself.

Out of frustration, Rigby asked, “Are you sure that radar is reading the emeralds right?” Tails snapped at him and said, “I made the radar, so I’m sure its working just fine Rigby.” Mordecai got between them before a fight broke and said, “Sorry Tails, but it’s been two hours already. We should have been able to find that emerald by now.” He rolled his eyes at Mordecai’s response.

Catching his breath, Sonic said, “Not to go against you little bro, but we have had some problems with an invention of yours before.” Curious about the experience, Applejack asked, “Mind telling us that last experience?” Sonic felt a little uneasy about telling everyone about the Wisps and what he and Tails went through to save them. So he figured it would be best to tell them about it another time and said, “It’s a long story, we’ll tell all of you about it later.” After hearing this, the group nodded in understanding. Tails started working on the radar once Sonic started talking to everyone.

Sonic then said, “But we can still tell you about ourselves and how we met. All I can say is that, I met Tails, Amy and Knuckles because of Dr. Eggman’s attempts to rule the world.” Rigby asked, “Who’s Eggman?” Before he could tell him, Twilight said, “He is an archenemy of Sonic’s.” Mordecai jumped in and said, “He was telling me and Twilight about that time he stopped that space colony that fell to Earth a while ago when we were looking for the emerald back at the park.” Remembering the incident, Rigby said, “The falling space colony. That was you?” Sonic nodded to his question. He then said, “Dude, that was awesome! Who was the other hedgehog that was with you?” Knuckles said, “That was Shadow.” Pinkie asked, “Is he a friend of yours?” Sonic said with a shrug, “Sort of, he’s more of my rival more than anything.”

Getting back on the topic he was going to tell them, he said, “Anyway, I met Tails and saved him after Eggman had kidnapped him for some sort of ransom. I still don’t know what the ransom was for. He has been helping me stop Eggman ever since. I saved Amy from Metal Sonic, a robot that Eggman had made to match my speed and strength in hopes of it defeating me. It might have looked like me, but it was no match for my speed.” Amy clasped her hands together, and remembered the day, as if it were yesterday. From meeting Sonic in person for the first time after Little Planet arrived, to the kidnapping by Metal Sonic, to him saving her in the very end.

He continued by saying, “I met Knuckles on Angel Island. Unfortunately for me, Eggman found him first and he told him I was there to steal the Master Emerald.” Confused from what she heard, Twilight asked, “What’s the Master Emerald?” Knuckles then said, “It’s a giant emerald that has control over all of the Chaos Emeralds. It also keeps Angel Island floating in the sky.” Curious by this, Applejack asked, “Don’t you worry about leaving that emerald alone on the island?” He simply said, “I have some concerns, but stopping Discord and Time Eater is something a little bigger than the Master Emerald.”

Sonic continued the story and said, “Later on, after I kicked Knuckles’ butt, he finally figured out that I was on his side, after Eggman tried to steal the Master Emerald.” Angered by this, Knuckles said, “THAT WAS A LUCKY SHOT AND YOU KNOW IT!!” Sonic then said with a cocky smile, “If you call a punch to your chin a lucky shot, and you getting knocked out from it, then yes it was a lucky shot.” Knuckles glared at him in annoyance, while everyone got a good laugh at the story. Tails was still working on the radar, but he was still able to listen to the conversation, and had a laugh after remembering their fight.

Sonic looked over at Mordecai and Rigby and asked, “You guys know about us now. So, what do you guys do?” Mordecai answered by saying, “As you know, we work at the park. But it gets very boring there every now and then. So, we usually do our own things to keep us entertained while we’re there.” He raised his eyebrow and asked, “Like, slacking off?” Mordecai tried to catch that by saying, “Dude, I uh, I wouldn’t say-” Sonic assured him by raising his hand and said, “There’s nothing wrong with taking a break every now and then, but you also got to know when to get your jobs done.” Mordecai then said with a smile, “Trust me, I know that. It’s Rigby you should be telling that to.” Feeling insulted from the statement, Rigby said, “Hey! I know when to not slack off!” Mordecai looked at him and said, “No you don’t. There was that one time you kept complaining every five minutes about setting up the chairs for this one kids birthday.” He retorted by saying, “That job was boring, and you know it!” Mordecai said, “Maybe, but at least I knew the job needed to be done!” Rigby yelled, “SHUT UP!”

Sonic looked at the duo in disbelief and said, “Seriously Mordecai? He complained about setting up the chairs?” Mordecai then said, “Yeah, I’m serious. There was this other time that he ruined one of our days off.” Wanting to hear the story, Tails asked, “What did he do?” Mordecai started explaining and said, “He stole Benson’s Grilled Cheese Deluxe sandwich from Cheezer’s. Rigby claimed he was skilled at lying, but he failed badly when he tried to lie to Benson about the sandwich being ours. We ended up having to go get him a new one for him, unfortunately for us, the line to Cheezer’s was really long, and I was getting frustrated with waiting in a line so long.” Knuckles asked, “How long exactly?” He answered him by saying, “Like a ‘Grand Opening’ kind of long.” Everyone stared in shock at the knowledge.

Mordecai continued and said, “One thing led to another to where we ended up having a competition to see who was the better liar. The lying ended up getting us to lie about us being astronauts so we can cut to the front of the line. We ended up lying to Jones and Barry, they were real astronauts, and they took us to the compound. We were able to enjoy ourselves with them at the compound, but we ended up having to deal with a problem they were having there.” Interested in what happened, Twilight asked, “What was it?” He answered and said, “The Anti-Matter was going unstable in its chamber. Rigby tried to lie to them about me knowing about anti-matter, but I ended up lying to them that he knew about it more than I did. We both ended up forced to try and stabilize it ourselves. I pulled off the best lie, after Rigby refused to tell them the truth about us not being astronauts. I ended up saying, “I have a condition that makes me forget everything in times of extreme stress.” I also said that he doesn’t have the condition, he’s just an idiot.” Rigby crossed his arms in annoyance, while everyone laughed at the story.

Mordecai continued the story and said, “Jones told us that I had to throw Rigby into the Anti-Nucleus to get it stable again. I ended up embarrassing him, by not throwing him in there, but I sold it to him that I was, and showed that I was the better liar in the end.” Sonic asked, “So, what happened to that grilled cheese sandwich Benson made you guys go out and get?” He said, “I threw the bag that had it into the Anti-Nucleus instead. It was burnt after it was stable again. Benson questioned what happened to it. Rigby ended up telling him what actually happened to it, but Benson thought he was lying again. I lied by telling him that we ran it over by accident, which he bought.” Everyone laughed again, not believing what had happened. Rainbow asked, “Seriously? He bought that?” Mordecai shrugged and said, “Hey, when your stuck with this guy lying to you a lot, you can’t help but think what he said was a lie.”

Everyone busted out laughing again. Rigby was getting more annoyed at becoming the “butt of the joke” to everyone. He thought of a moment to tell everyone, and got a grin on his face after thinking it over. He then said, “I got a story to tell as well. Mordecai once got some cologne to try to impress this one girl back at the park, but instead h attracted these-OW!” Mordecai had punched Rigby as hard as he could because of what he was going to tell everyone. He put on a fake smile and said, “Could you guys give us a minute?” He then dragged Rigby away so he could talk to him in private. Twilight was left a little curious to what Rigby was trying to tell everyone, she thought she might ask Mordecai when he gets back.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Once they were out of sight and were sure no one could hear them, Mordecai said in anger, “Dude, what’s with you?!” Rigby said, “Why are you ruining my life with those stories?” Frustrated with him, Mordecai said, “UGH! Quit being such a baby! I’m trying to share a laugh with everyone, not try to scare them away!” Rigby said in dissatisfaction, “Scare who? You mean Twilight, don’t you?” Saying the last part in complete disgust.

Mordecai glared at him, becoming embarrassed and angry from his accusation. He then grabbed Rigby by the shoulders and lifted him up, giving him a serious death stare when he was at his eye level and said, “You listen here, if you breath that story to Twilight, or anyone that’s here, I swear we’ll leave you behind at the next stop from the Chaos Control!” Feeling scared from the threat, Rigby said, “Ok, ok! Jeez! I’m sorry, I just don’t like being made fun of.” After calming down, Mordecai said, “Come on man. Sonic told Knuckles that he got his butt kicked a while back. Do you think he wants to kill him right here, right now because of that? It was all in good fun going down memory lane.” Rigby got a chuckle after remembering the little spat between Sonic and Knuckles after he told everyone how they met, and what eventually happened later. He then said, “Yeah, that was funny.” Mordecai said, “See, I told you.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Sonic was finishing up telling them about the space colony before the duo came back to the group. After arriving, Mordecai said, “Hey everyone.” After seeing him, Twilight said, “Hey Mordecai. Do you mind if I ask you something?” Mordecai simply said, “No, I don’t mind. What is it?” She then asked, “What did you attract with that cologne, and who were you trying to impress?” He stammered and said, “Uh, well…I, uh.”

Fortunately for him, before anything was explained, Tails finished repairing the radar, and it picked up another emerald reading. After hearing the radar, he breathed a sigh of relief and said, “I’ll tell you another time. It sounds like we got an emerald to find.”

Sonic was well rested, and was ready to use Chaos Control again. The radar was reading that it was at least five hundred miles from where they were at. Everyone gathered around, and in an instant, the group was gone.

Chapter 7

It was a slow day at the Guardian Units of Nations (G.U.N.) Fortress. The fortress was not visible on the land, it was located underground. Every G.U.N. agent was monitoring all the activities across the world, and no sign of any disturbances was picked up on their computers. Above the underground base on each level, we see a great number of G.U.N. troops and mechs marching on the surface, ready for any possible threat that plans to attack the base.

On top of the platform above the surface of the fortress, Shadow the Hedgehog was standing with his arms crossed and his eyes closed. With the lack of activities, he himself was also bored. Rouge the Bat joined him after an hour had passed when he went above ground. She approached him and said, “You know Shadow, staying up here isn’t doing the base any favors.” Eyes still closed, he said, “I thought I sensed something a while ago.” Curious, she asked, “What was it you sensed?” He opened his eyes, looked at her and said, “I thought I sensed the Chaos Emeralds.”

Surprised from this, Rouge said, “That can’t be right. One of the computers should have picked something up if the emeralds are being used again.” Shadow corrected her and said, “If Eggman were using them, then yes one of the computers would have picked it up. I was sensing that one of them had been hoping around randomly.” Not believing what he just told her, she said, “That’s unusual.”

Before they could talk about the subject any further, the alarm in the base started going off. They got off of the platform and ran back inside the base. Deep inside the base, Discord was seen toying with the F-6 Big Foot mechs, as well as the F-6r Big Foot mechs, and the R-1/A Flying Dog mechs. He challenged the agents and said, “Is this all you humans have to offer me?”

Each of the mechs fired their missiles at him, but before the missiles made impact, he snapped his eagle claws, changing the missiles into pillows. The missile-turned-pillows, made contact with Discord, and he laughed at the G.U.N. agents attempts of harming him. He then snapped his fingers on the lion paw and the pillows turned into boulders. Discord lifted the boulders with his magic, and threw them at the mechs. The agents working their respective mechs got out before the boulders made impact. More of the G.U.N. agents surrounded the creature, and started firing their guns at him. Discord shook his head and said, “I swear this is no fun at all.”

Discord snapped his finger again, and stopped the bullets from hitting him. He then turned the bullets to the G.U.N. agents with his magic, and fired the bullets back at them. The G.U.N. agents disappeared before each of the bullets could hit them, leaving him confused to what had happened. A voice suddenly said, “Who are you supposed to be you jumbled up mess?” Discord turned to see where the voice was coming from, and saw a black hedgehog with red stripes and white chest fur, along with a white bat with all of the G.U.N. agents on a platform above him. The black hedgehog jumped off the platform, landed on the ground and glared at him after he stood up on his feet. “Oh great, another hedgehog,” Discord thought to himself in annoyance.

He nonchalantly said, “Who am I you ask? I’m Discord. Who, or what are you supposed to be?” The black hedgehog took a fighting stance and said, “I’m the Ultimate Lifeform Shadow the Hedgehog!” The hedgehog then snapped his fingers, and a blast of Chaos Energy came out of nowhere. The energy hit Discord in the chest and knocked him backwards. Shadow dashed towards the surprised Discord, and started throwing punches and kicks at him. After taking a few shots, Discord grabbed Shadow’s fist, and threw him to the roof. Discord charged up a purple energy ball in his lion paw, and was ready to fire it at the defenseless hedgehog. He fired the blast at him, but before it made contact, Shadow had disappeared from his sight. Discord was concerned after Shadow disappeared.

He tried his best to look around the area to see where Shadow would show up. Before Discord could react, he reappeared in front of him, and he punched him in the chin. Discord stumbled backwards from the hit. He rubbed his chin after he regained his balance from the punch.

Shadow disappeared again before Discord could attack him again. He then felt an unusual reaction from the yellow emerald once Shadow disappeared again. Discord felt every movement Shadow made after he disappeared. He took in his surroundings and had spotted the hedgehog’s movements. Shadow was going to attack Discord from behind this time, but he opened a portal and Shadow slipped through it instead of landing another punch on him. Shadow reappeared in front of Discord, but he was facing away from him and was confused to what had happened. Discord charged up some energy into his eagle claws, and struck Shadow in the back of his head. He landed hard on the ground after the attack made contact. “Damn it,” he grumbled to himself before losing consciousness.

Discord towered over the unconscious hedgehog and said, “For the “Ultimate Lifeform,” you really didn’t put up much of a fight.” He started charging up energy into his lion paw. He raised it, and was ready to deliver the final blow to Shadow. “Say goodbye Shadow!” yelled Discord.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After tweaking the radar, and using Chaos Control, Sonic and the gang arrived at the G.U.N. Fortress. After a quick look around, Sonic asked, “The radar says the emerald is here?” After seeing the radar still emerald was where they were, Tails said, “Yes, it’s here!” Glad to hear this, Mordecai said, “Ah, yeaa-uhh! Way to work that brain little man.” He and Tails exchanged high fives. Tails said with a grin, “Thanks Mordecai.”

Applejack asked, “So where exactly is that emerald at Tails?” Rainbow added, “And why is that alarm going off?” After hearing the alarm, Knuckles said, “I hope it’s not going off because of us.” Amy said, “It’s been going off since we got here. So something is here causing trouble.”

While the others were too busy quarrelling over the alarm, Pinkie heard a familiar voice say, “Say goodbye Shadow!” After hearing this, she got their attentions by saying, “Hey guys, it sounds like that Shadow guy is in trouble.” Sonic said, “Lets move it everyone!” And with that, everyone rushed into the Fortress, ready to help Shadow as best as they could.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Discord swung his lion paw at Shadow, and an explosion was made after the sphere of energy made contact. Discord smirked, believing he had defeated him. After the smoke settled, Shadow was not seen where the blast mark was made. He looked around, and saw the white bat from earlier. She was flapping her wings away from the spot and she had Shadow in her arms.

The hedgehog said in a weak tone, “Thanks Rouge.”

Discord started firing more dark energy balls at her, but she was able to dodge each one of them with ease. He became frustrated and fired a bigger energy ball at Rouge and it hit her left wing. She and Shadow fell to the ground, and hit hard. Shadow did his best to get back on his feet, but he was still too weak from the last hit he took from Discord to get them away from him. Discord charged up another energy ball in his lion paw and was ready to finish them off.

“There is no escape this time!” he said with a wicked grin.

Discord was about to throw the energy ball at them, but he got a double kick to the face and was sent flying backwards from the impact. Both Shadow and Rouge looked up to see that Sonic was standing in front of them staring Discord down. He shook the hit off, and was surprised to see that Sonic and the rest of the group had finally caught up with him. Grateful from this, Rouge said, “Thanks for the save Big Blue.”

Shadow responded with a simple “Hmph” for Sonic’s rescue. He gave them a thumbs up and took his battle stance, getting ready to fight Discord. Twilight used her magic and lifted the two out of the way, so they wouldn’t be attacked by Discord, leaving them confused with what had happened. Discord snapped his fingers and teleported himself closer to Sonic.

Discord charged up his energy into his eagle claws and he charged at Sonic, he dodged the attack with ease. He continued to try and slash Sonic with the eagle claws, but Sonic kept dodging the attack. After he dodged the last slash from him, Discord tried to punch Sonic with his lion paw. Sonic saw this and stopped the attack with his left hand and held the lion paw very tight. He tried to punch Discord with his free hand, but he stopped his punch as well. The two stared each other down, not letting go of their grips on each other’s fists. Discord head butted Sonic, and he lost his grip on Discord’s lion paw. Discord charged up an energy ball in his lion paw, and was going to blast him with it. But before he could attack him, Sonic threw a kick to Discord’s face and he lost his grip on his fist, sending him flying in the process. The blast was sent flying to the ceiling after the kick, the G.U.N. agents covered themselves from the debris the explosion made.

Sonic raced to Discord, and was ready to knock him out. He jumped up and was going to slam him with a punch, but Discord snapped his fingers and teleported out of the G.U.N. Fortress, having Sonic slam his fist into the metal floor instead. “Got away again,” he said under his breath while rubbing his hand, thankful that it was only numb and not broken.

Sonic turned to everyone, and it looked like Shadow and Rouge had finished introducing themselves to the ponies, Mordecai and Rigby. He walked over to them and said, “I see that everyone has introduced themselves to Shadow and Rouge. Hey Tails, where is the emerald at again?” Tails looked at the radar, and said, “It’s gone again.” Frustrated by this, Mordecai and Rigby said, “UGH!!” Upset over the situation, Rainbow said, “I thought you said you fixed it.” Tails said, “Trust me, it was here when we got here.”

The group started getting themselves into a quarrel over Tails’ radar screwing up again. Twilight however, was thinking over the situation instead of arguing. She thought everything over before and after their arrival. Tails worked really hard on the radar before the last Chaos Control was done. The radar did say the emerald was at the G.U.N. Fortress, she and the others saw it on the radar themselves, but then it just disappeared after... Her thoughts were interrupted once Mordecai said in a concerned tone, “Twilight, are you ok?” After coming to her senses, she said, “Huh? What?” He said, “You kinda zoned out there. Are you ok?” Twilight said with a smile, “Yes, I’m fine.”

Rainbow said, “Well, if the emerald isn’t here, we should find the next one, before Discord or Time Eater does.” Confused by this, Rouge said, “Time Eater? I thought Sonic defeated it.” Rarity said, “It somehow survived, according to what Sonic has told us.” Tails looked over the radar and said, “The radar has found two emeralds, about three hundred miles from here.” Knuckles said, “Alright, let’s go!”

Sonic and the group gathered around and were ready to leave, but Shadow got back on his feet and chose to join. Surprised by this, Sonic said, “Hold up, you want to join me on this quest?” Shadow said, “I got a score to settle with that mismatched moron, and I have nothing better to do around here anyway.” Rouge said, “Same here, I’m kind of glad something came up.” Sonic shrugged at them and was going to use Chaos Control, but Shadow interrupted him by saying, “Just leave it to me faker.” Sonic rolled his eyes at his comment. Shadow used Chaos Control, and teleported the group to the new area that has the Chaos Emeralds.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

The sun was shinning over the Land of Ooo, not a sign of trouble was going on around the land. Finn and Jake were still asleep from their previous adventures in their Tree Fort. The sun’s rays shown through the window and hit Jake’s face, waking him up in the process. Seeing that the sun was up, Jake got out of his drawer and went over to wake Finn up. After he past the window, the sun suddenly set, and the moon had risen. Jake was oblivious to this and once he approached Finn, he said, “Finn. Finn! It’s time to get up bro.”

Finn got out of his sleeping bag and rubbed his eyes, trying to wake himself up. He looked out the window, and had seen that it was still nighttime outside. He was upset with this and said, “What the flop, Jake?! It’s still dark outside.” Confused to what Finn had said, he looked out the window himself and to his surprise, it was nighttime outside again. He then said, “I swear Finn, the sun was up.” Finn said, “Next time you want to pull a prank on me, can you at least wait until its daytime instead?”

He crawled back into his bed, wanting to go back to sleep. Jake went back to his drawer and decided to go back to sleep as well. But before the duo could go back to sleep, a bright light flashed through the window and into the room.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 minutes earlier

Sonic and the gang arrived in a forest. The sun was shinning and gave the group a good view of where they were going in the forest. Sonic asked, “Hey Tails, does the radar say that the emeralds are here?” But before Tails could look the radar over, the sun had suddenly set on them. Surprised by this, Mordecai asked, “What just happened?” Rouge said, “Yeah, why did the sun just set?” Twilight said with a sheepish grin, “Sorry, I forgot to mention that Discord can change the sun’s rising and setting.” Shadow said, “So he can just make it morning or night whenever he wants?” She simply said, “Yes.” Concerned by this, Rigby said, “I hope this wont make the week fly faster.”

Tails looked at his radar, and was glad to see that the radar and said, “Hey everyone! The radar has found an emerald!” Knuckles said in surprise, “What?! Where is it?” Everyone gathered around him, and they were excited to hear that an emerald was found. Tails pointed a general direction and said, “It’s just past that hill over there. It also looks like an emerald is back in Ponyville.”

Sonic asked, “It’s back there? How did we miss it when we were there the last time?” Tails said, “I don’t think the radar was accurate before we left. We just found the emerald at the park, and we just went from there.” Shadow asked, “So how do we get that emerald?” Sonic pondered this and said, “I think it would be best if I get the emerald here, while you take part of the group to Ponyville and get the one over there.” Shadow asked in surprise, “What?! Why do I have to go there?” Sonic simply said, “I’ve already been there.” Shadow flatly said, “What’s your point?” Sonic rolled his eyes at this and said, “My point is, I have enough energy to use one more Chaos Control for today, and I think that if some of the group goes there, while the rest stay here…” Picking up on this, Twilight said, “Then we can get the two emeralds easily. I like the idea.” Amy said, “I like it too.”

Sonic nodded in agreement with a smile and said, “So who wants to go to Ponyville?” Tails said, “I think I should go, they need my radar to track the emerald there.” Rouge shrugged and said, “I don’t mind going to Ponyville.” Amy said, “I’d like to pay the town a visit.” Mordecai said, “Same here.” Rigby said, “I just want to go for the chocolate cake.” Pinkie said, “If he wants chocolate cake, I think I should go back myself.” Fluttershy weakly said, “I need to check on the animals back at my cottage anyway.” Twilight said, “I don’t mind getting the emerald back in Ponyville.”

And with that Rouge, Tails, Amy, Twilight, Fluttershy, Pinkie Pie, Mordecai and Rigby gathered around Shadow, ready to go to Ponyville. Sonic tossed him the cyan emerald and he used Chaos Control to teleport them to Ponyville.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Shadow and the gang arrived in Ponyville in no time. It was nighttime in Ponyville as well. After a few moments, the sun had risen after the group arrived in the town. Once the sun had risen, everyone, excluding the ponies, looked around the town and they were in awe of what they had seen. For a town inhabited by ponies, it looked amazing. Among the group, Rigby spotted the gingerbread house in the town, and ran towards it. Mordecai shook his head and said, “I’m guessing Rigby found Sugarcube Corner.” Rouge said, “I’ll make sure he doesn’t eat the shop out,” and left the group.

After looking at the town, Amy said, “This place is beautiful!” Pinkie said, “We could take all of you around the town, I know everypony and every place there is to know around here.” Shadow interrupted and said, “I’m sure we all want to, but there will be more time to do some sight seeing when we’re done with Time Eater and Discord.” Twilight said, “Shadow’s got a point, we can give you guys the tour when all of this is done. Tails, where does that radar say the emerald is at exactly?”

Tails looked over the radar, and found out exactly where the emerald was. He then said, “According to the radar, it says that it is in that mountain over there.” Everyone turned to where Tails was pointing. Twilight, Fluttershy and Pinkie recognized the area being the same spot where they had to convince the dragon that lived in it to leave. Twilight said, “It shouldn’t be hard to go up that mountain again. I’m going to go get some things ready for the trip.” And with that, she left the group and went back to her home. Feeling scared at the idea of going to the mountain, Fluttershy said, “I’m going to go feed the animals back at my cottage. I don’t mind any help if anyone is interested.” Amy said, “I’d like to help you with the animals.” Tails said, “If Twilight says she’s got the mountain thing down, I can help out with the animals as well.” He then gave Mordecai the radar, and left with Amy and Fluttershy to go help her with the animals.

Pinkie turned to Shadow and said, “Hey Shadow, wanna help me with Rigby? Just in case he is trying to eat Sugarcube Corner’s entire inventory.” Shadow said, “Shouldn’t you be asking Mordecai about that? He is Rigby’s friend after all.” She then said, “I know, but with what Mordecai has been telling us is that, Rigby doesn’t always listen to him. No offense, but you don’t give off that intimidating feel.” Mordecai simply said, “It’s cool Pinkie.” She continued by saying, “Shadow, you come off as an intimidating person, and can keep him in check.” Getting angry at the situation he’s being put in, Shadow yelled, “I didn’t come here to baby-sit some idiot!” In an attempt to calm him down, Pinkie said, “I know, I know. But if you help out, I can straighten things out with Mr. and Mrs. Cake and you can help yourself to any of the sweets we have in Sugarcube Corner.” He then asked, “What would be there exactly?” She said, “We have cakes, cupcakes, pies, cookies, pastries…” Shadow crossed his arms and said, “Just the regulars for a bakery.” She said, “We also make our own Swiss Rolls.” He raised an eyebrow and asks, “Swiss Rolls you say?” “Looks like I found his sweettooth,” Pinkie thought to herself with a smile.

She continued and said, “Yup, Swiss Rolls.” Wanting to get the sweet treat, Shadow said, “Lead the way Pinkie.” She hopped past him leading the way to Sugarcube Corner. Shadow started following her, but he just remembered something before leaving. He said, “Hey Mordecai, you and Twilight can meet us at Sugarcube Corner when you get the emerald. I’ll meet you two at the mountain in about an hour and help with the emerald if you haven’t arrived by then. I’ll tell the others where to meet us.” Mordecai nodded in understanding and said, “Alright, we’ll see you guys there. Oh hey Shadow, if Rigby acts rude to any of the ponies, or acts rude in general, you, Rouge or anyone, has the right to punch him for me.” Shadow gave him a thumbs up and an evil grin, happy to know he gets to punch an idiot. After they left, Mordecai went his own way to meet up with Twilight.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Finn got out of his pajamas and got dressed in his usual outfit, which was his bear hat, which he calls his “awesome” hat, a light blue T-shirt, denim shorts, rolled-down white socks and black shoes. Finn grabbed his backpack, unsheathed his dad’s Demon Sword and was ready to attack the possible threat outside the Tree Fort. He and Jake ran out the front door and looked took in their surroundings. It was still dark outside, but after a few seconds of looking around, the sun rose unexpectedly. Confused by this, Jake asked, “Dude, did you see that? The sun just rose just now.” Finn said, “Yeah, I saw it.”

Before they could question the sun’s unexpected raising any further, the duo heard rustling in a nearby bush, and saw Billy walk out of the bushes. He appeared to be very injured, seeing that he was keeping his balance on his sword “Nothung”. After taking a few more steps, Billy collapsed on the ground, leaving the duo shocked in the process. They screamed in unison, “BILLY!!!” They rushed to the fallen warrior as quickly as they could. Jake said, “Billy! Say something!!” The injured warrior coughed and opened his eyes. He then said in wonder, “Finn? Jake? Is it really you guys?” Relieved to see that he was ok, Finn said, “Yes, it’s us. What happened to you Billy?”

Billy got himself in a sitting position and said, “I was involved in a fight with a new threat to Ooo.” Surprised from what he said, Finn asked, “A new threat? But how could you lose to this threat? You’re the greatest hero in all of Ooo!” Billy then said, “Yes, a new threat is here. The threat was a blue hedgehog, and he was threatening to destroy the Candy Kingdom. I thought I could take him, but he overpowered me with speed I never thought existed. He also has some hidden abilities that I didn’t think a hedgehog could posses.” Jake asked, “What was this hedgehog’s name and what abilities did he have?” Worried for the candy people, Finn asked, “Is everyone in the Candy Kingdom safe?”

Billy coughed again and said, “He said his name is Sonic. After our fight, he left the Candy Kingdom out of boredom in a blinding light. Finn, Jake, if you see that hedgehog, don’t go easy on him. He will kill the two of you if you show any signs of weakness to him.” Finn felt complete anger after hearing what Billy told him and Jake about Sonic. He then vowed, “We will put a stop to Sonic Billy, I swear this on my hero name!” Billy smiled and said, “Thank you Finn and Jake.”

The duo wanted to help Billy, but he declined their offer and told them he was going to go treat his wounds at his home. Finn and Jake felt uneasy about it, but they let Billy go and they left the Tree Fort to look for Sonic. After they were out of his sight, a bright light covered Billy and the light revealed Discord. He laughed and said, “This is just too easy!”

He then snapped his fingers, and disappeared.

Chapter 8

Discord returned to the Center of Time laughing at what he had set Sonic up for with Finn and Jake. Time Eater applauded him when he returned and said, “That was a nice performance you put on out there Discord.” Discord took a bow and said, “Thank you, thank you, I try. I wouldn’t have pulled off my best disguise without you.” It then said, “I told you Billy was going to work perfectly for you in Ooo.” After it was brought up, Discord couldn’t help but ask, “Yeah, about that. How did you know about Billy?” It answered him by saying “Earlier while you were keeping Sonic and the rest of the group busy, I checked everything and found out where the remaining emeralds are. One of them is in the Land of Ooo.”

Discord then asked, “And the others?” Time Eater simply answered, “We’ll get them after we destroy the bond between Sonic and these new friends of his. Finn should be Sonic’s equal; I’ll destroy the land and take the emerald there. You however, can destroy the bond between Mordecai and Twilight Sparkle.” Confused by this, he asked, “Why them?” Time Eater said, “Again, while you were distracting everyone, I have checked everything. That includes when they were fixing the radar and bonding. Look through the portal and see for yourself.”

Discord looked into the portal in curiosity, and after seeing what he needed to see, he had his own plans to ruining their friendship. He snapped his fingers and disappeared from the Center of Time once again. Time Eater tore open a portal and also left the Center of Time.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Shortly after leaving the group, Rouge arrived at Sugarcube Corner. She saw that Rigby was standing in line, and he looked very impatient while waiting. She then asked, “You know this line isn’t that long, right?” He rudely responded by saying, “I don’t care! I want my chocolate cake!”

After a few minutes of waiting, Shadow and Pinkie Pie arrived in Sugarcube Corner. Rigby didn’t notice them until Shadow joined them in line. Pinkie left the trio so she could talk with Mr. and Mrs. Cake. After seeing Rigby’s frustrated expression, Shadow asked, “Waiting paid off yet?” He simply said, “It’s been way too long for me. This grey pony is the only one standing between me and that chocolate cake!”

“Chocolate cake is good, but it’s not worth getting this impatient over,” Shadow thought to himself while shaking his head. After a few minutes of waiting, Pinkie came out with a smile on her face and said, “Good news you guys. Mr. and Mrs. Cake agreed to let you have any sweets on a good discount.” Rouge said with a smile, “Thanks a lot Pinkie.” Shadow said, also smiling, “Yeah thanks.”

After Pinkie’s announcement, the grey mare grabbed her bag with her mouth. The smell of fresh muffins was coming from the bag. The mare turned around, and her wall-eyed expression greeted them. She walked past them in a hurry, and went towards the exit. The only one among the three that had any reaction to seeing the pony was Rigby. He rudely said, “Eh, what’s wrong with her eyes?”

In an instant, Shadow punched him on the back of his head as hard as he could. This caused the raccoon to moan in pain and say, “OWWWW! What was that for?!” Shadow said with a smirk, “For being an idiot, and Mordecai said I could punch you if you act rude to any of the ponies.”

Rigby rubbed his head and mumbled to himself in annoyance.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back in the library, Twilight gathered a few of her books for the long trip, and found the map of the mountain from before. After gathering the food she needed, she placed all of her items into each side of her saddlebags. She heard a knock on her door before she got the rest of her supplies. Twilight opened the door to reveal Mordecai standing on the other side. She said with a smile, “Oh. Hi, Mordecai.” He said, “Hey Twilight. Need any help for the trip to that mountain?” She said, “I’m almost done, but I wouldn’t mind some help.”

Mordecai stepped into the library and looked around the library. It was no surprise to him with the amount of books in the place, but he was left with some questions on how she lives in the library, seeing nothing but bookshelves throughout the room. He saw the staircase, and figured that’s where she might go to get away from work. She snapped him out of his thoughts by saying, “So what do you think of my home?” He said, “I see what you mean when you said you knew what I meant about living where you worked.” Twilight giggled and said, “Thanks.” Mordecai said, “But seriously, it is a nice little home.”

Before the two would continue their talk, Spike walked in the room and asked, “Is this a new friend of yours Twilight?” The new voice caught Mordecai off guard. He quickly turned around and saw a little light purple dragon with green scales. After seeing the dragon, he asked, “Is this the assistant you said that lives with you?” Twilight said, “Yes, this is Spike, and yes Spike, this is a new friend of mine. His name is Mordecai.” After seeing the blue jay, Spike said, “It’s nice to meet you Mordecai.” He then extended his hand out to him. Mordecai took his hand, shook it and said, “Same here Spike.”

Twilight couldn’t help but smile after seeing Mordecai and Spike getting along with each other so easily. After they finished with their introductions, Mordecai helped her pack what was left for her to pack for their journey. After using her magic to place her saddlebags on her back, Twilight was ready. She realized that the rest of the group wasn’t around and asked, “Where are the others?” Mordecai said, “Tails and Amy went to help Fluttershy with her animals back at her cottage. Shadow, Rouge and Rigby are with Pinkie at Sugarcube Corner.”

Twilight thought it over and asked, “Do you think they will join us to go to the mountain?” Mordecai shrugged and said, “I don’t think so. Shadow said that we can meet everyone at Sugarcube Corner when we get the emerald.” Confused by this, Spike asked, “Wait a minute, there’s an emerald here?” She turned to him and said, “Yes, it’s in the mountain where my friends and I went to last time.”

Mordecai asked, “When you say, “last time,” what do you mean by that? Was there something that was done there before?” She said, “Yes, but I can tell you about that later.” He felt uneasy about the last situation, but said, “Ok.”

Twilight showed him the map of the mountain, while Mordecai pulled out the radar. The radar showed that the emerald was at the top of the mountain. Once the emeralds location was found, Twilight pointed out a fast route for them to go on to get to the top of the mountain at a faster pace. After they finished looking over the map, she placed it into one of the bags; and with that, they were ready to go to the mountain.

Mordecai said in excitement, “Alright, this shouldn’t take long at all!” Once he opened the door, the sun immediately set once again, bringing nighttime to Ponyville. After the sunset, Twilight grabbed a flashlight and gave it to Mordecai. After they were set, they left the library and were ready to get the emerald.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back in the land of Ooo, Sonic, Knuckles, Rarity, Rainbow Dash and Applejack were running through the jungle, attempting to get out of it. Unfortunately, with Tails taking the radar to Ponyville, the group was having a hard time trying to find their way out because of the sun setting once again. Sonic said in frustration, “The sun just had to set again. I wish we had some light, it feels like we’ve been going in circles.” Knuckles said in a matter-of-fact tone, “Sonic, you know I can sense where the emeralds are, right?” Sonic smacked his forehead after remembering that Knuckles had that ability and said, “How could I have forgotten that? Mind pointing the way to the emerald?”

Unknown to the group, they were being spied on by Finn and Jake. Before Knuckles could attempt to locate the emerald, the group heard rustling in a nearby bush. Rainbow Dash checked the bush. After checking the bush, Finn jumped out of it and he glared at the group. After looking at the group with what little light he had from the moon, Finn spotted a blue figure. The only thing that came to mind, “Sonic”. After seeing him, his breathing became heavier and full of rage, he unsheathed his sword and yelled, “YYYYAAAAAH!!”

Finn swung his sword at Sonic. Surprised from the sudden attack, he dodged it by bending backwards. He then kicked Finn in the stomach. Sonic said in shock, “What was that for?!”

The sun rose again, giving everyone better lighting in the area. Sonic saw that the attacker was a boy, wearing a light blue shirt, blue denim shorts, a white bear hat, white socks and black shoes. What really caught him by surprise was the boy was wielding a red sword, and his face showed complete anger and hatred towards him. Confused by this, he asked, “Did I do something wrong?” The human pointed his sword at him and said, “Don’t act innocent Sonic! You know what you did!”

Sonic was left confused after hearing the boy call him out by name. He looked back at the group and they were as confused as he was. Rainbow suddenly asked, “Are you sure you didn’t do something to make this kid this mad?” Surprised from the question, he said, “I swear, I never met him before at all.”

Finn charged at Sonic again and was going to slash him with his sword, but he took a quick step back, causing Finn to miss again. Sonic then started running into the jungle, attempting to give himself distance from Finn. The boy then said, “Lets roll Jake!” A dog then jumped out of the bushes where he and Finn were hiding in. Finn got on Jake’s back, and he grew in size and height, causing the group to be surprised by Jake’s sudden change. Applejack said in surprise, “What in the hay?” After becoming a giant sized dog, Jake started running in the jungle, chasing after Sonic. Everyone was left in a state of shock after seeing the dog’s sudden change in size.

Rarity asked, “Knuckles, have either you or Sonic dealt with giant dogs before? Knuckles shook his head and said, “No. We’ve dealt with giant robots, and different giant creatures, but a giant dog is new.” Rainbow asked, “So, what now?” The group thought over what they were up against. After a few moments of thinking, Applejack said, “I got an idea; but first, let’s go catch up to Sonic, the boy and Jake.” And with that, the group ran into the jungle in hopes of catching up to Finn, Jake and Sonic.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

With the sun rising again, Mordecai put the flashlight away. The pathway to getting to the top of the mountain was a lot easier for him and Twilight to see. After looking over the mountain, he became concerned about climbing it and asked, “Do you have any mountain climbing tools in your saddlebags?” She said, “No, I don’t have any, but it’s a lot easier to climb than you’d think. Just follow me.”

Twilight then started walking along the mountainside with ease. Mordecai was a little skeptical, but followed after her, grabbing the edges of the mountain and started climbing. After climbing 15 feet, he crawled over the edge of the mountain and found himself on a pathway. He spotted Twilight waiting patiently for him after he climbed up. She said, “I told you it was easy.” He said, “You weren’t kidding, so nothing but walking from here?” She nodded and said, “Yes, nothing but walking from here. It’s gonna be a while before we get to the top.”

The two had been walking for a while, and Twilight was still interested in hearing some of the things Mordecai and Rigby go through while they work at the park. She asked, “Would you like to tell me some of your adventures you were talking about before we went to that G.U.N. fortress.” Mordecai started thinking about some of the stuff he and Rigby went through and said, “Maybe later, I gotta think of something. Me and Rigby have been through a lot.” He turned to her and saw a design of stars on her flank. He then said, “But I have been wondering something though. What are those marks on your flank?” He blushed after he realized what he had said and quickly added, “Ugh…n-n-not that I was looking there, it’s just something that stands out from you, your friends and the other ponies here and I couldn’t help but notice.”

Curious from what he said, Twilight said, “Mark? Oh, you mean my cutie mark? Everypony gets their cutie mark after they discover their own talent that makes them special.” Mordecai said with a smile, “Hmm, hmm that sounds really cool. Mind telling me how you got yours?” Excited about her talent, she said, “No, not at all! It all started when I was a filly and I wanted to attend the Summer Sun Celebration back in Canterlot.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After giving himself some distance from Finn, Sonic slowed down from his running and said, “Whew, gave him the slip.” Before he could completely relax, he heard giant footsteps coming his way. To his surprise, he saw the boy riding on the top of a giant dog. Finn said, “You’re a lot faster than I would have thought Sonic, I’ll give you that, but I’m still taking you down!” He said, “Your gonna have to catch me first, before trying anything kid.”

And with that, Sonic ran under the giant dog at top speed, catching the duo off guard. Jake turned around and chased him back in the jungle. Sonic continued to run through the jungle, but with Jake as a giant dog, they weren’t easy for him to lose. He eventually turned around in the jungle and ran the other direction. Finn and Jake saw the change of direction and chased him in the new direction. Finn yelled, “You can’t run forever Sonic!” “This kid will be in for a surprise then,” Sonic thought to himself in annoyance. While he continued avoiding Finn and Jake as best as he possibly could, Rainbow Dash flew next to him.

He turned to her and asked, “What are you doing here Dash?” She said, “AJ told me that she had a plan on slowing down Jake.” He asked, “The kid?” She shook her head and said, “No, the dog.” He still felt lost over the situation, but said, “Ok…what’s the plan?” She said, “First you need to turn around and circle three-tree rows to your left, and run back towards the clearing of this jungle. Trust me, we got something planned.” He said, “Ok, see you guys there.”

And with that, Rainbow Dash flew over the trees and flew back towards the group. Sonic made a sharp turn and circled the three tree rows that she told him to circle and he dashed towards where he was told the group was at. Finn and Jake saw the sharp turn he made, and they made a turn of their own and continued to chase after Sonic. Jake then said, “You can’t out run me Sonic!” Sonic said with a smile, “I was wondering if you could talk. Let’s just see you try and keep up with me!”

Sonic then let out a small burst of speed, taunting Jake on trying to keep up. He took the bait, and sped up his pace. After a minute of running, Sonic saw the clearing, and a set of vines around the area. He ran through the area, turned around and waited for Finn and Jake. Once the duo caught up, they saw Sonic standing in the open, leaving them curious. Finn then asked, “Your done running now?” Sonic said while taking a fighting stance, “You have a point kid I can’t run forever. Let’s just get this over with.” Jake took a step into the vines, unknowingly falling for a trap. Applejack suddenly yelled, “Now!”

Back on the ground, both she and Knuckles pulled their respective vines as hard as they could, the vines suddenly pulled upward and Jake tripped over the vines, losing his balance in the process. Rainbow Dash flew in with another set of vines and wrapped them around Jake’s legs. After the vines were set, Knuckles pulled on the vines and they were pulled tightly around Jake’s legs and he toppled over. Finn seeing Jake fall, decided to go after Sonic before dealing with the ponies and the echidna.

Finn said, “I’ll be back Jake.” Jake said, “Take care of him buddy.” He then jumped off of his head and was ready to strike Sonic with his sword.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After Jake was hogtied, Applejack started rubbing his stomach, causing him to shrink in size. He moaned and barked in satisfaction from the belly rub he was getting. She said, “He’s such a cute little dog!” Jake snapped out of his trance after hearing Applejack’s statement and said, “Hey! I’m not cute! I’m HOT!” Blushing from how he was acting, Rarity said, “Aw, isn’t that adorable! He’s mad now, even cuter!” Furious from the situation he’s been put in, Jake said, “AAAGH! What are you guys doing helping Sonic anyway?!” Knuckles said, “He’s our friend! What are you and that kid doing attacking him?!” Jake said, “He attacked our hero and tried to destroy the Candy Kingdom!”

Knuckles and the ponies looked at each other in confusion to Jake’s accusation. They turned back to him and decided to ask him a few questions. Rainbow Dash asked, “Ok, what in the hay are you talking about?” Jake said, “Mine and Finn’s hero, Billy, told us that Sonic had attempted to attack the Candy Kingdom, but he attacked Billy instead. After the fight, Sonic had left Billy and the Candy Kingdom out of boredom.” Out of anger, Knuckles grabbed him by his shoulders and lifted him up to eye level. Unknown to the group, the cotton candy clouds hovered over the area.

Knuckles yelled, “Listen dog! Whatever you heard is a lie! Sonic has been-.” But before he could go any further with his defense, he was hit on the nose from a raindrop. He looked up to the sky and saw the pink clouds covering the sky. He then said in worry, “Ugh, guys. Wasn’t it sunny and cloudless earlier?” The ponies looked up to the sky and were shocked to see the familiar clouds. Jake curiously looked up to the sky after seeing the ponies’ shocked expression. After looking up, it started downpouring on everyone.

Curious from the sudden downpour, Jake asked, “What’s this supposed to be?” Rainbow simply said, “Chocolate rain.” He then said, “Chocolate rain? Really?” He was going to try and drink the chocolate rain, but Knuckles shook him before he could and said, “Hey! None of that right now!” Applejack added, “Yeah, we don’t need another Pinkie Pie moment.” Confused by this, Jake asked, “A what?” Knuckles said, “We’ll explain everything later; right now we have a big problem. We gotta stop Finn from trying to hack Sonic to pieces.”

Realizing the situation, Jake said, “Oh gob! Finn stop attacking! FINN!!!!”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Once Finn landed on the ground, he dashed towards Sonic, while he stood there in his fighting stance, waiting for his attack. Finn swung his sword at him, but he dodged the attack with ease. He continued swinging his sword at Sonic, but each of his attacks were dodged with ease. Finn’s anger was growing the more Sonic dodged his attacks, but what topped it for Finn was the cocky grin Sonic had while he was dodging. He then threw a punch at him, but he caught the attack and said in a cocky attitude, “Your gonna have to do better than that kid.”

Finn growled in frustration and tried to swing his sword at Sonic again, but he stopped the attack with his left hand. Finn tried to break free, but Sonic had a good grip on his hands and kept him from attacking. Unknown to them, the clouds had gathered and it started downpouring chocolate rain on them. Sonic realized the change in the weather and grew worried over the chocolate rain and thought Discord was not far away from them. He then said, “Uh oh. Kid, we have a prob-.”

Before Sonic could give him the news, he was head butted by Finn. He lost his grip on Finn’s hands and was sent backwards, tumbling on the ground. He skidded to a halt about five feet from Finn and was in front of their Tree Fort. Finn saw this as his opportunity to finish Sonic off. He ran towards Sonic and had his sword raised. Applejack, Rarity, Rainbow Dash, Knuckles and Jake saw this and were going to try and stop the fight. Jake yelled, “FINN!!!!!”

But he was too late to stop Finn, as his sword came down and was ready to strike Sonic.

Chapter 8.5

The walk up the mountain was silent between Mordecai and Twilight for a good while. “What’s wrong with Twilight? She wanted to talk earlier,” he thought to himself in worry. Mordecai started thinking over their conversation from earlier.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

**FLASHBACK**

Twilight had just finished telling him about her mishaps when she forgot to write a friendship report for Princess Celestia. He ended up laughing at the situation and said, “Y-you really got that stressed over one lousy letter?”

Twilight lowered her ears and her head in embarrassment and quickened her pace from Mordecai. His laughter settled after he noticed that she had distanced herself away from him. He then asked, “Twilight, are you ok? Twilight?”

He got no response from her, and he decided to quicken his pace to catch up to her.

**END FLASHBACK**

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Mordecai smacked his forehead after remembering his antics and regretted it. “UGH! Smooth move you idiot! She’s not gonna like you for that,” he sternly thought to himself. Once he finally caught up to her, he tried to get her attention and said, “Twilight?” He didn’t get a response from her, all she did was continued her walking and she checked the map. “The silent treatment. Yeah, she hates you now Mordecai,” he thought sadly. He looked at the ground, feeling completely guilty and sad for laughing at her. “There’s only one thing you can do at this point,” Mordecai thought to himself.

Mordecai wanted to apologize to her and said, “Twilight, umm about earlier. I know you were trying to pass the time with telling stories, and I ended up laughing at one of your mishaps. I just want to say I’m-.” But before he could finish, Twilight interrupted him by saying, “Shhh!”

He gave her a questioning look, and saw why she had shushed him. What he saw was the aftermath of an avalanche. The dirt and rocks had built a giant hill for them to work with to reach the top of the mountain and getting the emerald. They remained quiet as they climbed the dirt hill, in hopes of preventing a second avalanche. Mordecai had slipped a couple of times, but he was able to get a grip on the buried rocks that stuck out to keep him from sliding to the bottom. They were both exhausted after they reached the top of the dirt hill. Going downhill was a lot easier for them, but they watched their steps and did their best from sliding down the hill. They reached the bottom of the hill with sore feet and hooves. They decided to take a short break after they gave themselves a good distance from the avalanche area.

Mordecai said, “That was rough. How did that avalanche happen?” Twilight said, “It was an accident. Remember when I said that my friends and I came here before?” He simply said, “Yeah, I remember.” She continued the conversation and said, “Well, that journey was to try and convince a sleeping dragon that lived in the cave to leave.” He interrupted her and asked, “It was that bad?” She nodded and said, “Yes, it would have been very bad. He blew smoke while he was snoring, and Ponyville was going to be covered in it for a hundred years if we didn’t do anything.”

Mordecai nodded in understanding and said, “I know I wouldn’t want to live in an area that would be covered in smoke.” Twilight said with a chuckle, “I don’t think anyone would.” He looked back at the avalanche and asked, “How did this avalanche happen anyway?” She said, “Before we talked the dragon into leaving Fluttershy overreacted and accidentally caused the avalanche. It’s kind of funny looking at it now. I still remember that after we arrived at the cave, Fluttershy had told us that she was scared of dragons.” Confused by this, Mordecai asked, “Isn’t she and the rest of the ponies friends with Spike?” Twilight said, “Yeah, but she says that fully-grown dragons scare her the most. After she got upset from the dragon attacking us, Fluttershy put her hoof down and was able to convince that dragon to leave.”

Concerned from the incident, he asked, “You weren’t hurt too bad from the dragon were you? I assumed that it would have breathed fire or something.” She said, “No, we weren’t hurt too bad. I’m just grateful he didn’t blow fire at us.” After they were well rested, they got back on their hooves and feet and continued their journey to the cave. After walking a short distance, Twilight remembered the conversation they had before climbing up the dirt hill. She said, “Oh, uh Mordecai. Were you trying to apologize before we got through the avalanche area?”

They both stopped walking after she asked her question. He scratching the back of his head and said, “Yeah, I was. I didn’t mean to upset you in anyway when you told me that whole crazy scene you had over a letter you didn’t send to Celestia. I should have known that you take your work very seriously. I’m sorry for that.”

Twilight looked at him and said, “It’s ok Mordecai I forgive you. As much as I like getting things organized and finishing all of my tasks on time, I shouldn’t have freaked out like I did. Princess Celestia ended up telling me that she didn’t need a report every week. I also ended up getting a visit from my future self for being too organized. Too bad I didn’t finish telling myself that message and I panicked for the whole week about some disaster that didn’t happen.” Mordecai lightly chuckled at this and thought to himself, “Why does that sound familiar?” He then said, “That reminds me when me and Rigby wanted to learn how to play our instruments for a contest in a single day.” Surprised by this, Twilight said, “I didn’t know you could play an instrument. What was the contest for?” Realizing what he had said, he decided to change the subject and said, “It’s not important. Anyway, all I can say is, your lucky to have me as a friend. I can teach you how to balance work and taking breaks at the same time.”

Twilight playfully rolled her eyes at this and said, “The life of a slacker? I don’t know.” He said, “Hey, I said I might slack off, but I still know when to get back to work.” She said, “Yeah, that’s true.” He continued and said, “Besides, if you learned from Rigby, then that’d be a problem.” The two shared a laugh and continued their walk to the top of the mountain.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

As Finn’s sword came down, he was certain that he had won the fight against Sonic. Unfortunately for him, his sword suddenly stopped with a clang. He saw that Sonic was wielding the Root Sword and had stopped his sword with it. Sonic then kicked Finn in the stomach and he jumped up to his feet. Finn held his stomach with his left hand, and coughed, showing the impact Sonic’s kick had on him. He then glared up at him and growled in frustration. Sonic tried to reason with him and said, “Look, Finn. We need to end this fight right now; we have a big problem right now.” Listening to only half of what he said, Finn said, “Your right on one thing Sonic, this fight needs to end right now. And it’ll end with me killing you right where you stand!”

Sonic rolled his eyes at Finn’s response and took his stance while wielding the Root Sword. “Okay, he wants to learn the hard way,” he thought to himself. Knuckles, Applejack, Rainbow Dash, Rarity and Jake arrived in time to see Sonic and Finn staring each other down. Curious after seeing his actions, Knuckles asked, “Sonic, what are you-?” Sonic interrupted him and yelled, “Stay back guys!” Finn also yelled, saying, “Yeah, stay back Jake!” Jake tried to reason with him and said, “But-” Finn interrupted him and said, “Butts are for pooping! I got this!”

The group, excluding Jake, was left confused from Finn’s outburst. Rainbow Dash said, “Ok… C’mon Sonic, we want to help!” Sonic said, “Just leave it to me! The last thing I want is for any of you getting hurt. This fight shouldn’t take long anyway.”

Rainbow Dash crossed her fore hooves and pouted saying, “Fine.” After everyone understood that the fight was going to be between Sonic and Finn only, they gave themselves distance from them to avoid any distractions for the two. The two then dashed towards each other with their respective swords in their hands. They swung their weapons at each other and made contact with their swords. The two glared at each other, pressing their swords with all of their might. Finn then pushed Sonic off with all of his strength. He then lunged forward and swung his sword at him; Sonic however, dodged the attack effortlessly. Finn continued swinging his sword at Sonic, but because of his speed, Finn couldn’t touch him. After another missed attack from Finn, Sonic was seen in a distance and had a cocky grin on his face. He then said, “Heheh, your not bad Finn.”

After making his comment, Sonic raised his sword and dashed towards Finn. He also started running towards him and had his sword ready. In an instant, both Finn and Sonic had swung their swords and were facing away from each other. Because of the speed of the attacks, the group wasn’t able to see what had happened between them. Sonic winced and grabbed his left shoulder; it had a small gash on it. Finn turned around and grinned after seeing Sonic on his knees from his attack. Finn suddenly got a scratch on his left cheek and part of his hat was also cut from the attack. Sonic got back on his feet and turned around to face Finn. Finn charged at Sonic and continued his attack on him.

While the two continued their sword fight, Knuckles, Applejack, Rarity, Rainbow Dash and Jake were talking with each other to pass the time. The group questioned Jake’s ability to stretch himself, and how he was able to get his powers. His response to them was that he was a magical dog, and that he doesn’t remember how he got his powers. After their conversation lasted a while, they ended up on the subject of Finn and Sonic. Rainbow Dash asked him, “How do you know Finn by the way?” Jake said, “He’s my brother. My parents took him in when he was a baby, and raised him like he was their own.” After hearing this, Applejack said, “Well that was very nice of them. How old is Finn by the way?” Jake simply said, “He’s 14.”

Everyone was surprised after hearing this. Rarity got over her shock and asked, “Really? 14?!” Jake shrugged and said, “Why do you ask?” Rarity continued and said, “It’s just; I’ve never known anyone that could be this experienced at handling any weapons at such a young age.” Jake said, “Well with the two of us here, he has to be good at handling a sword and be able to fight.” After seeing the fight continue Jake said, “What about Sonic, how old is he, and where did he learn to handle a sword? I’ve never seen anyone that could match Finn when it came to fights, especially when it comes to sword fights.” Knuckles answered and said, “Sonic is our friend. He’s 16 years old, we celebrated his birthday a while ago. As for the sword fighting skills, I wouldn’t know about that, but one thing that should be known is that he lives for adventure, and thrives on this kind of stuff.”

Sonic launched himself in a homing attack while spinning the Root Blade in a buzz saw-like attack. Finn was left breathing heavily after blocking the attack. After the attack, Sonic was on his knees, attempting to catch his breath. Finn didn’t want to admit it, but Sonic was a lot stronger than he looked. Sonic had similar thoughts about Finn and was amazed with the knowledge he had at sword fighting, despite how young he appeared to him. He slowly got back on his feet, trying his best to shake off his weariness.

Finn thrusted his sword at Sonic, but he caught the blade with his sword and stopped the attack. Finn grinned after seeing this and started swinging his sword around in a circular motion. Sonic tried to hold onto the sword, but after the third circle move, the Root Blade was sent flying out of his hands, leaving him defenseless. Sonic was in a state of shock to see that his sword was thrown to the side and was stabbed into the ground a few feet away from them. Finn started swinging his sword at him, but he dodged each of the attacks with his swift moves. Finn swung his sword in a large, horizontal arc, but Sonic escaped the attack at the last second.

Sonic then bounced off of his right hand and flipped backwards towards his sword. Finn saw this and chased after him. He then jumped in the air and readied his attack to finish off the defenseless hedgehog. Sonic however, got to the Root Blade, turned around quickly and readied his counter attack on Finn. The group covered their eyes from what was going to happen next, but instead of hearing any contact being made, there was silence between Sonic and Finn. What everyone saw next really surprised them. They saw that Finn was levitating in the air, in a cyan aura coating, not moving a muscle. Sonic was also pinned with the same cyan aura, not moving from the position he was in. “What the what?” he asked in confusion.

Finn tried to move, hoping to break free, but it was no use for him. A voice suddenly shouted, “That’s enough from you two!” Sonic recognized the voice and said, “Huh? What the? Silver? What are you doing here?” A white-grey hedgehog was then seen floating toward the two. Finn then said, “And why did you stop us? I was going to kill him!” Silver simply said, “I’d take a better look if I were you.”

Finn was confused from Silver’s explanation and looked down. He saw that he had his own sword positioned to strike Sonic at his throat. “What does Silver mean,” Finn thought to himself in confusion. After getting a better look from where he was floating, he was shocked to see that Sonic had the Root Blade positioned at his chest where his heart was. Realization hit him, seeing that if the attack wasn’t stopped, both he and Sonic would have stabbed each other. Finn then yelled in shock, “WHOA!!!” “Now you see what I mean?” asked the hedgehog. Finn nodded in response. Silver then moved Finn a few feet away from Sonic and released them from his powers. Both Sonic and Finn thrusted their swords as a delay response before Silver came and stopped them.

Sonic got back on his feet and said, “Thanks Silver. What brings you here? And how did you get here?” The ponies, Knuckles, Finn and Jake gathered themselves and were ready to listen to what Silver had to say. He said, “I’ll start with how I got here. Both Blaze and I came back to this time with the help of a pony that has some blue phone booth box that can travel through time.” Curious from this, Rainbow Dash asked, “What blue box, and who was the pony?” Silver said, “It started with a “T”; I forgot what he called it. As for the pony, all he told me was that he was “The Doctor” and that he was going to meet someone in Ponyville. Blaze went with him to Ponyville to take care of what we need taken care of over there.” Applejack asked, “And what would that be exactly?” He said, “To change the future and prevent a disaster.” After hearing this, Knuckles asked, “What happened exactly?” Silver said, “Both Time Eater and Discord have taken over the planet.”

Everyone had a shocked/surprised look on their faces after hearing the news from Silver. Finn and Jake looked at each other in confusion, not knowing who they were. Jake then spoke up and asked, “Who’s this Time Eater and Discord guy your talking about?” Silver said, “Me, Sonic, Knuckles and some of our friends dealt with Time Eater during Sonic’s birthday. It is a giant smog-like monster that can erase time and space. As for Discord, he is known as a draconequus.” Finn asked, “A what?” Rarity answered his question and said, “He is a creature that has the head of a pony and a body of different animals. He’s also known as the spirit of chaos and disharmony.” Silver said, “Thank you Rarity. These two have abilities of their own to mess with reality, and when you put them together, they REALLY can cause more problems than they ever could alone.” After they were told of who Discord and Time Eater were, Finn and Jake nodded in understanding.

Finn thought over the situation and asked, “If they are as dangerous as you say, how come no one has stopped them in your time?” Silver had a forlorn look on his face and said, “Sonic is the only one that had defeated Time Eater the last time we had met, and in that one time, he had help with his younger self. But something happened that had caused him to die in my time.” Surprised by this, Sonic said in confusion, “WHAT?!?!” Knowing that there wasn’t enough time to tell them the story, Silver said, “I’m not sure what it was, but my guess is that it was your fight with Finn. As for Discord, he managed to get his hands on all of the Chaos Emeralds, and his powers threatened anyone that challenged him.” Rainbow Dash asked in a worried tone, “What happened with the Elements of Harmony? Those should have stopped him easily.” Silver shook his head and said, “I’m not sure, but I think when he got all seven emeralds, he was too strong for the elements to handle. He even created his own land, and in there, he has corrupted everyone’s minds and they have become his mindless slaves.” Finn asked, “Everyone?” Silver said, “Yes, everyone, and anyone that he could capture and control easily. With that, he basically has an army of his own.”

Finn wasn’t sure how strong the emeralds were. He turned to the group and asked, “Are the Chaos Emeralds that powerful?” Sonic answered him and said, “Me and Knuckles have seen them work for others before, so yeah, they are VERY powerful. Also, with what Silver just said, I was already afraid of what Discord could do with them when he mentioned that he knew about the emeralds when I first bumped into him, but him having the ability to control anyone, that makes it even worst.” Knuckles said, “Our friend’s radar had picked up a signal that read that one of the emeralds is here.”

Both Finn and Jake started thinking about the events from the previous day. They remembered something falling towards the Fire Kingdom and thought it might be what the group is looking for. Finn then said, “Me and Jake saw something red fall in that direction last night.” Everyone turned in the direction Finn pointed at. Sonic asked, “Where is that spot at exactly?” He said, “It’s the Fire Kingdom, was it the emerald you guys are looking for?” Knuckles said, “One of the emeralds is red, so that has to be it.” Sonic said in enthusiasm, “Then what are we waiting for? Let’s get going!!”

But before they could leave in the direction Finn told them, everyone heard a small cough that sounded close to them. Jake then went over to a nearby rock and lifted it to reveal a small fire underneath it. The group grew concerned after seeing the fire, believing that it would cause a forest fire. Knuckles spoke up and said, “Aren’t you guys going to put it out?” A mysterious voice suddenly said, “That wont be necessary knucklehead.”

Everyone, excluding Finn and Jake, became surprised from the sudden outburst. Sonic however, started laughing at Knuckles from being called a “knucklehead”. Before Knuckles could punch him, the group got a better look at the small fire as it came out from under the rock. The small flame then revealed a small face on a small body with stubby arms and legs and a small tail. Finn introduced the fireball to everyone and said, “Oh, right. Everyone, this little fireball is Flambo. Flambo, these guys are here to get something that had fallen in the Fire Kingdom.” Flambo waived his arms and said, “Actually kid, I wouldn’t bet on going there if I were you. I got a tip from a reliable source that a familiar goblin had gone there and taken something from there. I wouldn’t know if it was in the Fire Kingdom or not. My sources also told me that the goblin was heading to the Goblin Kingdom to try and is attempting a take over.”

Finn thought over who the mysterious goblin and said, “Hmm, that sounds like Xergiok.” Rainbow Dash asked, “Who in the hay is Xergiok?” Jake said, “Xergiok was a tyrant king in the Goblin Kingdom.” After hearing this, Rarity said, “Was? What happened to him?” Finn simply said, “Me and Jake kicked his butt and dethroned him.” Sonic said, “Just like that? He sounds like a pushover.” Finn said, “He uses magic wands to fight, of course he is,” as if it was the most obvious thing in the world. He continued and said, “If he actually did find the Chaos Emerald, who knows how much stronger he is after what you’ve told us.”

Jake then grew in size and got Finn, Sonic, Applejack, Rarity and Knuckles on his back and started running in the direction to the Goblin Kingdom; Rainbow Dash chose to follow everyone while flying. Sonic wanted to run, but considering what they were put through, Finn thought it would be better for Sonic to rest while Jake carried them to the Goblin Kingdom. Finn noticed the angry expression Sonic had; along with his arms being crossed and that his right foot was doing a tapping motion, easily showing his frustration. He turned to Knuckles and asked, “What’s up with Sonic?” He said, “Sonic is easily impatient. Try to talk to him about something to take his mind off of the travel.” Finn said, “Like what? I don’t know him that well.” Applejack said, “Just ask him anything.”

Finn thought for a second and said, “So Sonic, how many emeralds do you guys have so far?” Sonic started calming down from his boredom. He turned to Finn and said, “So far, we’ve got two. The rest of the group went to Ponyville to get the one over there.” Confused by this, Finn asked, “Ponyville? How far is it from here?” Sonic said, “Quite a ways, I’m not entirely sure myself.”

Curious about Sonic’s lifestyle, Finn asked, “Do you have any adventures on your travels?” Sonic said, “Yeah, plenty of adventures! I live for them! I’ve been through a lot, but there was this one time I had to fix the planet when it broke into pieces before.” Shocked by this, Finn said, “What?! When did this happen?” Before he could explain his adventure, they slowly arrived at the Goblin Kingdom. The group saw smoke coming from the kingdom and assumed something was going down. Sonic then said, “I’ll tell you later.”

Once the group got closer to the Goblin Kingdom, they spotted Xergiok wreaking havoc within the kingdom with a new magic wand, but what surprised everyone the most was the power source on top of the wooden wand. Sonic said, “Looks like your pal Flambo wasn’t lying.” Applejack said, “But it looks like he forgot to tell us about them.” The group turned around and saw that Xergiok had brought an army of earclopses and cyclopses to the Goblin Kingdom. Finn yelled, “FOR THE LOVE OF GLOB, FLAMBO!!!”

After seeing what they were up against, Knuckles said, “I see the cyclopses, but what are those other things?” Finn said, “Those are earclopses, but I wouldn’t worry about them.” Curious from this, Rainbow Dash asked, “And why is that?” He replied with a grin and said, “Because Xergiok forgot to get earplugs for them again.” Rarity said, “Earplugs, for those things?” Jake nodded and said, “Yup, with ears that big, they can’t handle a simple shout without passing out.”

After hearing what they needed to hear on taking down the earclops army, Jake, Knuckles, Silver, Rarity, Rainbow Dash and Applejack went ahead and started their attacks on the army Xergiok brought with him. Before Sonic could join the others to take on the army, both he, and Finn heard a couple of goblins yelling in pain, followed by laughter not too far from them. Sonic asked, “What’s going on?” Finn said, “Must be Xergiok spanking some of the goblins.” Sonic said in disbelief, “Spanking? Are you serious Finn?” He said, “Yes, that’s what he did to the goblins before we dethroned him.” Sonic smacked his forehead and muttered, “Oh boy,” under his breath.

The duo then went to the place where the yelling came from, and saw Xergiok spanking three goblins mercifully. Without thinking of a plan, Sonic jumped right in and was prepared to fight the spank happy goblin. He lifted his sword to him and said, “That’ll be the last butt you spank ugly!” Xergiok stopped spanking the helpless goblin and turned to face the intruder. He saw the blue hedgehog standing before him, wielding his sword, prepared for a fight. After he turned around, Sonic had thought to himself in surprise, “Man, did I call that one”.

The goblin then declared, “And who is the fool that thinks he can challenge the mighty Xergiok?!” Sonic did his best from chuckling at the title and said, “Mighty Xergiok? From what I’ve heard, you’re a complete pushover.” Angered by this, Xergiok yelled, “Pushover?! Tell me blue one, can a mere pushover do this!!” In an instant, a powerful energy of chaos was fired from Xergiok’s wand. Sonic dodged the blast with ease, but Xergiok fired multiple blasts at him while he was still airborne. Sonic saw this and swatted as much blasts as he could with his sword. After he deflected each of the blasts, one more blast was heading for him. He wasn’t ready to deflect the attack and was prepared for the impact the blast was going to have on him.

Fortunately for him, Finn had jumped in and deflected the blast at the last second. After the blast was deflected, Xergiok looked on in displeasure to see the familiar boy once again and said, “Oh, it’s you.” Finn said, “Yeah, it’s me. Muffintop!” Xergiok got angry after hearing what Finn had called him. Sonic however, was trying his best at keeping himself from laughing at Xergiok from Finn’s outburst. Out of rage, Xergiok started firing multiple energy balls at both Finn and Sonic. Sonic dodged the attacks with his speed, while Finn deflected each of the energy balls with his sword. Xergiok then brought out multiple energy balls and randomly fired them at the duo. The attack didn’t faze them; they simply deflected each of the attacks without flinching.

After deflecting the last of the energy balls, it ended up hitting Xergiok in the face. The impact caused him to drop his wand. With that Finn, picked up the wand, took the emerald off of the wand and once again, destroyed it. He then placed the red emerald in his pack. After Xergiok was defeated, he fled the Goblin Kingdom once again. Both Finn and Sonic turned to see that the earclopses and the cyclopses were defeated. Sonic, in response, gave everyone a thumbs up for their accomplishment. But before everyone could celebrate their victory, Time Eater suddenly appeared, spreading fear to everyone in the Goblin Kingdom. It opened up multiple portals and started sucking all of the goblins into the portals. Jake saw this and wrapped everyone up tightly, while securing himself by holding on to two nearby trees. Time Eater then opened another portal and attempted to try and suck Finn into the portal. He felt the force the portal had had and became worried about where the portal would suck him to if he didn’t think of anything. Finn attempting to keep himself from flying into the portal by stabbing his sword into the ground, but before he could do this, Time Eater fired its immobilizing sphere at Finn and prevented him from stabbing his sword into the ground.

After Sonic saw what Time Eater had done, he came by Finn and used Chip’s necklace to protect them from the portal. Time Eater was enraged from seeing the barrier Sonic generated again. It closed the portal, knowing there was no point against the barrier. Billy then appeared wielding his sword and starred down Time Eater. Finn saw this, and once he was able to move again, ran out of the shield, wanting to join Billy for the fight. Sonic saw this and dropped the shield, leaving himself defenseless. Time Eater saw this and swatted Sonic with all of its might. The hit caused Sonic to drop the purple emerald, while he crashed through the Goblin Kingdom’s walls and skidded to a stop on the ground just outside the kingdom. After seeing him get hit, Finn yelled, “Sonic!!!”

He was going to go and assist Sonic, but he saw the purple emerald lying on the ground. Finn saw Time Eater fly towards the emerald in an attempt to steal it. He started running in an attempt to try and get to it before Time Eater could. The emerald was then picked up, revealing that Billy had picked it up, giving Finn great relief. He then said, “Billy! Thank Glob; I knew you wouldn’t let me down! I need that emerald for my friend.” Billy then clutched the emerald in his right hand and had a wicked grin on his face. He then looked up at Finn with a crazy look in his eyes and said, “Thank you Finn.” He was then engulfed in a blindingly bright light, causing Finn to shield his eyes from the brightness. After the light subsided, it revealed Discord standing before him with a grin on his face. Finn then gasped and stared in shock at what had just happened. Discord then said, “Thank you for being such a fool!” He laughed at the dumbfounded human standing before him.

Finn became enraged after realizing the trickery he had been put through and tried to attack Discord with his sword. Discord however snapped his fingers and teleported before Finn could make contact. Time Eater then tore open a portal and disappeared in it. After they disappeared, everyone went over to Sonic, and saw that he still had his face in the ground. He didn’t make any movements, and they grew concerned for him. Finn told everyone that he has something that can help Sonic, but he left it back at the Tree Fort. In an instant, the group pulled Sonic out of the ground and put him on Jake’s back. He once again grew in size and carried everyone to the Tree Fort as fast as he could. Jake asked, “How’s he holding up back there?” Silver checked for Sonic’s pulse on his neck and said, “He is doing ok, but we need to hurry up.”

Jake quickened his pace and they arrived at the Tree Fort within minutes. As soon as Jake stopped, Finn jumped off his back and ran as fast as he could into their home. After a few minutes of searching, Finn came out of the Tree Fort with a small bottle in his hands. He demonstrated to everyone what the bottle could do by pouring a little bit of it in his right hand. He used it on the cut he had from the sword fight from earlier with Sonic, and it fixed the cut on his left cheek as well as the part of his hat that was also cut from the fight. Finn then squirted the bottle on Sonic’s face, and he woke up in an instant. He was breathing heavily and had a look of terror on his face, as if he had just come out of a nightmare. Still shocked, he said, “Dude!! What was that, and the heck was that for?!”

After saying this, he desperately tried to shake off the water, leaving everyone, but Knuckles, curious of his actions. Finn said, “It was just Cyclops tears. You were pretty beat up from that hit Time Eater gave you.” Sonic rubbed his head, remembering the incident. He got a better look at his left shoulder and saw that the wound had disappeared. Realization suddenly hit him, and he started searching himself in a panic state. He said, “Where’s the emerald? I know I had it!!” Finn said in depression, “Sorry Sonic, they took it.” In an instant, Sonic grabbed Finn by his shirt and said, “YOU BETTER BE KIDDING ME RIGHT NOW FINN!!!!” He said, “I wish I was, but that’s what happened after Time Eater smacked you. You dropped the emerald and Discord took it.”

Sonic loosened his grip on him and said, “What about the other emerald?” Finn reached into his pack, pulled out the red emerald and said, “I put it away as soon as we kicked Xergiok’s butt, remember?” Sonic took the emerald and was relieved that they still had one emerald with them. He breathed a sigh of relief and said, “At least something good came out of this. Let’s get back to Ponyville guys, I’m sure the others got the emerald there by now.” Everyone nodded and they were ready to go.

After everyone gathered around him, Sonic raise the emerald up and said, “Chaos-” But before he activated the emeralds energy, Finn yelled, “Wait!” Sonic said, “What’s up Finn?” He asked, “Can Jake and I join you guys?” Sonic gave Finn a questioning look. Finn then said, “Discord was the one that tricked me into fighting you, and I’m not gonna let that son of a toot get away with that!” Sonic chuckled from his insult and said, “You’re a good fighter Finn; both of you are more than welcome to join us. How about you Silver?” Silver said, “Me and Blaze are here until Time Eater and Discord are stopped.” Sonic said, “Alright to Ponyville we go.” Sonic then said, “Chaos Control,” and with that, everyone was engulfed in a bright light and disappeared from the Tree Fort.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Earlier in Ponyville

As they got closer to their destination, Mordecai had finished telling Twilight about a problem that had happened at the park. It involved the ghost tape of the “Summertime Song” coming to life and annoying everyone with the song nonstop. Twilight said in surprise, “Wow, you and the park workers had to play a song of your own to stop that ghost tape, all right on the spot?” Mordecai said, “Well, ignoring it didn’t work. There wasn’t a lot we could do but do a song of our own.” Remembering their conversation from earlier, she said, “Well, I think it’s safe to say your future self had taught you well with playing the guitar.” Mordecai had a smile, knowing that she was impressed with him playing the guitar. Not wanting to tell her the whole incident, he said, “He actually taught me how to look like a rock star, rather than teach me to play the guitar. I’m no expert, but I do play it every now and then.” Twilight nodded at this and asked, “Do you think you can play a song that isn’t like the one you played for that ghost tape?” Mordecai shrugged and said, “I might.”

While they continued their walk, Twilight ended up thinking about how Mordecai was able to play the guitar and what got him into playing the guitar. But before she could ask, Mordecai had suddenly stopped walking. He said in relief, “Ugh, finally! I thought we’d never get here.” After coming out of her thoughts, Twilight looked over and saw that they had finally reached the top of the mountain, with the cave in sight. He then said, “Alright, this was a lot easier than I thought!” Twilight couldn’t help but smile at Mordecai’s excitement. She then said, “Besides climbing up here?” He said, “Well, yeah, besides that. No one ever said anything in life is easy.” She said, “That’s true. Let’s get that emerald and meet everyone at Sugarcube Corner.” Mordecai asked, “And get that chocolate cake for celebration?” Twilight said with a smile, “Sure.” He said, “Then what are we waiting for?!”

They walked into the cave and were ready to get the emerald. They walked towards a spot in the cave where a little bit of sunlight shown through a hole in the ceiling of the cave. Mordecai then pulled out the radar and checked the check the cave for the emeralds location. But before they could look over the radar, a sparkle of light had twinkled in the dark part of the cave. After seeing it, Mordecai asked, “Did you see that?” Twilight said, “Yes, I saw that.” He asked, “Could that be the emerald?” She said, “It might be, let’s check it out.”

As soon as they approached the dark part of the cave, Mordecai pulled out the flashlight and switched it on. Twilight used her horn and illuminated the cave with a light raspberry glow, helping Mordecai with the lighting in the cave. He turned to her and said, “That’s helpful.” She smiled shyly at him and said, “Thanks.” With the cave being lit up, they didn’t see anything in it that could cause some sort of trouble for them. With nothing to worry about, they walked over to a pedestal and grabbed the yellow emerald. After getting the emerald, both Mordecai and Twilight felt uneasy about the whole thing. Mordecai said, “That was just too easy.” Twilight asked, “You also think something’s up?” He said, “Yeah… I’ve played the video games and watched plenty of movies, and nothing is supposed to be that easy.” She said, “I’ve read these kinds of things in my books. Trust me, I know what you mean.”

They left the area, still feeling cautious over the emerald’s location. Mordecai looked at the yellow emerald, and couldn’t shake the feeling that something didn’t feel right. As they left the dark part of the cave, a sudden flash appeared behind them. They immediately turned around and saw Discord standing before them. Twilight said, “What do you want Discord?” He simply said, “I’m here to take what’s mine.” Mordecai said, “Hmm-hmm. You mean this?” He held up the emerald for Discord to see. His response was laughter, causing Mordecai and Twilight to look at each other in confusion. Mordecai then said, “What’s so funny? This just says that we have three emeralds to the zero you have.” Discord settled from his laughter and decided to take his plan into action.

Discord then said, “And what exactly are you going to do with a piece of stalactite?” Confused by this, Mordecai said, “Huh?” After looking at it again, the emerald changed into a piece of stalactite, as Discord stated. He dropped the stalactite and said, “What the -? Where’s the emerald?” After Mordecai turned his back to him, Discord snapped his fingers and teleported him back into the dark part of the cave and put up a force field, keeping him inside. Mordecai punched the force field, but it did him no good. Twilight then stamps her hoof into the ground, showing that she was readying herself to charge at Discord. Seeing this, he raised his hands in defense and said, “Before you do any sudden attacks, I think you should know something about your friend over there.” Twilight said, “I know enough. Whatever you have to say about him in another one of your lies wont work on me.” He then said in a know-it-all tone, “That’s the thing you don’t know, I know something that is actually truthful.” She laughed at this and says, “Yeah right. What makes you think this will be any different than the rest of the “truth’s” you’ve told?” He said, “Simple my dear. Your friend over there has been hiding something from you this whole time.”

Mordecai raised an eyebrow in curiosity and was wondering where he was going with the conversation. Discord then looked up to him, with an expression that says, “I know what you did”. Realization suddenly struck him and he said to himself, “Oh no…” He desperately started hitting the barrier and yelled, “Twilight, don’t listen to him!!!” By the time he warned her, Discord had already snapped his fingers and opened up a portal, revealing to her, what Mordecai didn’t want her to find out, his mishaps with the unicorns back at the park. Although what Discord was showing Twilight was the truth, he exaggerated that the unicorns that he killed weren’t the ones that he encountered, but they instead looked like the ones from Equestria. After seeing this, Mordecai desperately rammed his shoulder into the force field in an attempt to try and tell Twilight what she was seeing was a lie. Discord then let the force field fade, causing Mordecai to fall over after tried ramming it again.

After seeing Mordecai, Twilight backed away from him, looking completely terrified just seeing him. He desperately tried to reach his hand out to her and said, “Twilight please let me…” But before he could finish his plea, she ran out of the cave on the verge of crying. He yelled, “TWILIGHT!!” Hand still out, he felt hurt after seeing the scared look on Twilight’s face, not believing that everything was ruined. Discord chuckled at this and said, “This is just too entertaining.” He held the yellow emerald in his lion paw, while he ate his popcorn with his eagle claw, chuckling to himself and obviously enjoying the show. Mordecai’s once open hand had clutched into a fist in total anger. He glared at him and said, “This isn’t over Discord!” Discord looked at him with a smug look in his face and said, “Is that so? And what is it that you are going to do about it?”

As much as Mordecai wanted to punch him for what he did, he chose to try and fix the problem Discord created between him and Twilight instead and ran out of the cave. After Mordecai was out of sight, Discord snapped his fingers and teleported out of the cave. He ran as fast as he could in hopes of trying to catch up to Twilight, but when he exited the cave, he saw her activate her horn and disappeared before him. Mordecai fell to his knees after seeing her disappear, feeling completely sad from everything that had happened. He said in a sad tone, “Twilight… no.”

Before he could grieve over his loss, a bright light had appeared and revealed Shadow. After Shadow saw him, he said, “Mordecai, where’s Twilight?” They looked down the mountain and saw a magenta flash appear at the bottom of the mountain. Still feeling dejected, Mordecai said, “It looks like she’s down there, why?” Shadow said, “I’ll explain later, right now, we have a problem that needs to be fixed.” Before Mordecai could ask him what he was talking about, Shadow grabbed him and used Chaos Control.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Sonic and the group arrived in Ponyville. Sonic turned to the three new travelers and said, “Silver, Finn and Jake, welcome to Ponyville.” Not believing what he was seeing, Finn said in amazement, “Holy shmow” Jake nodded and said, “Yeah, this is some nice little place.”

Before Sonic showed everyone around, they saw a magenta flash, revealing Twilight running through it. Shortly after the first light, another bright light flashed revealing Shadow and Mordecai. Mordecai started running after Twilight after arriving. Sonic ran after them, wondering what happened. Once he caught up to Mordecai he asked, “Hey Mordo, what’s going on?” Mordecai said, “Discord came and messed with Twilight’s head.” Sonic asked, “Need some help?” Mordecai simply said, “Please.”

Twilight then ran into her home and as soon as she entered her home, she activated her magic and created a force field around her home. After seeing this, Sonic grabbed Mordecai’s hand and boosted to top speed and got them to Twilight’s house before the force field could close them out. After seeing the force field, everyone from the group gathered around the barrier, concerned for their friend. After catching his breath from the super speed he was put through, Mordecai said, “That was close, I’m glad you have great speed Sonic.” He said, “Thanks, what did Discord do exactly?”

Mordecai was reluctant on telling Sonic what had happened, but sighed in defeat, knowing there was no way around this and said, “He showed her about my mishap with some unicorns I had to deal with at the park.” Wanting him to continue, Sonic said, “And?” Mordecai continued by saying, “And I ended up helping Benson and Skips kill them.” Sonic jumped a little in surprise and said, “Dude!” Mordecai waived his hands and quickly said, “I swear the unicorns weren’t from here!” Sonic pointed to the tree and said, “Well you got to tell her the truth!” Mordecai retorted and said, “I’ve been trying to avoid telling her that story this whole time!” Sonic said, “Well you have no choice now do ya?!”

Mordecai knew Sonic was right; he looked at Twilight’s door and walked over to the door, hoping that he can fix the mess Discord created for him. Once he got to the door, he knocked on it. Twilight yelled, “GO AWAY MORDECAI!” Mordecai said in a pleading tone, “Twilight, can you at least let me explain my side of the story?” Twilight said, “What’s there to explain? You killed unicorns!” Mordecai flinched from Twilight’s yelling, while Sonic covered his ears from her yelling. Everyone from the group that was gathered near the barrier, gasped in shock, while Rarity did an overdramatic faint from hearing what Twilight had yelled. Mordecai had seen everyone’s faces from the outburst and knew there was no hiding the incident now. Rigby went to the others and said, “Just give him a chance to explain.” The group nodded to him and he gave Mordecai the thumbs up to say they will listen. After feeling comfortable from the news, he turned back to the closed door and said, “Okay, it’s true, they were unicorns, but they weren’t any unicorns from around here, they were thugs.”

After hearing no response from Twilight, Mordecai took it as a sign that instead of being berated by her, she was going to listen to his story. He continued telling the story by saying, “Ok, there was this one time that I bought some cologne. At first, I thought it would attract some women, but after I sprayed more than I should have, it attracted these unicorns instead. They told me they could help me get with the ladies, but instead, they ended up pranking me throughout the day, and eventually, they talked themselves into throwing a party at my house.” Confused, Pinkie Pie asked, “What’s wrong with a party?” Sonic turned to her and said, “Not like your kind of parties Pinkie. It’s a different kind of a party, where they trash the place up and destroy everything in the house.”

Mordecai said, “Yeah, what he said Pinkie. Eventually, after they vandalized the park, trashed our home and Benson tied up and gagged, both me and Rigby went to Skips and asked for his help. He told us that there was only one thing they could never say no to, and that was drag racing. We set their racecar up with explosives and talked them into using it. We ended up sending them flying in the car off a ramp and blew up the car with them in it.” Mordecai let the story sink in for everyone after explaining it. All he could hope for was Twilight to be the one to have heard it. Mordecai was on his knees and leaning against the door, hoping she was listening. He then said, “Twilight, I know I didn’t kill those unicorns with my own hands, but I still took part of that plan. All I want you to know is that, I would never hurt you or any of the other ponies here in Equestria. All I can ask for is your forgiveness over this, if you don’t, I understand.”

As Mordecai said this, he shed a tear and it hit the stone pavement on Twilight’s doorstep. He got on his feet and was about to leave, but Twilight opened the door and brought the shield down. She looked him in the eye and asked, “So they weren’t from Equestria you said?” He said, “No, they weren’t.” After seeing the look in his eyes, she saw that he was telling the truth. She broke eye contact from him, lowering her head in the process, feeling guilty for what has happened and said, “I’m sorry I jumped to that conclusion without hearing your side. Can you forgive me for that?” Mordecai places his index finger under her chin, lifts her head up to him and said, “As long as you forgive me.” After hearing his proposal, Twilight gave him a sweet smile, a nod and gave him a hug. Mordecai blushed from the sudden contact, but he returned the hug and smiled himself, knowing that she didn’t hate him and had forgiven him.

Sonic said, “Alright! Glad to see these two made up.” After hearing him, Mordecai became curious on how things went for him and the others and asked, “Oh Sonic, did you get the emerald at that place we were at.” Finn interrupted the conversation and said, “It’s called the Land of Ooo, and yeah, they got the emerald there, but lost the other emerald that they already had.” Shocked from this, Mordecai said, “What? How did you -?” Finn answered flatly, “Discord.” Twilight asked, “He was there too?” Sonic said, “Yeah, he was. We could explain the rest, but after what we’ve all been through, I think we should get some rest.”

Disappointed at hearing this, Finn said, “What?! C’mon Sonic, you got me super pumped for this adventure! Why should we stop right now?” Sonic turned to him and said, “Because that last Chaos Control I did, really took a lot out of me.” Finn scratched the back of his head, still not sure about resting and said, “Well…” Jake interrupted his thinking and said, “I think that would be the best, I’m sure that fight you and Finn had, must have drained him as well.” Sonic turned to the other and asked, “Does anyone else want to rest for now?” Everyone looked to one another and decided that resting for the day would be the best. They all nodded at Sonic in agreement. He said, “Looks like we’re all taking the rest of today off.”

After agreeing with Sonic, the ponies decided to offer a place to stay for everyone for the night. Twilight turned to Mordecai and asked, “Mordecai, would you and Rigby like to stay here for tonight?” Rigby looked into the still open door and said, “What? I don’t want to spend a night in a boring old-.” Mordecai interrupted his complaint and punched him in the shoulder. He rubbed his shoulder and said, “Owww!” Mordecai said with a smile, “We’d love to Twilight, thanks.”

Applejack asked, “Finn, Jake, you two wouldn’t mind being on an apple farm for tonight, would ya?” Finn said, “Not at all, thanks AJ.” Pinkie asked, “Shadow, Rouge party at Sugarcube Corner?” Shadow rolled his eyes at her request. Rouge held back a chuckle and said, “I don’t know about a party, but we’d like to spend the night.” Rarity asked, “Silver, Blaze, would the two of you like to stay at my boutique?” Silver gave Blaze a questioning look. She turned to Rarity and said, “That would be nice, thank you.” Rainbow Dash asked, “Hey Knuckles, you don’t mind staying in my home do you?” Knuckles turned to her and asked, “Where is that exactly?” She said, “It’s not too far from here, but it shouldn’t be hard to miss, since it’s a cloud home.” He was left confused from what she just said, but before he could ask her what she was talking about, Twilight had cast a spell on him. She turned to Rainbow Dash and said, “You can’t expect him to just walk on clouds, do you?” Knuckles asked, “Wait, I can walk on clouds now?” She said, “Just for tonight.”

Fluttershy walked up to Sonic and said, “Um, Sonic. You, Tails and Amy are welcomed to stay at my cottage, if that’s okay with you that is.” He said, “I’d like that, thanks.” Sonic then turned to everyone and asked, “Ok, meet you all back at the library in the morning?” Everyone gave their responses, saying they will meet up at the library, and with that, everyone went their separate ways with the ponies. When they were alone, Sonic turned to Fluttershy and asked, “Hey Fluttershy, can you take Tails and Amy to your cottage without me? I have a few things to take of. It won’t take long.” She said, “Ok. My cottage isn’t too far from here. It’s the tree before going into the Everfree Forest.” He said with a grin, “I’ll remember that, see ya.”

He waived goodbye and took off in an instant.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

As Mordecai and Rigby entered Twilight’s house, she showed them the guest room, but the only thing that was in the room was one bed. Leaving the two to arguing over the bed. Mordecai said, “Dude, I’m not sharing the bed.” Rigby said, “Rock, Paper, Scissors to see who gets the bed.” They both closed their hands into fists and shook them three times, after the third time, Mordecai used scissors, while Rigby used rock, showing that he won. Rigby had a smug look on his face and said, “Hmm-hmm.” Mordecai said in defeat, “Ugh! Fine, take the bed!”

Rigby then walked into the guest room, still holding his cocky grin and closed the door on him. Mordecai then walked upstairs to talk to Twilight. After he got to the room, he said, “Hey Twilight, is there any other rooms in here? Rigby took the guest room.” She said, “Sorry Mordecai, that was the only guest room.” She then turned to him and asked, “Can I ask you something?” Mordecai shrugged at this and said, “Sure, go ahead.” She felt embarrassed for asking this, but she pushed forward and said, “Is it alright if you keep me company tonight? After what we’ve been through, I don’t want to sleep by myself tonight.” Shocked by this, Mordecai said, “WHAT?!” Twilight said, “Please…just tonight?” Still feeling uncomfortable from the request, Mordecai said, “I don’t know, maybe I should just…” He was going to say no, but after seeing her put on the puppy dog eyes and on the verge of tears, he couldn’t help but feel bad about the incident and just couldn’t say no to her. He was reluctant, but he said, “Alright, just for tonight.”

All of the worry left Twilight in that instant, and she gave Mordecai a hug as a thank you. After the hug, Mordecai pulled up the two sheets for the bed and crawled under them, while Twilight pulled the top sheet and crawled under it. She then rested her head on his chest, leaving him with a blush in the process. After calming down, Mordecai gently rubbed Twilight’s head with his left hand. After rubbing her head, he noticed that she had fallen asleep. He smiled to himself, glad to see that she still trusts him despite how the day went. Shortly after, he fell asleep himself.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After seeing Mordecai and Twilight getting settled, Sonic smiled to himself, glad to see that nothing bad had happened to them with their encounter with Discord. After relaxing on the tree branch, Sonic started thinking about what could have happened because of Discord. Both he and Finn could have been killed, and Twilight would have been too depressed to try and help stop him. After jumping off of the tree branch, Sonic remembered his last trip in Canterlot and said to himself, “The Elements of Harmony. I’ve already seen what they can do; I hope Celestia can tell me more about them.”

Sonic jumped off the tree and ran to Canterlot with all of his speed. He followed the train tracks like he did the last time, and got to Canterlot in no time. After arriving, and getting past the guards, he entered the castle and started looking for Celestia. Once he arrived in the throne room, instead of seeing Celestia, he saw that there was a different pony. The pony’s coat was dark sapphire blue, while her mane was a cobalt blue color. He said, “Hello there.” The sudden outburst startled the lunar princess. She turned to see who stood before her in the throne room and said, “Who are you, how did you get in here?” He said, “I’m Sonic the Hedgehog. As for how I got in, I just told the guards outside that I knew Twilight Sparkle, and they let me in.” The pony calmed down after hearing he was a friend of Twilight’s and said, “It is nice to meet you Sonic, I’m Princess Luna, Celestia’s younger sister.”

Sonic bows to her and says, “Nice to meet you too Luna, and speaking of Celestia, is she around? I needed to ask her something.” She says, “No, my sister is sleeping right now. But I’m sure whatever you needed to ask her, I should be able to help out the best I can.” He shrugged and said, “Ok, I wanted to ask her what she knew about the Elements of Harmony.”

Chapter 9

Over at The Candy Store, we find the Eds leaving the store with big satisfied grins plastered on their faces. What’s the reason behind this? Each of the Eds is holding a jawbreaker the size of a basketball in their respective hands.

“Ok boys, last time we had these, it was season four, but we FINALLY got our jawbreakers!!” shouted Eddy with joy.

“Eddy, didn’t we get jawbreakers after we returned to the Cul-de-Sac after that adventure you put us through?” questioned Double D.

“Well, yeah. But if I remember right, it wasn’t on screen,” Eddy simply said.

Without another word, the Eds closed their eyes and readied themselves to eat their long-awaited jawbreakers. But before the trio could enjoy their jawbreakers, the cotton candy clouds had suddenly appeared above the Candy Store and had spread to the Cul-de-Sac, and a downpour of chocolate rain poured onto the Eds. When Eddy was about to put the jawbreaker in his mouth, he smelled something funny. He opened his eyes and was shocked at what he saw in his hands.

“WHAT THE-?!?” questioned Eddy in complete shock.

The once jawbreaker that was in his hands, was replaced by a meatball, the same size as the jawbreaker. Double D heard Eddy’s outburst and opened his eyes to see what was wrong, only to see that his jawbreaker was also replaced by a giant meatball. His reaction was no different from Eddy’s from what he saw.

“GOOD LORD!!!” he yelled, also in shock.

After hearing both of his friends react to something, Ed opened his eyes and saw that his jawbreaker had also been turned into a meatball. He looked at it for a few seconds in confusion, but instead of being shocked like his friends, he shrugged it off and took a bite into the meatball. In a fit of rage, Eddy threw the meatball on the sidewalk, turned back to the Candy Store and planed to go back in to demand a refund. But before he could go back into the Candy Store, the door slammed in his face and the closed sign was present on the glass door. This didn’t stop him, as he started banging on the door with his fists.

“You backstabbing jerks ripped me off! I paid for a jawbreaker, not a meatball! I want my money back!” shouted Eddy while he pounded on the door in anger.

After seeing that his fist banging wasn’t doing anything, Eddy started ramming his shoulder into the door, attempting to knock it down. Double D covered his face with his right hand and shook his head in dissatisfaction from what Eddy was trying to do. He turned to Ed, who was still eating his meatball and asked, “Ed, could you please stop Eddy before he hurts himself?”

After hearing his question, Ed gave him the “ok” sign with his free hand and said with a mouthful, “Okey, dokey Double D!”

After he ate what was left of his meatball, he grabbed Eddy by his shirt and the trio left the Candy Store with Eddy in tow. He desperately tried to get out of Ed’s grip, but couldn’t because of the good grip he had on him. After a few minutes of blowing off steam, Eddy finally calmed down and walked with Ed and Double D. He sulked in silent defeat, wondering how the jawbreakers were still taken away from them, despite the fact that they had them in the palm of their hands.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After the sun’s rising without Discord’s influence, and after waking herself up, Fluttershy got up from the chair she slept on and did her routine of feeding her animals in her cottage. After her animals were fed, Fluttershy went and checked on her guests. She found Tails sleeping in the kitchen with the radar at the kitchen table; he looked like he finished the kinks to the radar. She then went to her room and found Amy sleeping in her bed. She quietly left her bedroom, and started looking for Sonic. She looked everywhere inside the cottage and became worried after she saw that he wasn’t around.

Meanwhile outside of Fluttershy’s cottage, Sonic was relaxing on top of the roof, with his arms behind his head, relaxing and remembering his talk with Luna. His thoughts were interrupted once he heard the door open. He looked down from the roof and saw Fluttershy standing outside. He saw the pegasus frantically looking for something and appeared to be worried. Unknown to the hedgehog, she was looking for him.

“Sonic. Sonic, where are you?” asked Fluttershy, hoping that he would hear her. “I’m up here,” said Sonic, startling her in the process.

Fluttershy had jumped into the air after hearing the voice. She flapped her wings to keep herself airborne. She turned around and saw him casually waving at her, while he was laying on the roof. She breathed a sigh of relief after seeing that the voice belonged Sonic and that he was okay. She flew towards him and said, “You know you could have slept inside.”

“I know, but I’m a little more comfortable sleeping outside sometimes. Plus you didn’t have another room or spot for me to sleep on,” he simply said, still relaxed on her roof.

“Well…whatever makes you comfortable. What did you do after everyone split up last night?” asked Fluttershy.

Sonic sat up and said, “I talked with Luna last night.” Fluttershy looked at him questioningly and said, “Oh, what did you talk about with her?” He said, “I’ll tell ya when we get to Twilight’s.” Before she could question him any further, his stomach rumbled, causing Sonic to grab it in embarrassment. He looked at her and asked with a sheepish grin, “Mind if we have breakfast first?” She responded with a smile, “Sure. I could make something for all of us.” He then jumped off the roof and they went inside her cottage.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back at Golden Oaks Library, Mordecai had woken up after hearing a loud noise coming from downstairs. He was a little upset from waking up to the noise, but after seeing Twilight’s sleeping face, wasn’t as upset as before. He tried to get up, but realized he couldn’t after seeing that Twilight was still laying on him. He carefully got her off of him, and placed her on her pillow. He quietly got out of bed in an attempt to not wake her and he went downstairs to see what was making the noise.

Once he was downstairs, he saw that Spike was in the kitchen and he was picking up the pans that had fallen. Mordecai said, “Hey Spike. What are you doing?” Spike said, “I was just going to make breakfast for you, Rigby and Twilight. Sorry if I woke you up.” Mordecai said, “It’s cool, what were you going to make?” Spike thought for a moment and said, “Does blueberry pancakes sound good?” Mordecai said with a smile, “Yeah, that sounds good.” Sometime after he left, Twilight started tossing and turning in her bed, clearly having a nightmare.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Twilight had seen Time Eater and Discord in an unfamiliar area, staring her and all of her friends down. Time Eater shot a barrage of spheres at the group, the only ones that didn’t get hit, other than herself, were Sonic and Mordecai. She looked at everyone and saw that the spheres had immobilized everyone.

Sonic, however, appeared gold instead of blue and was floating off the ground. He then flew at them, but with Discord’s enhanced powers, he stopped Sonic where he was with a snap of his talons. He tried his best to break free from this, but he found that he couldn’t make any movements whatsoever. Once he approached Sonic, Discord raised his lion paw and blasted him with a powerful dark blast. After the attack had made contact, he screamed in agony. Once the smoke had cleared, Sonic had turned back to his blue color. While he was falling, he looked at Mordecai and Twilight with an apologetic look in his eyes and lost consciousness as he fell into the abyss.

Time Eater then focused its attention on Twilight and fired a dark sphere at her. She was going to use her magic to deflect the attack, but Discord snapped his fingers and her horn was gone. She panicked at this and wasn’t able to move away from the attack in time, but before the attack would make contact, Mordecai stepped in front of her and took the hit. After the smoke had cleared, Mordecai had fallen over from the attack.

Mordecai clutched his stomach in pain. He coughed and groaned from the pain he was experiencing. Worried for him, Twilight rushed to his side and turned him over so he could face her. Once he was facing her, she started crying after seeing the condition he was in. He breathed heavy and said in a weak tone, “Twilight…Twilight.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

In the real world, Mordecai had already woken Rigby up for breakfast and was on his way to wake Twilight up. While he was going up the stairs, he was humming a random tune to himself, enjoying the good morning he was having. When he entered Twilight’s room, he heard a faint whimper. Feeling worried about Twilight, he rushed to her bed as quick as he could, and what he saw just broke his heart from what he was seeing. He saw that she was clutching her blanket, shaking in fear and was crying in her sleep. He lightly shook her and said, “Twilight! Twilight!” Her eyes shot opened after hearing his voice. She sat up and started breathing heavily from the dream she had. Twilight turned to see Mordecai looking at her with a concerned look on his face.

Mordecai asked, “Are you okay Twilight?”

After seeing him, she immediately hugged him, glad to see that he was okay, leaving Mordecai taken back by this. He eventually hugged her back and was going to ask her what was wrong, but she had beaten him to the question and said, “I’m sorry Mordecai. I-I had a bad dream.” After pulling away from the hug, he stroked her cheek, wiping her tears away and said, “Don’t worry about it, it was only a dream.”

She still felt unsure about it as she remembered her friends having similar nightmares leading up to Discord and Time Eater being present. Once the thought crossed her mind, she thought about telling him about the nightmares her friends had, but her stomach rumbled, causing her to blush and laugh in embarrassment.

Mordecai smiled at this and said, “It’s a good thing I came up here, Spike just finished making breakfast.” Twilight asked, “What did he make?” He simply said, “Blueberry pancakes.” She then got out of bed, and they left her bedroom.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back in the Center of Time, Discord had returned after a day of spreading his chaos throughout the planet. After seeing him, Time Eater asked, “Enjoy yourself out there?” Discord crossed his arms and said, “Not really.” Time Eater then asked, “What? Didn’t spread enough chaos out there?” Discord turned and said, “Trust me, I’ve spread a lot, just had some problems in one area though.”

Wanting to change the subject, Discord asked with a smirk, “What did I miss from yesterday’s divide and conquer?” Time Eater said, “Remember when I mentioned Silver?” Confused by this, Discord said, “Yeah, I remember…why?” Time Eater continued and said, “Both he and Blaze had traveled in time and had a helping hand with everyone.” Discord asked, “So, we’re back on square one then?”

Time Eater tore open a portal on the ground and said, “Not quite. I already have a plan for what lies here” Discord looked at the portal and was surprised at what he saw. He said, “Tartarus? What do we need from there?” Time Eater said, “I’ve checked what is there, and I believe that one creature in there should be of good use to us for the next emerald.” A silhouette was shown on the portal. Time Eater then said, “I want you to bring this creature here and we’ll work on the next emerald after that.”

Discord shrugged at this, plugged his nose, jumped and did a cannonball motion into the portal.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After exiting the portal, Discord arrived at the entrance of Tartarus and started walking toward it. Before he could go any further, a giant black dog with three heads, known as Cerberus, had jumped out in front of him, blocking his path and started barking at him in an attempt to scare him off. After he stopped barking, Cerberus growled at Discord after seeing the draconequus hadn’t flinched after seeing him and was ready to pounce him.

Discord then snapped his fingers and a big piece of steak had appeared. He then used his magic and lifted the piece of meat in front of the dog, catching the attention of all three of the dog’s heads. After distracting the heads in amusement, he threw the steak away from the entrance and Cerberus chased after the meat. After catching the piece of meat, Cerberus attempted to eat it, but the other heads fought over the steak with each other, wanting to eat the meat as well. With the perfect distraction completed, Discord turned to the giant dog, and said with a smirk, “Good boy.”

As Cerberus continued to fight over the steak, Discord went into Tartarus and began his search for what Time Eater had told him to bust out.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________

While Sonic, Tails, Amy and Fluttershy were walking towards the library, the rest of the group had crossed into each other. They waved to each other and said their good mornings. Sonic turned to Finn and Jake and asked, “So what do you guys think of Ponyville?”

Finn scratched the back of his head and asked, “Are all of the ponies around here obsessed with humans?”

Sonic looked at him confusingly and asked, “What do ya mean?”

Finn said, “Last night, when me and Jake went with AJ, some aquamarine unicorn with a mint mane and tail greeted me, she said her name was Lyra. She looked at me as if I came out of a storybook or something. She asked me a bunch of weird questions, one of them was about the family sword,” he finished while pointing at the long red sword. Finn continued his story and said, “I was going to show her my sword handling skills, but she grabbed my hands and admired them as if they were lost treasure. I was going to ask her what she was doing, but she took off my hat, ran one of her hooves in my hair and she wore my hat.”

Applejack chuckled and said, “We haven’t had humans in Equestria in a long time, I guess with what Bon Bon has been telling me about Lyra was true.” Jake turned to her and asked, “And what did she tell you?” Applejack said, “She has an obsession with humans.” Finn looked at her and said, “Bon Bon? You mean the cream color pony with the blue and pink mane and tail?”

Interested in the story, and wanting Finn to continue, Sonic asked, “What happened next?” Finn said, “Bon Bon took my hat off of Lyra, gave it back to me and apologized for her odd behavior and they left. I think they were arguing about something, but the only thing I heard while they were leaving was, ‘I told you they were real!’” After he finished telling the story, everyone had a good laugh from it. Sonic then pointed at Finn’s backpack that was holding both the Family Sword and the Root Sword and asked, “Do you use that sword very often?” Finn said, “I’m good at hand to hand combat as well, but yeah, the sword is one thing I use to defend myself with.” Shadow asked, “Defend yourself from what exactly?” Finn said, “From a lot of monsters that are in Ooo, I even use my sword to deflect any magic that is used against me.”

Fluttershy said, “I didn’t know there was magic outside of Equestria.” Finn turned to her and said, “Yeah, there’s magic in Ooo, but unfortunately for me and Jake, out of all the magic users there are, we have to put up with the Ice King the most.” Knuckles said, “Who’s the Ice King.” Jake couldn’t pass this opportunity up, so he said, “A big nerd,” earning a good laugh from everyone. After everyone settled down, Finn said, “He’s this guy that has a magical crown, and it gives him the power to use ice and snow. He usually kidnaps princesses so he can marry one of them.” Everyone looked at each other in confusion after hearing this. Finn then said, “It’s sad really.” Sonic said, “The guy’s seriously screwed in the head by the sounds of it.” Finn and Jake both thought to themselves, “You don’t know the half of it.” Sonic said, “I just hope he doesn’t hear about this place.” Finn turned to him and said, “Why’s that?” He said, “Because there’s a couple of princesses here.” Before he could ask any further, they had arrived at Twilight’s home.

As they approached her home, the door had opened, revealing Mordecai, Rigby, and Twilight about to exit the tree home. After seeing everyone, Twilight said with a smile, “Good morning everyone.” After everyone exchanged their good mornings, they entered the library.

After everyone got comfortable in the library, Twilight noticed Silver and Blaze. She turned to Sonic and asked, “Uh Sonic, who are your friends?” Sonic looked in the direction and realized that Silver and Blaze haven’t been introduced. Before he could tell her, Silver interrupted and said, “Sorry for the lack of introductions. I’m Silver.” Blaze simply said, “And I’m Blaze.” Silver then added, “We came here from the future to try and change it.” Skeptical by this, Twilight said, “The future? I’m sorry, but unless you know any spells to do any time travel, that can’t be possible.” Sonic said, “He actually said that someone had helped him with a time traveling device.” Hearing this, Mordecai asked, “Like from ‘Back to the Future’?” Not wanting to make the story long, Silver scratched the back of his head and said, “Yeah, something like that.” Mordecai said, “Cool.”

Silver continued to explain the reason why he and Blaze were in the present and said, “We came here because the world has been conquered in our time.” Fluttershy asked, “Conquered? How?” Blaze said, “Discord, that’s how.” The group that didn’t go to the Land of Ooo gasped at this. Silver said, “In the future, Discord had managed to get all of the Chaos Emeralds, and prevented the Elements of Harmony from working against him.” Worried over this news, Amy asked, “And what exactly happened that caused that future?” Blaze said, “After coming back to this time, and with what Silver has told me, we finally figured out how he did it. He tricked Finn into killing Sonic and had told Twilight about Mordecai’s past experiences to keep her from using her element.” Amy fainted after hearing the news. Rarity went over to the unconscious hedgehog and started fanning her with her hoof in an attempt to wake her up again.

Not believing what he said, Rigby said, “Whoa, whoa, whoa. How could he have taken over? We have more emeralds than Discord does.” He looked at Mordecai and asked, “Don’t we?” Mordecai said, “Well, Discord has the yellow emerald.” Sonic added, “As well as the purple emerald we had.” Rigby then asked, “So…we only have one emerald then?” Sonic pulled out the red emerald and said, “Actually, we have two.” Pinkie asked, “How’d you get that one?” Sonic said, “This one was from the Land of Ooo. We got it after we dealt with Xergiok and his army of cyclopses and earclopses.” The group that didn’t stay in Ooo looked at him in confusion. Twilight spoke up and asked, “An army of what?” Finn turned to her and asked, “You know what a cyclops is right?” She said, “Yes.” Finn continued and said, “Earclopses are the same, except it has a giant ear for a head.”

After bringing up the earclops, Sonic turned to Knuckles and asked, “Speaking of which, how did you guys take the two armies down?” Everyone focused their attention on Knuckles, Jake, Silver, Applejack, Rainbow Dash and Rarity. Knuckles said, “Remember when Finn said that the earclopses had sensitive hearing?” Sonic nodded to his question. Knuckles said, “That wasn’t the case with these ones.” Finn asked, “What do you mean?” Jake said, “He means, that Xergiok was ready this time and had cast a spell to protect their hearing.” Knuckles continued the story and said, “They were tough, but we were able to handle them, that is, until a giant cyclops came out of nowhere.”

The others stared at them in shock, as he continued the story. “That cyclops was at least two times bigger than the army Xergiok brought. It swung its giant club at us, but I was able to stop it with my hands.” Silver shook his head in disapproval and said, “If we weren’t there, you would have been squashed like a bug.” Knuckles glared at him as he continued telling what had happened in the fight and said, “It’s true that he stopped the club, but we still had an army that surrounded us. I was able to stop a good amount of them with my psychokinesis.” Rigby looked at him confusedly and said, “Your what?” Silver then raised his right hand and a cyan aura had suddenly surrounded Rigby. He lifted him off the ground with it, and put him back down, shocking everyone that hadn’t seen the technique before. Silver then said, “I used that on at least ten of them, and threw them at the other cyclopses and earclopses.”

Rainbow Dash continued the story and said, “After seeing what Silver could do, we focused on taking the giant cyclops down. I flew at it, and I bucked it in the gut, as hard as I could.” Rarity added, “I bucked the cyclops in the shin, and it lost its balance from it. Knuckles ended up tossing it on its back after that.” Applejack said, “It tried to get back up again, but I asked Jake if he could stretch his arm into a lasso, he said he could, and formed it easily. I grabbed his arm, swung it over the cyclops, and tied it up, before it could attack again.” Everyone looked at Jake in confusion after hearing what Applejack had just said. He said, “She means this,” and showed everyone that he could stretch is body. He then said, “After tying that cyclops up, Knuckles grabbed my arm and swung it around with great force. He was able to knock some of them out with it, while the others tried running away. We let it go at the rest of the cyclopses and earclopses and it rolled them over.”

After finishing their story, Sonic turned to Shadow and asked, “How about you Shadow? How was it like being here for a day?” Instead of saying anything, all Shadow did was glare at Rigby, who in turn, glared back at him. Rouge answered for him and said, “These two didn’t get along here yesterday.” Sonic asked in confusion, “Why’s that?” Rigby pointed accusingly at Shadow and yelled, “It’s because this turd ruined my chocolate cake!” Amy slowly regained consciousness after hearing the sudden outburst. Fluttershy gasped at what Rigby just said and she said in a disapproving tone, “Such language!” Shadow retorted in an equally angered tone and said, “Only after you ruined my swiss rolls, Rig-bonehead!” Rigby clutched his fists in anger and yelled, “WHAT?!” Mordecai lightly chuckled at this and thought, ‘I gotta remember that one.’

Rigby then lunged at Shadow, while he raised a fist and was ready to fight, but they were both stopped by Silver’s psychokinesis. Blaze said, “By the time I entered the store, these two were about to kill each other. I didn’t know why though.” Shadow said, “It started when stupid here was being rude to one of the ponies that had crossed eyes. Mordecai gave me permission to punch him if he acted up, so I did.” Blaze then said, “With how things went, I’m glad I told them about our little problem, or it could have gotten ugly yesterday.”

Rigby continued his struggle in the cyan aura in an attempt to break free and said, “Let me go, so I can kick that hedgehog’s butt!” Shadow scoffed at this and said, “You couldn’t beat an egg with how hard you hit.” Silver said, “Look guys, you two might not like each other, but save it until after Time Eater and Discord are taken care of. There was enough drama yesterday” They rolled their eyes at this and said in unison, “Fine.” Silver released them from his grip after they had finally calmed down. Jake spoke up and said, “How exactly are we gonna stop them? Time Eater nearly sucked us into that portal back in Ooo, although, I can’t say the same for the goblins. And other than changing forms, what else can Discord do?” Twilight said, “Discord’s got a lot of powers of his own, but the best way I can say this is that he can literally turn the world upside down with a snap of his fingers.” Jake then asked, “Is there anything that can stop something like that?”

Sonic said with a smirk, “There is actually.” Jake looked at him in confusion. The ponies then pulled out their necklaces and tiara, showing him what he was talking about. Still confused, Jake asked, “And what are these supposed to be?” Twilight answered him and said, “These are the Elements of Harmony.” She continued explaining to him what each of them represented and said, “These elements are each known as, Honesty, Kindness, Laughter, Generosity, Loyalty and Magic, and they have stopped Discord before.” Jake was going to question the elements, but Mordecai interrupted his train of thought and said, “Trust me, we’ve seen them work before. They turned a Moon Monster into a toy.” Rigby then said, “I keep telling you, it’s Beef Burrito.” Mordecai turned to him and said, “Dude, I keep telling you, it’s not Beef Burrito, we put it in the closet a long time ago.” Not wanting to admit he was wrong, Rigby offered a bet and said, “Ten bucks says your wrong.” Mordecai shook Rigby’s hand and said, “I’ll take that bet.”

Sonic said, “Anyway, as Twilight was saying, the Elements of Harmony can stop Discord.” Finn spoke up and asked, “If the Elements of Harmony stopped him before, how did he still manage to escape?” Sonic scratched the back of his head and said, “Time Eater was the one that helped him escape this time. But don’t worry about that, I paid a visit to Canterlot, talked with Princess Luna about this, and I learned something new about the elements.” Everyone looked at him in confusion. Tails asked, “When did you go to Canterlot?” Twilight added, “And when did you meet Luna?” Sonic said, “Last night, just before I fell asleep myself. I was going to talk to Celestia about the elements, but I’m glad that her sister knew about them as well. She told me that she and Celestia had done some research on the elements sometime after you used them on Discord.” The ponies leaned in and said in unison, “Yes?” Sonic smiled at this, continued his explanation and said, “They found something out about them.” They leaned a little closer, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Mordecai and Shadow also leaning in, and said in unison, “Yes?” He then said, “It’s the best thing I’ve heard that they can do.” After saying this, everyone leaned in with interest and said, “Yes?” Sonic concluded by saying, “They have the ability to steal Discord’s chaotic powers.”

Everyone gasped in surprise to the news. Sonic then said, “I know I was surprised too. Luna told me that, since sealing him in stone a second time didn’t work, we can try to seal him and have his powers taken away.” Finn asked, “Okay, so how do we track him?” Tails said, “I’ve been fixing our radar last night, and I think I got all the bugs figured out. This was how we were able to find the emerald back in Ooo. With this fixed up, we can try to catch him where the next emerald will be at.” Tails then turned the radar on, and after a few minutes, the radar had picked up the next emeralds location. The group exited the library and traced the emerald that was one hundred miles from Equestria. They gathered around Sonic, he used Chaos Control and they teleported to the new location.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ed was sitting in his basement and was reading one of his comic books on his bed, completely lost in the story he was reading. The comic was called, “The Revenge of Evil Tim”. He continued reading from page to page, until he heard a knock on his window. After getting off his bed, Ed opened the window and discovered that Eddy and Double D were the ones that were knocking on his window.

He was going to give them a hug, but Eddy grabbed one of his arms and slammed him into the ground. Ed groaned at this and asked in confusion, “What did I do?” Double D attempted to pull him back up, he strained himself, but he eventually got him off the ground and said, “It’s not you Eddy’s mad at, he’s still peeved from yesterday.” They approached Eddy and attempted to calm him down. After calming him down, the trio then left Ed’s backyard and began walking with no direction set. The walk eventually led the Eds to walk down the Lane, and go to their hangout.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Shortly after they walked down the Lane, a bright light had flashed in the playground, revealing Sonic and co.; after arriving, everyone did a quick look around. Pinkie asked, “We’re back at the park?” Mordecai said, “No, the park is a lot bigger than this.” Sonic turned to Tails and asked, “So the emerald is here?” Tails looked over the monitor and said, “Not ‘right here’, right here, but it is nearby.” Tails tried to determine the emeralds location, but the radar started acting up again. Knuckles shook his head at this and said, “Better find it, before someone else does.” Twilight said, “Ok, it doesn’t look like this place is that big, so I think we can split up into teams to cover more ground.” Everyone agreed to Twilight’s proposal and she assigned Sonic, Tails, Fluttershy, Rainbow Dash, Knuckles and Silver as team one. Team two had Amy, Rouge, Rarity, Blaze and herself. Team three had Applejack, Finn, Jake, Shadow, Pinkie Pie, Mordecai and Rigby. The three teams split up and looked around the closest areas to the playground.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Team one went to the houses. After talking with the ponies, Tails gave the radar to Rigby, so team three can try to look for the emerald in the woods, while Rarity’s gem-finding spell can help team two in the construction zone. Once Sonic and his team arrived at the houses, he suggested for them to check the roofs of the homes, just incase the emerald was up there. Tails, Silver and Rainbow flew up to the roofs, while Sonic, Fluttershy and Knuckles checked the ground. Sonic turned and noticed Fluttershy was still on the ground and asked, “Fluttershy, what are you doing on the ground? Shouldn’t you be up there with the others?” She said, “I thought it would be easier if we had three each on the ground and on the roofs.” She mumbled something else, but he didn’t notice it. Without pursuing the issue any farther, Sonic shrugged it off and started their search for the emerald around the homes.

While on the ground, Fluttershy had seen a house nearby and spotted a pig and a goat. After seeing them, she immediately thought about asking them for help. Sonic noticed her walking towards the house and followed her. As they entered the backyard, the pig, known as Wilfred, and the goat, known as Victor, had stopped eating and saw the duo. Before Victor got defensive with the intruders, Fluttershy noticed the change in his behavior and said, “It’s okay, it’s okay. We’re not here to cause any trouble.” Both Wilfred and Victor looked at each other in confusion after the pegasus had spoken to them, while Sonic looked at her in shock thinking to himself, “Did she just speak to actual farm animals?”

After getting their attention, she said, “Hello there, my name’s Fluttershy, and this is Sonic.” After being introduced, Sonic waived awkwardly to Victor and Wilfred. Fluttershy continued talking to them and said, “We’re here to try and find something that belongs to him that might have come here. Did either of you see anything by chance?” While they were talking to Fluttershy, Knuckles entered the yard and spotted Sonic. Once he approached him, he said, “We haven’t found anything around the houses, why’s Fluttershy-?” Sonic stopped him from talking by raising a finger to silence him and said, “She’s asking them if they saw the emerald.” Surprised by this, Knuckles said, “She can talk to these animals?” Sonic nodded and said, “And I think she can understand them as well.”

After she finished talking to Wilfred and Victor, Fluttershy turned to Sonic and said, “They said they saw something fall in that direction a couple of nights ago.” She pointed a hoof past the houses. Still trying to take in the fact that she spoke to animals, Sonic regained his composure and said, “Well…that’s very helpful of them.” The trio waved at Victor and Wilfred and left the yard.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Team two arrived at the construction zone and decided to split into two groups. Twilight and Blaze searched one side of the construction zone, while Rarity, Rouge and Amy searched the other. Curious about the ability, Rouge turned to her and asked, “So you use that spell to find gems?” Rarity said, “Yeah, why do you ask?” Rouge said, “I never knew a pony could do any treasure hunting.” Rarity quickly said, “Oh nonononononono, it’s not like that. I just look for the gems I would need to make my dresses.” Rouge looked at her in surprise and said, “You use the gems to help make your dresses? I gotta give some of them a look later.” Amy shook her head at this and thought to herself, “I really hope she doesn’t get robbed.”

Amy went over to Twilight and Blaze to see if she could help them. By the time she approached them, Blaze walked up to her and said, “Amy, could you see if you can help Twilight with her problem?” Before she could ask what the problem was, Blaze had already left and was walking towards Rouge and Rarity. Still confused, Amy walked over to Twilight, who was lifting some of the construction equipment with her magic. After setting them down, Amy said, “Blaze said you needed help with something. Do you mind telling me what kind of help you need?” Twilight felt nervous about what she wanted to ask. She tried to change the subject and said, “Ugh, it’s nothing. I think some of my books back home might help me on this.”

Amy saw the nervous smile Twilight had, and wasn’t going to let the subject go so easily. Twilight lifted a cement mixer and tried to see if the emerald was under it. Amy then said, “You like someone, don’t ya?” After hearing the question, Twilight dropped the cement mixer in surprise. She turned to Amy and said, “Wh-what? What makes you say that?” Amy said, “It’s a sixth sense for me, plus your not hiding it with that blush on your face.” As stated, Twilight had a light blush on her face, but it only grew darker after it was pointed out.

After proving her point, Amy said with a smirk, “So…who’s the lucky guy you’ve got a crush on?” Unsure about what she was feeling, Twilight said, “Even if what I’m feeling is a crush, how can you tell?” Feeling content with the question, Amy said, “Just thinking about that special someone alone, makes every little moment in your life huge!” After hearing this, Twilight started thinking about her possible crush again. Her blush returned after thinking it over, but another thought had come to her mind as she realized something. She turned to Amy, who was lost in her own thoughts, and said, “I still have one more thing to bring up. My crush isn’t exactly a pony, its Mordecai.” Amy snapped back to reality after hearing this. Feeling discomfort overtake her, Twilight said, “Wouldn’t it be weird if someone had feelings for someone that wasn’t the same species as them?”

Amy said, “That shouldn’t matter at all! I mean, my friend Cream, her mom Vanilla the Rabbit, has feelings for Vector the Crocodile, and it doesn’t bother her that he’s different. Rouge teases Knuckles almost all the time, and she is very close to Shadow. I don’t think it matters to her either.” Twilight stared at her in shock after hearing these examples. Wanting to get to the point, Amy took Twilight’s hooves into her hands and said, “What I’m trying to say is that, if you do have feelings for Mordecai, don’t let any differences you have with him stop you from being happy.”

Twilight smiled after hearing what Amy had to say. She then said, “Thank you Amy, it means a lot to get some help on this.” Amy smiled, gave her a hug and said, “What are friends for?” After they finished hugging, Rarity said to them, “Girls! I think I found where the emerald is!”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Team three had arrived in the forest, however, Rigby was seen trying to work the radar. Seeing him struggle, Shadow said, “Did you break it already?!” Rigby said, “No! The screen’s just black.” Rigby then handed the radar to Mordecai so he can continue his argument with Shadow. While they were bickering, Mordecai looked over the radar and saw what the problem was. Shadow had Rigby in a headlock and was about to punch him, until Mordecai said, “Dudes, it’s cool. It was only turned off.” Still in the headlock, Rigby crossed his arms with pride and said, “Hmm, hmm, hmm.” Shadow still gave Rigby a punch in the face after his gloating. After taking the radar back, Shadow said, “Me, Finn and Jake will look over the trees to see where the radar will point to.” Mordecai said, “That’s cool, we’ll look down here on the ground.” Shadow walked over to Finn and Jake and asked if they could have a better look over the trees, the duo nodded in agreement. Applejack also asked if she could join them, and the duo gave her a nod as well. After Finn told Shadow and Applejack to get on Jake’s back, Jake stretched his legs and lifted them over the trees.

Mordecai was looking past the trees, looking towards the construction zone. Pinkie noticed this and said, “Hey Mordecai, what are you looking at?” He snapped out of his thoughts and quickly said, “Huh? Oh, uh. Nothing. It’s nothing.” Rigby scoffed at his response and said, “Yeah right, he’s just thinking about Twi-.” Before he could finish his sentence, Mordecai punched him in the shoulder, he groaned and rubbed his shoulder after the hit he received. Pinkie bounced around them and said in excitement, “Ooh, if your thinking about somepony, then it must mean you like them. Is it somepony I know? Is it? Is it? Huh huh huh?” Mordecai thought about not telling her, but he didn’t feel like keeping this a secret anymore.

He turned to her and said, “I’ll tell ya, only if you keep it between us.” Pinkie nodded to this and said, “Sure! I’ll give you my Pinkie Promise to prove it.” Before she could do the motions to her Pinkie Promise, Rigby had extended his pinky finger to her. She looked at him in confusion and said, “Um, Rigby, what are you doing?” He said, “A pinky promise, what does it look like?” Mordecai slapped Rigby on the back of his head and said, “Dude! Does it look like there’s a pinky on that hoof?” Rigby looked at the hoof, put his hand down slowly after realization had hit him and said, “Oh, right. Sorry.” Pinkie giggled at this and said, “It’s alright.” She said, while doing her motions, “Cross my heart, hope to fly, stick a cupcake in my eye.”

Mordecai thought it was odd, but he felt that she could keep his secret. He motioned her to come closer so he could tell her. Once she was close enough, he said with a light blush present on his face, “I… I have a crush on Twilight.” Pinkie gasped in surprise from the news. She looked at him, still in shock and said, “Really?” He responded to her question with a shy smile and a nod. After getting over her shock over the news, Pinkie said with a smile, “Don’t worry about it. Your secret’s safe with me.” Relieved by this, Mordecai said, “Thanks, Pinkie.”

Back with Shadow, Applejack, Finn and Jake, Finn was trying to get to know Shadow better. He said, “Anything on the radar yet?” Not much of a conversation type of person, Shadow said, “Not yet.” Finn nodded at this and thought over a few things to talk about. After coming up with something, he said, “Why are swiss rolls your favorite treat?” Shadow said, “Because they’re good. Is that a problem?” Finn quickly said, “No, no problem. It’s just that, I like apple pie.”

After hearing this, Applejack said, “Really? Who makes them?” Jake chimed in and said, “Our friend Tree Trunks makes the best apple pies back in Ooo.” Applejack said with a smile, “I’d like to meet her sometime, but I can tell you two right now that I can make a good apple pie myself.” Finn said, “Really?” Applejack chuckled at his surprise and said, “Sugarcube, I live on an apple farm. Me and the rest of my family make a lot of good apple products.” Before she could tell them what they make, Finn said, “We’ll start with the apple pie when we get back to Equestria, if that’s ok.” Applejack said, “That’d be fine.”

After the radar had picked up something, Shadow yelled to the others and said, “Hey guys! I finally found the emerald!”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

The teams met up again at the entrance of the Lane and they each had news of the emerald. Fluttershy spoke first and said, “I talked with some animals and they told me that they saw something go in that direction.” She pointed in the direction in the Lane. Knuckles said, “I don’t know how that works, but I do sense something over there.” Twilight said, “Rarity said she picked something up with her magic over there as well.” Mordecai said, “That’s cool, the radar picked something up over there, but from where we were on Jake’s back, it looked like a junkyard.” Rarity said, “A junkyard? Really?” Sonic said, “Wherever the emerald is, we’re going.” And with that, the group walked into the Lane, towards the Junkyard.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

In the Junkyard, the Eds were in their purple retro van, with flames painted on the sides. Eddy was on the driver’s seat, Ed was on the passenger seat with his head sticking out the window, and Double D was resting on the waterbed behind them. They had been running potential scams to each other after arriving. Double D said while going through his notepad, “How about we try the Pesky Problem Fixers again?” Eddy said, “The only call we ever got on that was from some dumb broke kid, I’m not gonna go through with that again.” Double D flipped a page and said, “Go-kart racing?” Eddy thought this over and said, “Maybe, but I don’t feel like doing the go-kart racing idea right now.” Ed got back in the van and said, “How about a pool party?” Eddy turned to him and said, “Who does a pool party in spring?” After seeing how down he looked, Double D asked, “What’s wrong Eddy?” Eddy said, “Nothing. Just going through another scam block is all. I think we just need a break from all of this.” Double D said, “With the kids being sick, I don’t think that’ll be a problem.”

After a few minutes of relaxing, Ed looked out the passenger window and noticed something. Feeling excited from what he saw, he said, “Is that a mutant horse?” Thinking their friend was being random again, both Eddy and Double D ignored him. Ed then said while pointing, “Honest and for truly guys, I think I see a mutant horse over there.” Eddy shook his head at this, while Double D checked out the drop-shaped window, still in doubt from what Ed was saying. After looking out the window, he couldn’t believe what he was seeing. He was actually seeing a white unicorn in the Junkyard. He immediately pulled out his notepad and started taking notes from what he was seeing.

Shortly after seeing the white unicorn, he saw a second unicorn, this one however, was lavender colored. They both had picked up some of the garbage with their magic, however the white unicorn looked disgusted after grabbing the garbage. Double D then said in excitement, “Eddy! Ed wasn’t lying! I see two unicorns!” After they had set the garbage down, Eddy turned to see them. Eddy being himself, said, “Guys, we pulled a unicorn stunt ourselves. Those could be kids in costumes themselves.” Double D rolled his eyes at this and thought, “Honestly Eddy, what kid could be shorter than you?”

Once the unicorns had left, Double D decided to leave the van and wanted to do a personal research on them. Noticing this, Eddy said, “Where ya goin?” He soon after left the van, with Ed following behind, tripping while he exited the van. They then climbed over some of the garbage and began observing them. After a short while, four other ponies had arrived, two of them, adding to Double D’s surprise were pegasi, while the other two were regular ponies, but the thing that surprised him the most was that each of the other equine were a different Technicolor.

As they continued to watch, a six-foot blue jay and a raccoon had suddenly appeared. The lavender unicorn turned to the blue jay and said, “Did you find anything Mordecai?” Mordecai shook his head at this. After hearing the unicorn speak, Eddy said in shock, “THEY CAN TA-!” Before he could finish his sentence, Double D covered Eddy’s mouth as quick as he could.

After hearing the random outburst, Rigby asked, “Did anyone else hear that?” Double D then said in a hushed tone, “Ssh Eddy! We don’t want to scare them off.” Ed approached the duo and said, “Scare who off?” They then pulled him down and ducked in an attempt to hide and not be seen by them. The junk they were on however, had started to rumble, and Jake the dog had stretched out from under them. He said, “Couldn’t find it underground from where I dug.” He then noticed the garbage on his head and brushed it off. After the swipe, he felt a few things grabbing his hand. He checked his hand and saw three kids hanging onto his hand for dear life. He gave them an apologetic look and said, “Oops, sorry.” He then shrunk down in size and set them on the ground. After they let him go, they were left in a state of shock from what they had seen within the last few minutes.

Finn approached the group and said, “I found nothing on my end.” He then noticed the Eds and thought with a smile, “Cool, I’m glad to see that I’m not the only human alive.” He approached them and said, “Hey, what’s-whoa. What’s got you three scared?” After hearing the new voice, Double D and Eddy stopped their shacking and turned to Finn. Eddy said, “Who are you supposed to be?” Finn said, “I’m Finn, and the dog you see is Jake.” Ed continued shaking, but instead of it being out of fear, it was out of excitement. He then grabbed the ponies, Mordecai, Rigby and Jake into a big hug. Still excited, Ed said, “Look at all these new furry friends guys!”

They all struggled to get free, not because of the strong hold he had on them, but because of the bad smell coming from him. Double D seeing this, said, “Ed, let them go!” After doing what he was told, Ed instantly let everyone go. Once they were released, they all took deep breaths, recovering from what they experienced from him.

After hearing the shout, Sonic and the others came around a corner and approached the group. Sonic said, “What’s wrong guys?” Tails said, “We heard shouting, is everything alright?” Ed seeing the new animals, as well as recognizing them, just stared at them in shock. Still trying to catch his breath, Mordecai said, “We’re fine, just don’t let that kid hug you. It smells like a skunk died on him or something.” Remembering an encounter she had with a skunk family, Twilight shivered at this and said, “Ugh, please don’t remind me.” Mordecai noticed the angry glare he was getting from Eddy, he looked behind him and saw that there was no one behind him. He gave him a friendly wave and said, “Um…hello.” Eddy said, “Are you really some kind of bird or something?” Feeling confused, Mordecai said, “Uh, yeah. I’m not sure what gave it away, the feathers, or the beak. Why?” Eddy just said, “I hate birds.” Feeling defensive from this, Mordecai said, “Whoa, whoa. Dude, not cool. I don’t even know you, and you’re already like this? I thought Rigby had problems.” After hearing this, Rigby said, “Hey!”

Before anything could escalate between Eddy and Mordecai, Double D said, “Eddy, that was rude.” He then turned to Mordecai and said, “I’m sorry for Eddy’s rude behavior, it’s just been a bad day for him.” Mordecai said, “Yeah, I guess.” Realization suddenly hit him, as he said, “Where are my manners? My name is Eddward, but my friends call me Double D, and as you know, this is Eddy, and the tall one is Ed.” After hearing this, Mordecai couldn’t help but laugh. He then said, “Wait, Ed, Edd and Eddy? What are the chances of meeting three kids with the same name?” Hearing this, Rigby said, “Are you serious?” After calming down from his laughter, Mordecai said, “My name is Mordecai, and this is Rigby.” Double D then approached the duo and said, “How is it that you are a blue jay? I’ve never seen one as tall as a person before.” As he was talking to them, he was writing notes down on his notepad. He turned to Rigby and said, “And I’ve never seen a raccoon as big as you. A normal one isn’t that tall, you also look a little bigger than twenty pounds.” Getting annoyed with Double D, Rigby said, “STOP TALKING!” Eddy lightly scoffed to this and said to himself, “If only.”

After feeling his hostility, Double D slowly backed away from Rigby and focused his attention on the ponies. After focusing his attention on the ponies, Twilight spoke up and said, “Sorry about Rigby’s short fuse.” Double D waived it off and said, “It’s no trouble, I have to deal with Eddy’s temper myself.” Twilight then said, “My name is Twilight Sparkle, and these are my friends, Pinkie Pie, Fluttershy, Rarity, Applejack and Rainbow Dash. We’re from a town called Ponyville.” As he was writing everything down, he suppressed the urge to laugh at the name of where the ponies had come from. After they introduced themselves, he said, “I’ve never seen any equine like you six before. Two unicorns and two pegasi are one thing, but all of you have very unique and wonderful Technicolor coats.” The ponies smiled at his comment, while Rarity blushed at this and said, “I’m glad someone has a good eye for noticing personal care.”

After finishing talking to the ponies, Double D and Eddy turned to see Ed still staring at Sonic and co. Sonic looked to them and gave them a confused look to see why he was like this. Eddy went to Ed’s side and said, “Hey lumpy, snap out of it!” Ed finally snapped out of his trance after hearing the sudden outburst and said, “Guys, don’t you recognize who’s here? It Sonic and his friends.” Sonic looked at him and said, “You’ve heard about us?” Ed turned back to them and said in excitement, “Who can forget a demonic alien invasion?” Shadow cringed at the mention of the incident with Black Doom, while the others looked on in shock. Twilight said, “An alien invasion?” Amy waved off the question and said, “It’s a long story.”

Ed said, “What brings you to these parts?” Eddy chimed in and said, “And what’s with the traveling petting zoo you got going?” Sonic pulled out the red emerald and said, “We’re here to try and look for one of these.” Ed looked at it admiringly and said, “Cool.” Double D saw the gem and said, “What’s that supposed to be?” Before Sonic could say anything, a familiar voice interrupted him and said, “That would be a Chaos Emerald.” Everyone looked up to see Discord floating above them with a smug look on his face. After seeing the draconequus, Eddy said, “Whoa! Serious freak show!” Discord snapped his talons and a cotton candy appeared next to him. He then made a glass appear in his talon and placed it under the cloud while it rained chocolate milk into the glass.

After getting his glass filled, Discord said, “You haven’t seen anything yet short stack.” Paying no attention to Eddy’s anger, Discord drank his milk as if nothing was wrong. Double D turned to Twilight and was going to ask who the mysterious creature was, but she beat him to the question and said, “That’s Discord, we’re trying to get the emeralds before he does.” Discord appeared between Twilight and Double D and said, “And you will fail on this one just as you did the last. How you may ask? I brought a friend from Tartarus that would just love to meet you.” This knowledge shocked Twilight to no end. Discord snapped his talons and disappeared in an instant.

After he disappeared, Eddy said, “What a load of bunk. We can find that emerald before he can. We know this junkyard like the back of our hands.” He started walking away, but the walk was short-lived as he reached the edge of the spot they were on and almost fell off the edge. Rainbow Dash grabbed him by the shirt just in time and pulled him back. Eddy said, “Thanks Rainbow.” Confused by this, Sonic said, “What happened?” He went to the edge and saw that the entire junkyard was ripped from the ground and was floating in the air.

Before any questions could be asked, Pinkie Pie’s tail started twitching and she said, “My Pinkie Sense! Twitch-a-twitch! Twitch-a-twitch!” Double D looked at her in confusion and said, “Pinkie what?” In an attempt to save him from what she had been through, Twilight said, “You don’t want to go there. Trust me.” After hearing the outburst, Eddy said, “Pinkie Sense? Who writes this stuff?” Pinkie looked at him and casually says, “Writers have noting to do with it. I named it myself.” Catching how Pinkie said it, Eddy goes to her and asks, “Especially this writer?” Pinkie replies, “Especially this writer.” Before anyone could question anything, they heard flapping in the air. After a few moments, a giant blue demon fell from the sky and landed in front of the group emitting a growl after it landed. The demon’s appearance was a shock to see. It towered over everyone in size, it had two pairs of wings on its back, with one set of wings was on its head, sharp teeth, three fingers and toes, a red spike on it’s ankles and elbows, green blood-shot eyes and two horns on it’s head.

Trying to keep a brave face, Mordecai leaned over to Twilight and said, “Twi, please tell me you know what that thing is.” Twilight said, “The demon is known as Zodick. He has been known for trying to take Equestria with his ability to summon an army of monsters. He almost succeeded with his army, until Princess Celestia and Princess Luna put an end to his attack and eventually sealed him in Tartarus. It has been said that the monsters he summoned disappeared after he was sealed away, but some of them have escaped into the Everfree Forest for survival.”

After looking it over, Eddy said, “It kinda looks like you Sonic.” Feeling angered by this, Sonic turned to him, pointed at the demon and said, “That thing looks NOTHING like me!” Zodick laughed at Sonic as he raised his right hand. In an instant, the demon summoned a monster that the Eds recognized. He summoned Edzilla, however, instead of it’s appearance looking like an assembled mess as Eddy and Double D remembered it, Edzilla actually had an appearance of a real monster. It still retained its grey color, but instead of it looking leathery, it looked scaly, the two hands that it had were real mouths instead of the makeshift mouths they made, the suction cups they put on the costume now resembled the suction cups an octopus had, a few more tentacles were visible on its upper body, the horns on its head and the spikes on its back appeared sharp. Sonic leaned towards Eddy and said, “Any idea what that thing is?” Eddy slowly nodded his head and said, “That was supposed to be a costume we tried to have Ed wear for an old scam of ours. We never named it ourselves, but we have known it as Edzilla, because of how much destruction he can cause.”

Zodick then raised his arm and summoned a traffic cone that had a drawn face on it, an egg that had a drawing on it, and the Piggy Bank Belly Pumper. Once they were out, Zodick used his powers to transform the objects into his own army. The traffic cone, which the Eds know it as Bob, came to life and took on a monstrous look of its own, the egg, that Ed remembered as Double G, had split into twenty four eggs, each of the eggs grew arms and also had a monster appearance, and the Piggy Bank Belly Pumper came to life. After seeing what they were going to deal with, Eddy yelled, “Quick, scatter!” Everyone then split up to avoid the army Zodick summoned, while Sonic stood his ground, glaring at the demon.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

While leaving everyone with Zodick, Discord started looking around the now empty junkyard for the emerald. After going around the empty area, he didn’t see any sign of the emerald. He was going to stop his search, until he noticed something on the ground. Once he got a better look at it, he said, “Is that the emerald’s imprint?”

As stated, the spot he was looking at was the exact shape of the emerald, leaving Discord to groan in frustration. He then said, “It just had to be on the junkyard.” He left the ground and started flying towards the floating junkyard, in hopes to getting the emerald before Sonic and the other’s find it before him.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

After splitting up, Mordecai had realized that he had nothing to use to defend himself against the army that had been summoned. He grabbed a rusted pipe and tried to use it against the traffic cone monster, but it grabbed the pipe and tossed it out of Mordecai’s hands. After getting distance from the traffic cone, he hid behind a trash pile and avoided confrontation with the monster. Shortly after, Finn had arrived with his family sword unsheathed as he had stabbed one of the egg monsters with it.

He then noticed that Finn still had a second sword still sheathed on his backpack. He said, “Hey Finn, is it cool if I borrow your second sword?” Finn looked at him in confusion and realized he still had the Root Sword with him and said, “Oh, I forgot I still had this. Sure, go ahead.” Mordecai then pulled the sword out of the pack and felt more confident in himself for the fight. After getting the Root Sword, Rigby just ran past him and Finn, with the traffic cone monster not too far behind him. Mordecai then chased after them, ready to help Rigby.

Rigby was then cornered and the traffic cone slowly approached him, taunting him with every step. Rigby shielded his eyes and screamed, believing that it was the end for him. As the traffic cone was an inch away from him, Mordecai stabbed the monster from behind, ending its existence and the drawn face was the only feature present on it. After retracting the sword from the traffic cone, Mordecai said, “You alright dude?” Rigby was still in shock from his encounter, but he was able to reply and said, “I’m fine, thanks.”

Mordecai gave him a thumbs up and the duo left the spot to see if they can help the others. Unknown to them, the traffic cone had started fixing itself and came back to life.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

As the others split up, they had avoided the monsters Zodick summoned as best as they could. Amy put up a fight with her Piko Piko Hammer, but one of the eggs had wrapped its arms around her and the Piggy Bank Belly Pumper machine sucked her up. Everyone tried to put up a fight, but each of them didn’t get far because of the teamwork the Double G monster eggs put for them, and each of them were sucked into the piggy bank machine.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back with Sonic, both he and Zodick stared each other down as they prepared themselves in a fighting stance, waiting for one of them to make the first move. Before either of them made a move, Sonic disappeared from Zodick’s sight. He reappeared in front of him as the threw the first punch. Zodick didn’t feel anything from the hit and attempted to hit Sonic, but because of his speed, he dodged the attack with ease. Zodick curled himself into a ball and launched himself towards Sonic in a spin dash attack.

Sonic dodged the attack at the last minute and said, “Using my tricks wont do you any good in this fight.” He then swung his right arm, while turning his hand into a fist and he yelled, “Sonic Wind!” In an instant, Zodick was engulfed in a cyclone of sky blue winds. Sonic thought to himself that the attack would put Zodick in his place, however, since Zodick was still curled into a ball, he bounced around the Sonic Wind and he launched himself towards Sonic with great speed. Once Zodick was close enough, he grabbed Sonic and he started slamming him into the ground.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Edzilla gave chase to the ponies, but before he could catch either of them, they split into six different directions. He looked in each direction and decided to go after what he thought was the slowest one in Twilight. Once he went in her direction, he eventually caught up to Twilight. Mordecai had continued his run from the traffic cone monster and had spotted Twilight running. He then saw Edzilla chase after her and with no second thoughts he followed them.

Twilight tried to use her magic on Edzilla, but found that her magic had no effect on the monster. She tried to run, but Edzilla grabbed one of her back hooves with one of his tentacles, and prevented her from running any further. He lifted her up and was about to eat her, until they heard a voice saying, “YOU PUT HER DOWN RIGHT NOW!!” Before Edzilla could react, Mordecai had leapt into the air and sliced off the tentacle holding Twilight, Edzilla screech in pain, and Twilight started falling to the ground.

Twilight had her eyes covered while she was falling, but before she could hit the ground, Mordecai caught her in his arms. Once she realized that she didn’t hit the ground, she uncovered her eyes and saw that she was in Mordecai’s arms. He looked at her in concern and said, “Are you okay?” Twilight blushed as she looked at him and nodded in response to his question. Before either of them could enjoy the moment, Edzilla grabbed them with one of his tentacles, catching them by surprise.

As they were lifted, Mordecai realized that his arms were still free from Edzilla’s grip. He repositioned his sword and stabbed the mouth on the tentacle they were wrapped in. Edzilla screeched in pain once again and threw them out of his grip. While in the air, Twilight was thrown out of Mordecai’s grip because of the monster, and once they started to fall, Twilight draped her hooves on Mordecai’s shoulders. After feeling her grab a hold of him, Mordecai thought fast and stabbed the Root Sword into the side of the floating junkyard and prevented them from falling any further.

Edzilla eventually got over the pain that was inflicted on him, and he started searching for Mordecai and Twilight. He craned his head over the edge of the land and tried to see if they were there. After seeing the monster, both Mordecai and Twilight held their breaths, trying not to make a sound, hoping that Edzilla will leave them alone.

Rainbow Dash saw Edzilla and flew to the monster. Edzilla heard the sounds of wings flapping and saw the pegasus near him. Rainbow then turned herself around, and bucked the monster in the face. Edzilla lightly said, “Ouch,” before becoming angry with Rainbow Dash and started chasing after her. After seeing the monster leave, both Mordecai and Twilight breathed a sigh in relief, glad that Rainbow helped them when they needed it. Mordecai turned to Twilight and said, “Want to get back up there?” Before she could answer, they heard something skidding on the ground, and saw a torn up glove hanging over the edge. After realizing who it was, Twilight said, “Are you alright Sonic?”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

As the Eds ran away from Zodick’s army, they had bumped into the Piggy Bank Belly Pumper machine. The trio turned around and split themselves to avoid the machine as best as they could, Ed dug into the trash and buried himself in it, Eddy hid in one of the abandoned cars in the junkyard, while Double D was still being chased, trying his best to hide from the machine. He was unfortunately not able to find a hiding spot, as the piggy bank cornered him and it had raised its snout.

Before anything could be done, the piggy bank was covered in a cyan aura, and it was thrown out of Double D’s way. Double D looked up to see that Silver was the one that had thrown the machine. He turned to Double D and said, “Get out of here now!” After Double D left, the egg henchmen ambushed Silver. He tried his best to fight them off, but unknown to him, Bob had positioned himself on top of the junk pile behind him and had one of the eggs with it. Bob then picked up the egg and threw it with all of its strength at the back of Silver’s head. Once contact was made, Silver was knocked out from the hit he received. He fell to the ground and was left defenseless from the army. The piggy bank returned and had seen Silver unconscious. It opened its snout, sucked him up, closed its snout and Silver was now stuck in the machine.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

As Sonic lay on the ground, he spotted something glimmer on the edge of the floating ground. As he got close enough to it, he saw that it was the blue Chaos Emerald. He reached out and was going to grab it. Once his hand was on the emerald, he saw the lion paw on it as well. He looked over the edge to see Discord trying to take it away from him, but the emerald was wedged into the ground and the two of them couldn’t pull the emerald out. As the two glared at each other, Discord yelled, “Let go!” Sonic rolled his eyes and said, “As if.”

While they continued their struggle with the emerald, they didn’t notice Zodick approaching them. It pulled its fist back and was ready to strike Sonic from behind, but Sonic dodged the attack at the last second and Zodick instead, punched Discord in the face. The hit was strong enough for Discord to dislodge the emerald from the ground. As Discord fell from the floating land with the emerald, he said, “Worth it.” He then snapped his fingers and fell through the portal, returning to the Center of Time.

While Sonic rolled away from the punch, Zodick returned its attention to him and stomped on the still rolling hedgehog. Sonic screamed in anguish after being stomped on by Zodick. The demon laughed at Sonic’s pain and started pounding Sonic into the ground. Meanwhile with Edzilla, he stopped his assault after hearing the scream and getting a hold of the five remaining ponies wrapped in his tentacles. As they witnessed Zodick’s attack, the ponies couldn’t bare to see Sonic going through such torture. Fluttershy covered her mouth with both of her hooves as she looked on with tears in her eyes. While Edzilla was distracted, Finn had charged from behind and stabbed his tail. Edzilla screeched once again and had let the ponies go. Fill pulled his sword out and said, “I’m the only one you get to face, dish rag!!”

Ed got on top of the piggy bank and once again had torn the machine on its side, freeing everyone that it had captured. Once they were free, Shadow and Silver exited and rushed to Sonic to help him. Zodick grabbed Sonic’s legs and lifted him up to his eye level. He was about to deliver the finishing blow, until Shadow yelled, “Chaos Spear!” A lightning bolt made out of chaos energy fired out of his hand and was shot at the demon. The attack made contact, causing Zodick to focus his attention on Shadow. Zodick tried to attack him with his free hand, but Shadow dodged it and tapped into the cyan emerald’s power and launched himself towards the demon in a spin dash attack. After bouncing off the demon, Silver grabbed Shadow with his psychokinesis and threw Shadow at Zodick. They continued this pattern until Zodick threw Sonic towards Silver, but he dodged the throw, causing Sonic to fly through some of the garbage. He skidded to a stop, and was close to the edge of the junkyard.

As Sonic was catching his breath, he heard a voice from over the edge say, “Are you alright Sonic?” Recognizing the voice belonging to Twilight, he said, “I’ve seen better days. How do we stop this thing?” Mordecai said, “Twi said that the army Zodick summoned will disappear if we send him back to Tartarus.” Sonic then said, “Do you know a spell for that?” Twilight said, “Yes, I know the spell for it, but your gonna have to knock him off the edge for it to work.” Sonic smiled at this and said, “Consider it done,” he coughed after his declaration.

He then tried to get back on his feet, but found it hard after the beating he had taken. Once he was on his feet, he felt pain in his left arm and immediately clutched his arm. He felt the blood coming from there, and he found it hard to move with how much pain he was feeling. Ed approached him and said, “Need help Sonic?” He said, “I need to attack Zodick and get him off this piece of land. Can you throw me at him?” Ed saluted to this, in his crossed eyes expression. He then grabbed one of the arms on his jacket and said, “Your wish is my lunch.” Before Sonic could question him, Ed skillfully pulled his jacket off and it wrapped around his waist. Sonic then pulled out the red emerald and was ready for his attack. Ed started spinning around slowly and started gaining momentum with his spins. After his third spin, he threw Sonic with all his might towards Zodick.

Once he was airborne, he focused on the red emerald and turned into a ball, launching himself in a spin dash attack. While Silver and Shadow had distracted him, Zodick didn’t see Sonic coming his way as he hit him square in the head, knocking him backwards in the process. Seeing that Sonic wasn’t able to continue the spin dash attack, Silver grabbed him with his psychokinesis and threw him at Zodick. As Zodick tried to regain his composure, Sonic had hit him once again in the head. After making contact again, he bounced and went into the air. He could have gone further, that is until Knuckles took off into the sky and grabbed Sonic with both hands. Once he gained control, he threw Sonic at the demon, and hit him in the head. The strength of the throw and Sonic’s spin dash attack was enough to send Zodick off the floating land.

After seeing Zodick fall from the land, Twilight activated her horn, the light raspberry aura covering it, and she opened a portal to suck the demon in it and send it back to Tartarus. Once the demon had fallen through the portal, Twilight activated her horn and teleported both her and Mordecai back onto the land. After they reappeared on land, Mordecai felt dizzy from the spell and said, “Now that is a spell.” The duo saw Edzilla, the Double G eggs and Bob transform back to their original forms, leaving everyone cheering, glad to see that they had won the fight. The celebration was cut short after they saw Sonic lying on the ground. Sonic had landed on the ground moments after Zodick disappeared, but because of the beating he took from the demon, he lost his balance and collapsed on the ground.

Everyone gasped at this and cried, “Sonic!” He tried to bet back up, but because of the pain on his left shoulder, he couldn’t hold himself up and he fell to the ground again. Before anyone could go near him, the land started to fall from the sky. Silver placed his hand on the ground and took a deep breath. In an instant, the whole junkyard was enveloped in a cyan aura, stopping the fall. Silver kept his focus and he slowly descended the land back to the ground.

With the land back in its place, the others approached the injured hedgehog, hoping he was alright. Fluttershy was the first to arrive next to him. After setting herself on her haunches, she gently turned him onto his back and rested his head on her legs. In the state he was in, everyone thought the worst has happened, until Fluttershy leaned her head onto his chest and said, “He’s breathing, he’ll be okay.” Jake said, “With how jacked up he is? I don’t think so.” He turned to Finn and said, “Do you still have that bottle of Cyclops tears with ya?” While Finn and Jake were talking to themselves, Fluttershy felt Sonic tense up after they mentioned the cyclops tears. She looked to Amy in confusion, hoping she can answer a question for her. She went over to her and whispered, “Sonic is afraid of water.” Surprised from hearing this, Fluttershy gave her a look that said, “Really?” Amy nodded at this, while Finn pulled out the bottle from his pack.

Before Finn could spray Sonic with the bottle, Fluttershy raised a hoof to stop him and said, “Wait.” Finn looked at her questioningly and was going to ask what the problem was, but she said, “I just need a minute with him.” Finn nodded to this and let her talk with Sonic. Sonic was still shaking, but he calmed down a little after he felt a hoof on his forehead. He opened his eyes to see Fluttershy gazing at him with kindness and felt transfixed just looking into her eyes. She then said in a soothing tone, “Shhh, it’ll be okay, Finn just wants to help you, that’s all.” He wanted to protest, but just hearing how assuring she sounded, Sonic closed his eyes and nodded, as if to say, “Let’s get this over with.” Fluttershy then nodded to Finn, and he splashed him with the cyclops tear, healing Sonic of all his wounds.

Double D was speechless after seeing what had happened, while Ed and Eddy were amazed by it and said in unison, “Cool!” Sonic got back on his feet and said, “Thanks for bringing that Finn.” Finn shrugged at this and said, “I kinda had a feeling we were gonna need it.” Eddy released a fake cough to catch Sonic’s attention. After Eddy turned to him, Eddy said, “So, what the heck was up with that Discord guy?” Sonic turned to the ponies and said, “The ponies are more familiar with him, than I am. They’ll tell you everything about him.”

The Eds focused their attention on the ponies, and Twilight said, “Discord is a draconequus that me and my friends had stopped a while ago back in Ponyville.” Double D said, “Draconequus huh? I’ve always heard of animals with multiple animal limbs being called chimeras, this is interesting.” Wanting to get to the point, Eddy said, “So what exactly did Discord do?” Applejack was going to say what she wanted to say about what he could do, but Pinkie interrupted Applejack and said, “Discord has the powers to manipulate reality, cause the animals to misbehave, spread chocolate rain everywhere and it can affect everything that it touches.” Ed said, “And by “affect” do you mean?” Applejack cut him off and said, “By “affect,” she means that, I had my corn turned into popcorn, my apples grew at least five times their actual size, and some of the animals had a slight mutation.”

After hearing this, Eddy thought it over and remembered smelling chocolate milk before seeing that their jawbreakers were turned to meatballs. Once it was all put together, the identity of their jawbreaker turned meatball mystery had been solved. He said, “So that…that…that…” Shadow said, “Jigsaw reject.” Eddy said, “No, not that.” Finn asked, “Well what then?” Eddy was tempted to say what he wanted to say, but he said, “I’d say it, but standards wont let me.” Everyone, but Ed and Double D, gave him a strange look. He then said, “Anyway, he was responsible for the chocolate rain we had the other day?” The ponies nodded to this. Eddy turned to Double D and Ed and the trio huddled up. He then said, “I had a feeling I smelled chocolate milk. Okay boys, now that that mystery has been solved, are you guys good to catch Discord and get some well deserved payback?” Double D said, “I don’t know, this seems crazier than searching for your brother.” Ed said, “But we’ll have Sonic and the others to help.”

The rest of the group looked to each other in confusion, wondering what the Eds were doing. After a moment, the Eds turned around to face everyone. Eddy said, “Can we join you guys on this journey?” Sonic said, “Any reason for this? I don’t mind the company, I just wanna know.” Eddy said, “Let’s just say, we got a bone to pick with Discord.” Sonic turned to everyone and said, “Anyone mind if these three tag along?” Everyone shook their heads at this and with that, Ed, Edd and Eddy joined the group to get the Chaos Emeralds. Tails looked over the radar, and found one emerald three hundred miles away from where they were in the east. Sonic raised his hand, holding the red emerald and used chaos control, teleporting everyone out of the Cul-de-Sac and went to the next emeralds location.

Chapter 10

After their latest attempt to stop ghosts by purchasing Fenton Works, and with it literally blowing up in their faces, we see two members of the Guys in White solemnly walking in defeat. Once they reached their headquarters, they went straight to their boss and told him everything. Their boss, Agent Alpha, wasn’t pleased with the results and was on the verge of terminating his operatives. Both Operative K and Operative O begged to keep their jobs, and with an exasperated sigh, the boss caved in and allowed them one more chance. Both operatives had left Amity Park in hopes of finding something to combat Danny Phantom.

Four months had passed since the Disasteroid incident, and both operatives were now seen walking in an unfamiliar area. This area appeared to be an abandoned launch base of some sort, but the two operatives pressed on and entered the base. After entering the base, the operatives were surprised from what they had discovered. They saw a great number of robots and hi-tech machinery scattered in the base. Operative K approached a giant mech. After finding an opening, he walked in and started inspecting the machine. After finding the control room, he pressed a button and started the machine.

Operative O looked on with a wicked grin. He then said, “K, I think we have found what we are looking for.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back in Amity Park, we see Danny and his friends trying to clear up a mysterious storm of cotton candy clouds by using the Specter Speeder to clear the sky. Some of the clouds were vaporized with the Ecto Gun, but some of the clouds had split in half to add more to the craziness that has been brought to the city. After attempting to clear the sky for so long, Tucker landed the Specter Speeder after hearing the engine sputtering.

After checking the engine, Tucker turned to Danny and said, “Dude, what’s with these clouds?” Danny said in an annoyed tone, “We had a visitor last night.” He then transformed into his ghost alter ego and flew up to the sky.

While he was flying and made an attempt to clear the clouds, Sam said through the Fenton Phones, “A visitor that can bring clouds that rain chocolate milk?”

While she asked him this, Danny fired his Ghost Ray at one of the clouds. It looked like it was going to explode, but instead, a torrent of chocolate milk shot out of the hole at Danny, covering him head to toe in its substance.

Danny then said, “Yeah, and you wouldn’t believe me if I told you what it was.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**FLASHBACK**

The night before, Danny was patrolling the city on his electric scooter without Sam and Tucker. He already had told them that he can do it on his own after seeing nothing eventful happening while they were on patrol earlier. After searching the city, there wasn’t any ghosts around. He decided to call it a night after he felt a raindrop hit him on the back. When it started down pouring, he noticed a familiar scent the rain had had and realized that the rain wasn’t ordinary rain.

“Why do I smell chocolate milk?” Danny said to himself. He got off his scooter and started looking for whatever was causing the strange weather.

“Odd weather we’re having, huh?” said an unfamiliar voice, startling Danny in the process.

Danny then instantly turned around to see a pair of misshaped red eyes staring back at him, causing him to tumble and fall backwards in shock. The creature then laughed at him after seeing the shocked expression the boy had. After settling down, the mysterious creature said, “That look you just had is priceless. I’ve seen a lot of you humans with that exact face, and it’s never gotten old.”

Danny got back on his feet, clenched his fists and said, “Well, I’m betting that neither human you’ve come across has done this either.”

The mysterious creature looked on in confusion, wondering what that statement meant. Danny then said, “I’m going ghost!” Discord turned away from the boy, yawning after hearing the battle cry.

He stopped in mid-yawn after he saw a bright light. He then turned around and saw the boy have two blue-white rings around his mid-section. The rings then moved in opposite directions, changing the boy’s appearance. The once casual outfit of a white t-shirt, jeans and sneakers, were replaced with a black jumpsuit, white gloves, boots and belt. The boy’s eye color changed from blue to green, his skin was slightly darker from before and his hair also changed from black to white.

After the transformation, Discord looked on, surprised from what he just saw. “You don’t see that every day,” he said. “So, are you still the same kid, or a different person?” Discord asked the ghost boy.

“More the same, this is just my ghost form. I’m known as Danny Phantom in this form.” Danny said with a grin.

Discord took a good look at the jumpsuit and noticed the white D with a P on the inside on his chest. “Oh I see. Very clever,” said Discord while pointing at the logo. Danny chuckled and said, “Thanks.”

Getting back to the seriousness with the mysterious creature, Danny glared at him and said, “So, what are you supposed to be? Some sort of mutant goat or something?”

Discord was baffled from Danny’s question. “Mutant goat?” he asked, sounding offended.

Danny said, “Yeah, you got the one goat horn, a goat leg, you even have the goatee,” saying the last part while motioning a curved beard under his chin.

Feeling angered by Danny’s remarks, he said, “For your information, my name is Discord. I’m the spirit of Chaos and Disharmony.”

Danny looked on in suspicion. He said, “For a spirit of ‘chaos and disharmony’ you’re not doing a whole lot.” Discord gave him a deadpanned look and pointed to the sky, suggesting that he is causing the chocolate rain. Danny shook his head and said, “Yeah, chocolate milk doesn’t really cut being, whoa!” Before he could finish his sentence, he slipped. He floated off the ground and saw that the ground had been deformed.

Danny looked back at Discord in surprise, while Discord gave him a sly grin in return. “Chocolate rain, it has its effects.” He said as the street was now being affected by the rain. Cars started sliding down the road and with the sidewalk dissolved, the cars were rolling towards Danny. He avoided the cars with ease, but he didn’t have time to avoid an oncoming bus.

After the bus made impact, Discord simply shrugged at the scene, believing Danny was crushed. He made a glass appear in his talon, filled it with chocolate milk and said, “Oh well, at least he didn’t miss the 10 o’clock bus.” He then started drinking the content, pleased with what he was doing.

“You know, that line would have been funny if it actually worked,” said the ghost boy. Discord chocked on his drink and spat it out in shock. He turned around to see where the ghost boy was, but before he could spot him, he was blasted in the back by Danny’s Ghost Ray. The blast sent the draconequus flying.

Danny flew after him, ready to strike him again, but before he could, Discord fired a dark sphere of his own and hit Danny in the back as well, he released a scream of pain after the attack made contact. Danny then turned around to see Discord floating a few feet behind him. Confused by this, Danny turned his head in the opposite direction to see Discord on the other side as well.

Danny turned back to the Discord behind him and said, “What the?” He turned to the other Discord and said, “How the?” He turned back to the Discord behind him, who was trying to not laugh at Danny. He said, “But…” Danny then turned back to the other Discord, who was taunting him once he saw him. Not wanting to continue the pattern anymore, he then said in frustration, “This doesn’t make any sense.” Both of the Discords bursted out in laughter and said in unison, “Oh, what’s the fun in making sense?”

Both of the Discords then charged a dark blast of their own and fired them right at Danny. Before either of the attacks made contact, Danny created a Ghost Shield, and protected himself from the attacks. Both the Discords flew off before the attack made contact, both determined to spread more chaos throughout the city. After the smoke cleared, Danny activated his powers and duplicated himself into two selves. They flew off in different directions to chase down their own Discord.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Danny that flew off to the left had caught up to Discord with ease, and grabbed his tail once he was close enough. Discord felt the grab and instantly powered up another dark sphere. He fired it at Danny, but Danny manipulated his form and the sphere went right through his head. Before Discord could have a chance to strike again, Danny used his strength to his advantage and threw Discord to the ground, slamming him in the process.

Danny then flew towards Discord, but before he got close enough, Discord snapped his fingers, and a powerful lightning struck Danny. He screamed in pain and lost consciousness. As the lightning subsided, Danny had disappeared in an instant. Discord shook his head and said, “A duplicate, that’s just great.” He then flew off and was now searching for the REAL Danny Phantom.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

As Danny flew through the city, he hadn’t seen Discord anywhere. As he flew through the park, he heard a voice say, “I wonder how that hedgehog did that trick.” Danny went to the source of the voice and found Discord hiding behind a big cotton candy cloud. After seeing him, he said, “And what trick would that be?” Discord then tightened his grip on the yellow Chaos Emerald and said, “This. CHAOS SPEAR!”

As soon as he said that, a barrage of chaos energy in the shape of lightning appeared and were fired at Danny. He managed to dodge the attack, and was ready to strike back. He was going to do an ecto blast of his own, but because of the timing, he was hit with the recoil of his blast connecting with one of the Chaos Spears, sending him hurtling backwards. He regained his composure, he saw that Discord had summoned an army of himself. All the Discord’s had appeared and surrounded Danny.

One of the Discord’s then said, “What are you going to do now ghost child? You can’t possibly hope to stop all of us.” All of the Discord’s started to laugh as they started to unleash their chaos powers on the town. With a snap of the fingers, the talons, and even the snap from the tails, each of the Discord’s had either made a building float from the ground, or changed the surface on the ground into something random. Seeing this, Danny crossed his arms and focused on all of his ghost energy.

After a few moments, he engulfed himself in a sphere of ecto energy. After charging the sphere, Danny self-detonated the ecto sphere. The blast expanded and hit all of the Discords, causing them to disappear. After seeing what Danny had done, he felt the fight with the ghost boy was a lost cause. He said, “He’s a lot stronger than I thought. I’d better get out of here while I still have a chance.” Discord opened a portal and was ready to leave Amity Park. Seeing this, Danny fired a Ghost Ray from his eyes and hit Discord in the back, sending him through the portal.

As soon as Discord went through the portal, most of the cotton candy clouds disappeared, all the buildings returned to the ground and most of the ground around the town was restored to what it was. After seeing this, Danny started breathing heavy from the fight, showing his exhaustion from his one fight with this new threat. He said, “I know the phrase for Spring Break is supposed to be hectic, not chaotic.” He then flew off to find his electric scooter and go home.

**END FLASHBACK**

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Danny tried to move some of the clouds, but couldn’t because of how sticky they were. After using his ghost ray on the clouds covering his hands, the cotton candy clouds scattered throughout the city. Some of the clouds were visible, while the others had disappeared. As he looked around, he spotted some of the clouds near the park and flew in the direction.

Once he was close enough, he was going to freeze the clouds, but before he could attempt to blast a different cotton candy cloud with his ice powers, he noticed a flash of light appear on the ground not too far from him. Once the light had settled, he saw numerous figures standing before him. He decided to go intangible so he wouldn’t be spotted by the possible threats.

Everyone then looked to the sky, taking in their surroundings, and they saw the clouds. Danny took a good look at the blue figure and said to himself, “That can’t be…” Hearing this, Sam said, “What? Is there something wrong?” Danny said, “No, it’s nothing like that. I think I see Sonic.” Surprised from the news, Tucker said, “Sonic? As in Sonic the Hedgehog, Sonic?” Danny then said, “Unless we know another guy named Sonic, then yeah, it’s Sonic the Hedgehog.”

Back to Sonic and the others, they had taken in their surroundings and saw they were in a park. As they had looked, they also spotted the all-to-familiar cotton candy clouds above them. Sonic said, “Looks like Discord was here.” Finn added, “Yeah, but it doesn’t look like he jacked this place up that much.” Rigby turned to Rainbow Dash and asked, “Is that a good thing, or a bad thing?” Rainbow simply said, “I’d say it’s a good thing.” Knuckles said, “Are you sure the emerald is here Tails?” Tails said, “Yeah, it’s not too far from here. Ready to go Sonic?” Sonic gave him a thumbs up and said, “You know I am buddy.”

By the time everyone was ready to go in the direction the emerald was at, the ghost boy appeared before them, startling them in the process. The ghost boy then said in excitement, “Dude, it really is you! Unbelievable!” Tucker said through the Fenton Phones, “It IS him?!” Danny said, “Yeah, it really is! You guys gotta get over here.” Tucker then said in excitement, “We’re almost done, we’ll be there in a bit.”

Everyone looked at him oddly, Danny simply said, “Sorry, I was just talking to my friends through my Fenton Phones, they should be here in a bit.” Impressed by this, Tails went up to his head and saw the green round objects in his ears and said, “That’s very impressive work you got there.” Danny said, “Coming from you Tails, it means a lot. I’ll be sure to tell my parents what you said.” Confused by this, Sonic asked, “You know him too?” The boy said, “Yeah, I’ve heard a lot about you guys. Like the time that robot went Godzilla on you guys, or in this case, Mecha Godzilla; I also heard about that Space Colony that fell, and I even heard about Station Square getting flooded out by a liquid monster.”

The ponies gave Sonic and his friends a shocked look, Sonic turned to them and said, “They are long stories, I’ll tell you those and any other adventure we have been on later.” They gave him a nod in understanding. Sonic turned back to the ghost boy and said, “You look familiar yourself. I know I’ve seen you at least once.” Danny looked at him oddly and realized what he meant. He then said, “Maybe this will refresh your memory.” Before Sonic could question him, Danny raised his right hand above his head and took a simple pose, looking as if he was holding something in his hand. Realization suddenly hit Sonic as he remembered. He said, “Dude, no way! Danny Phantom? As in THE Danny Phantom?”

Finn asked, “You know him?” Sonic turned to him and said, “Not personally, I’ve seen his statue from when he saved the world from that Disasteroid with all those ghosts.” Eddy asked, “Where at?” Sonic said, “His statues are in the major cities across the planet.” Finn looked at him in confusion. Sonic said, “I’ve had my trips around the world, especially when the planet was broken that one time.” Everyone, excluding Sonic’s friends, stared at him in shock after hearing this. Before any questions could be asked, Danny said, “Just as fast as I’ve heard, that’s awesome!” Getting back on topic, he then asked, “So what brings you guys to Amity Park?” Sonic pulled out the red Chaos Emerald and said, “Tails’ radar says that one of the Chaos Emeralds was somewhere around here.”

Tails showed Danny the radar, and he saw the radar reading the emeralds in the park, and another one in a nearby place. As he was looking at the radar, the Specter Speeder had arrived and it landed next to them. The side doors opened and two figures stepped out of the vehicle. One of them was a girl, she had violet eyes, wore purple lipstick, and her short black hair was done in a small ponytail with a green hair tie. She wore a black choker around her neck, with a short black tank top with a purple oval in the center, a black skirt with a green crosshatch design, purple stockings, and black combat boots. The other was a boy, he wore glasses with a red beret, and he appeared to be wearing a black jacket over a yellow shirt, with green cargo pants and brown boots. Danny introduced his friends and said, “Everyone, I’d like to introduce you to my girlfriend Sam and my best friend Tucker. Tucker, Sam, this is everyone.”

After they each introduced themselves, most of the group started talking to each other. Sam felt uncomfortable being around the ponies, thinking they were girly, Danny reassured her by saying that, since they are with Sonic, they shouldn’t be too bad to be around. Tucker turned to Tails and said, “So what is that thing you are carrying?” Tails said, “Oh, this? This is my device that has been helping us track the emeralds around the planet. I call it the Miles Electric.” Tucker’s PDA made a beep sound once he was close to the Miles Electric. After looking at the screen, it read, “Wireless Synchronization ON”. He turned to him and asked, “Mind if I download that?” Tails said, “Go ahead.” Tucker then pressed a button on his PDA and a beam shot out of it and towards a small lens on the top part of the device, instantly downloading the program. After the download was complete, the PDA screen showed two blinking dots. Curious from this, Tucker asked, “And these dots are where we are at?” Tails looked at the screen and said, “From where the two emeralds we have, yes that’s where we are at.”

Double D came up to Tucker and said, “May I see your PDA?” He said, “Sure.” Double D looked at the screen and then zoomed out of the area they were at and saw another blinking dot that didn’t look too far from where they were at. He thought over an idea and started pressing a couple of buttons, he got himself to the home screen and found the maps app. After he pressed it, he was looking at the map of Amity Park. He then walked over to Tails and looked at the screen on the Miles Electric, noticing the distance they were at and the emerald’s location.

Tucker tapped Double D on the shoulder and said, “Mind if I have my PDA back?” Double D gave it back to him and said, “Oh, sure. Sorry for spacing out there, I just remembered something like this after looking at Tails’ radar.” After getting his PDA back, Tucker was curious about what he had said and looked at the radar and his PDA. Figuring out what Double D had said, he pulled out his stylus and started fixing his screen. He then said, “I think I know what you’re talking about. What made you think about it?” Double D said, “Let’s just say that we were led on a crazy goose chase from Eddy’s brother from his treasure map.” Eddy cringed after hearing what Double D had said. Tucker smiled and said, “Hopefully we won’t have any bad experiences ourselves.”

After a few minutes, Tucker had merged the map and the radar settings and a clear location to the next emerald was set before them. Sonic asked, “So, where are we headed for the emerald?” Tucker said, “Looks like the emerald is at Lake Eerie.” Sonic gave him a thumbs up and said, “Cool.” He turned to Tails and said, “Mind if I take the radar buddy? I’d like to stretch my legs for this trip.” Tails said, “Sure, We’ll be on the Specter Speeder if you need us.” Rainbow then said, “A little flying doesn’t sound bad right now. Mind if I join ya? We can make this a race.” Sonic grinned at this and was going to answer her, but Danny chimed in and said, “Dude, helping you with this emerald is awesome in itself. I wouldn’t mind having a race with you myself.” Sonic said, “You two are going to get left behind.” Rainbow said, “We’ll see about that.” Sonic simply shrugged and readied himself for a quick race to Lake Eerie. Once Danny and Rainbow got into their stances, Rainbow said in a fast pace, “1, 2, 3, GO!” and took off before Sonic and Danny. After realizing that Rainbow had already taken off, both Sonic and Danny chased after her, leaving the rest of the group behind.

Back with the others, they were going to get going, until Finn said, “Hold up. How’s that thing going to fit for all of us?” Twilight said, “I have to agree with Finn. That looks like its good to hold a party of at least ten.” Sam turned to them and said, “Give us a minute with that.” As she and Tucker stepped into the Specter Speeder, they went to the control panel and pressed an emergency button. After pressing it, the Specter Speeder expanded in size to look like a jetplane. Sam came back out and said with a sly smile, “Big enough for you guys?” Finn said in shock, “Holy shram!” Ed said in excitement, “Oh, wow, way cool!” After getting over their shock, everyone entered the Specter Speeder. Once everyone was onboard, Tucker inputted the directions to Lake Eerie, activated the autopilot, and they were on their way. Jake went to one of the chairs and sat in it. Once he was comfortable, he said, “Now this is a way to travel.” Rigby also went to a chair and followed suit. He then said, “Yeah it is.”

Mordecai shook his head at this. He turned to Tucker and Sam and said, “So this thing can catch up to Sonic, Rainbow and Danny?” Sam said, “It can easily catch up with Danny, but if Sonic is as fast as he claims he is, it won’t keep up with him,” Pinkie said, “Or Dashie, don’t forget her.” Eddy asked, “How fast can she actually go?” Pinkie simply said, “Fast enough to do a Sonic Rainboom.” Everyone that didn’t know Rainbow Dash well enough turned to each other in confusion. Double D spoke up for everyone and said, “I’m sorry, a Sonic what now?” Pinkie then said, “It’s a legendary move back where we’re from. When a pegasus like Rainbow Dash goes sooo fast…” She paused for dramatic effect. She then surprised everyone by loudly saying, “BOOM! A sonic boom and a rainbow happen all at once!” Mordecai turned to Twilight for clarification, and she said, “We’ve seen her do it a few times, so what Pinkie said was true.” Wanting to see if what he heard was accurate, Double D said, “So, it’s a sonic boom, with a rainbow effect added to it.” Pinkie said, “That’s about right.” Mordecai said, “So Rainbow can go fast enough to break the sound barrier.” Amy said, “And we know Sonic’s fast enough to break the sound barrier in just seconds.” An idea suddenly hit Eddy after hearing how fast Sonic and Rainbow Dash are. He interrupted her and said, “Oh man, if she’s as fast as you are saying, then I just thought of a scam that can end all scams and it can seriously rake in some serious dough!”

Before he could explain his scam, the plane slowed down. They looked out the window and saw that they had arrived just outside Lake Eerie. They saw Sonic and Rainbow Dash arguing near the sign. Sam and Tucker equipped themselves each with the Fenton Wrist Rays and the Fenton bazooka. Once they were equipped, they exited the Specter Speeder and heard their bickering. As they approached them, Rainbow said, “You have a Chaos Emerald, how do I know you didn’t cheat?” Before Sonic could answer her, they heard someone laughing. It was revealed that Danny was the one laughing as he made himself visible lying on her back. As he re-positioned himself to a sitting position on her back, he said, “That’s funny coming from you with that quick countdown back at the park.” Surprised from his sudden appearance, she said, “Where did you come from?” Danny said, “When you slowed down back there, I thought I’d catch a ride.” Sonic couldn’t help but laugh at the situation. He said in between laughs, “Trust me Dash, there’s a lot of things I am, but when it comes to racing, cheating is NEVER a thing I do.”

Before the fight could escalate between them, Twilight separated them using her magic. She then said, “Alright you two, whatever happened in this race doesn’t matter right now. We have more important things to do, like finding the emerald here before Discord does.” Hearing the name, Danny looked at them in confusion and asked, “You guys know the Dork of Chaos?” After saying this, he earned a good laugh from most of the group, those that weren’t laughing, were trying their best to not chuckle. Rainbow Dash laughed at the nickname and said, “Good one Danny.” Sonic said, “I’m guessing you bumped into Discord.” Danny said with confidence, “Bumped into him? Heh, I kicked his butt out of town last night.” Amazed by this, Sonic said, “I’m so glad you’re helping us with this!” Sonic pulled out the radar and gave it a look. He then said, “Alright guys, this one looks like its close, I just hope it’s not in the lake,” saying the last part to himself.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

After entering Lake Eerie, and looking the radar over, Sonic was disgruntled to see that the emerald was in fact, in the lake. He smacked his head on the radar in frustration and said to himself, “Why did I have to say that?” Finn turned to him and asked, “You ok man?” With his head still on the radar, Sonic said, “Not really.” Finn then said, “Why, what’s up?” Sonic lifted his head off of the Radar and said, “The radar says the emerald is in the lake.” Danny scoffed at this and said, “Is that all? The Specter Speeder can go in the lake easy.” Sonic glared at him for the late news and said, “If it can do that, why didn’t you say something before?!” Feeling embarrassed, Danny shrugged and said, “It slipped my mind.”

Sonic felt his eye twitch in frustration, and he clenched his free hand into a fist. Danny raised his hands in defense and said, “Look, don’t sweat it. I’ll go get it, and we’ll go after the emerald when I get back.” He was ready to go get the Specter Speeder, but before he could go, the group heard a rumbling sound coming from the lake. The rumbling suddenly stopped and a white Chaos Emerald popped out of the water, and was sitting above the surface of the lake. Rainbow said with a smirk, “It looks like we don’t need the thing after all. I’ll go over and get it right now.” She was about to fly off to get the emerald, but was grabbed by the tail and was stopped in her tracks. She looked over and saw that Jake had stretched his hand out and grabbed her tail.

She said, “What are you doing? Let me go!” Finn said, “Dash, don’t you find it just a little strange that the emerald is just sitting there on the lake?” Jake added, “Yeah, it’s got banay-nays written all over it.” Finn grabbed a rock and tossed it towards the emerald. Once the rock made contact with the emerald, a giant robotic hand came above the water and grabbed the emerald. Surprised to see this, Mordecai said, “What the-?” A mech suddenly sprung out of the water and pulled the emerald into the lake. Tails looked back to his radar. Feeling scared to see where the emerald might be, Sonic gave the radar to Tails and asked, “Is it at the bottom again?” Once he looked at the radar, Tails said, “It’s actually moving right now.” Surprised to hear this, he turned and saw that the emerald was moving as Tails had said.

Tucker also looked over his PDA and saw that the emerald was moving towards the mountains. He then said, “It looks like the emerald is going to the mountains.” Jake said, “Say no more, I’m on it.” He then stretched his arms and grabbed the group. He stretched himself into a giant sized dog, placed everyone on his back and started moving towards the mountains. Danny, Sam and Tucker were shocked from this and tried to gather the words to what just happened. To save them the trouble, Finn said, “He’s a magic dog.” Still at a loss of words, the trio nodded in understanding.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The group was close to the mountains the PDA said it was going to, and in that instant, a familiar egg shaped mech, along with the mechanical arms and spiked helmet came out of the water. Recognizing it, Sonic shook his head at this and said, “Oh great, Egghead is here. I knew him being trapped was too good to be true.” After saying this, an Egg Mobile appeared behind Big Arm. Knuckles spoke up and said, “Wait a minute. If that mech is supposed to be Eggman, then who is that?” Danny said, “That’s a good question. Let’s follow them.” Shocked to hear this, Twilight said, “Are you crazy?” Danny said, “Just hold onto me, and I’ll do the rest.” Everyone huddled close to Danny and held onto him, while he put his hands on Jake’s back. He then closed his eyes and made everyone intangible. Seeing what happened, Ed said, “Cool.” A door to the side of the mountain then opened up, giving Danny an idea. He said, “Okay Jake, all you have to do is follow them through the door, and try not to have them notice us.”

Staying on the land, Jake walked everyone towards the entrance to the mountain. Sonic said, “We’re taking the front door? Wouldn’t we be able to go through the wall like this?” Danny said, “Normally, yes. But I haven’t done this many in a group in a while.” Understanding limits, Sonic simply shrugged at this and said, “Fair enough.” As the group got close, they saw the Egg Mobile go through the door first, and they made it just in time as the Big Arm mech went through the door. As they went through the door, they heard an alarm go off. Fluttershy nearly shrieked from the sudden noise, but Amy covered her mouth in time. A man in a white radiation suit pulled out an ecto gun and said, “We have picked up a huge spike in ecto-energy.” The group was in shock to hear this, thinking that they were already caught. Before anyone was ready to take action, they heard someone in the mech say, “It’s fine, I just detained our usual pest with this mech.” He then pulled a special kind of rope from inside the mech and revealed the “pest” that was caught. Trying to sound threatening, the ghost raised his arms up and said, “I am the Box Ghost!”

Not believing what they were seeing, everyone turned to Danny, Sam and Tucker and gave them a look that said, “Are you serious?” To keep quiet, the trio gave them a nod. The goon then said, “How is it that this ghost keeps escaping? This is the fourth time this week we’ve caught him.” The visor on the Big Arm mech was opening up, revealing a man in a white suit inside the mech. He jumped out of the mech and said, “Who knows? And it’s actually the fifth time counting today.” Instantly recognizing the suit, Danny said in a hushed tone, “Oh no.” Applejack asked, “Do you know him?” Danny said, “Unfortunately, yes. They are the Guys in White.” Ed then said, “That sounds resembling.” This caught everyone’s attention, and they all looked at him. He continued what he was saying and said, “It sounds like-uh-.” Double D chimed in and said, “It’s not important right now Ed.” The man in the Egg Mobile in question said, “I know your there Ghost Boy.”

Everyone was shocked after hearing this. The man then pressed a button and activated a teleport beam. Once the sight became clear, half of the group was all that remained inside the base. The group, which consisted of Shadow, Ed, Edd, Eddy, Rouge, Silver, Blaze, Pinkie Pie, Applejack, Twilight Sparkle, Mordecai, and Rigby, looked around and saw that the ones closest to Danny were teleported out of the base. The man then said, “Operatives, I got the Ghost Boy, the rest of you in here deal with these intruders!” The operatives saluted and said in unison, “Yes sir, Alpha!”

As Silver got everyone back on the ground using his psychokinesis, Alpha and one of the Operatives piloting the Big Arm mech, flew out of the base, ready to combat Danny and the others outside. Once he was out, all the Operatives pulled out their weapons and pointed them at the group. All the Operatives fired their weapons at the group, but thanks to Twilight’s quick thinking, she created a barrier around the group. As the others got ready for combat, Shadow turned to the Eds and Rigby and said, “You four stay here.” Rigby said, “What? Why?” Shadow said to him, “Because I know you’ll just get in the way.” Rigby growled at his comment. Shadow turned to the Eds and said, “And as for you three, I don’t see you guys as fighters. So, it would be best to just sit this one out.”

Mordecai face-palmed at Shadow’s blunt behavior. He said, “What he’s trying to say is, since there aren’t a lot of these guys, we can handle them ourselves.” Twilight turned to him and said, “What do you mean “we”?” He said, “I mean, me, Shadow, Rouge, Silver and Blaze. I think I’ve gotten used to this sword, so why not help out?” He then swung the sword around a few times to prove his point. Rigby rolled his eyes at this and said to himself, “Show off.” And with that, Shadow, Rouge, Silver, Blaze and Mordecai got out of the barrier and started their assault on the Guys in White. Once they were out of ear shot, Twilight said in a hushed tone, “Be careful Mordecai.”

Shadow dodged each shot that was fired at him with ease. Once he was close enough to one of the operatives, he threw a single punch and knocked him out. A couple of the operatives fired at Mordecai, but fortunately for him, he deflected the blasts with the Root Sword, he then sliced the ends of their weapons, rendering them useless. Rouge and Blaze helped Mordecai and they both gave a strong kick to the powerless operatives. Silver put his hands on the ground and used his psychokinesis to trap a number of the operatives with the tiled floor around them.

Seeing this, Twilight breathed a sigh of relief and said, “I guess he was right, there was no need for us to help them.” After saying this, one of the operatives said in his wrist communicator, “We need backup, ASAP!” In an instant, a group of operatives and goons filled up the room, surrounding the five. Back with the others still behind Twilight’s force field, Eddy groaned at what just happened and said, “Twi, the last thing you should EVER do in times like these is jinx a good thing and turn it into a bad thing.” Twilight laughed in embarrassment after hearing what Eddy had to say. Eddy then said, “Well, looks like we gotta bail these guys out. Coming Double D?” Before Double D could talk to Ed, he saw that Pinkie Pie was whispering something in Ed’s ear. After she finished whispering to him, Double D saw Ed chuckle. Eddy then yelled, “Forget Ed, I’ll take care of these guys.”

Before anyone could question him, Eddy reached into his pockets and pulled out an all too familiar balloon that was filled with a mysterious liquid substance. Shocked from seeing this, Double D said, “Anything but that Eddy!” Without taking Double D’s plea, Eddy ran out of the barrier in a haste. Confused from this, Pinkie said, “What’s the big deal? It looks like a regular water balloon.” Ignoring the statement, Double D turned to Twilight and said, “Twilight, does this barrier block out smells?” Confused from the question, Twilight said, “Yes, why do you ask?” Double D then said, “I think it would be best if we stay within the barrier. Because that balloon Eddy had isn’t a water balloon.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

As Silver continued to fight the goons with ease, not needing his powers to take down a bunch of simpletons. While he was fighting, he suddenly felt frozen and was unable to move. He felt his body turn, and once he had stopped, he saw one of the operatives with a strange glow coming from his gloves. The operative had snuck up on the hedgehog and captured him, realization suddenly hit Silver and he was shocked to see that the operative was using a tractor beam with his gloves. He then said, “What the? How did?” The operative interrupted him and simply said, “We work for the government, we have all the time in the world to develop this kind of technology.” Seeing that Silver was in trouble, Eddy got his balloon ready and yelled, “Silver, take a deep breath!” Silver did as he was instructed and took a deep breath, while the operative was confused from the sudden outburst, and before he could react, Eddy had thrown the balloon at them. After it popped, a very heinous smell had suddenly erupted, causing the operative to cough in disgust and lose his hold on Silver. Silver then used his psychokinesis on the operative’s gloves, and instantly destroyed them.

As Eddy approached Silver, the hedgehog got a whiff of what the balloon left behind and instantly covered his mouth and nose. He turned to Eddy and said, “What in the world is that smell?” Eddy said, “That my friend, was a mini version of what I call ‘The El Mongo Stink Bomb!’” Silver almost gaged from the terrible smell and said, “I hope I forget this smell soon.” The operative collapsed on the floor and continued to cough from the effects of the stink bomb. He then ran away in an attempt to get away from the smell. Eddy then yelled at the retreating operative, “There’s more where that came from pal!” Silver slowly backed away from Eddy after hearing this.

The rest of the group looked on and saw that Shadow was handling the operatives with ease. After he took down what appeared to be his tenth operative, he took his weapon and started firing ecto beams at them. Rigby groaned and said, “I’m sick of sitting on the sidelines, I want to help.” Pinkie suddenly pulled a cannon out of nowhere, confusing Rigby in the process. Pinkie then said, “You want help, I got your help.” Still left in confusion, Rigby said nothing. Pinkie simply shrugged and said, “I never leave home without my party cannon.” Trying to make sense of this, Rigby said, “But Ponyville is- and we’re in- How did... just how?” Ed said, “Do not question the pink pony,” as if he knew first hand of these types of antics. Without another word, and not wanting to know what Ed was talking about, Rigby got into the cannon and waited for Pinkie to launch him at one of the operatives. Rigby saw one of the operatives sneak up on Shadow and thought, “Looks like I’m saving his sorry a-.” Before he could finish his train of thought, Pinkie fired the party cannon and launched Rigby in Shadow’s direction.

While Shadow continued his assault, he didn’t notice an operative behind him. A voice suddenly yelled, “In your face!” He then saw that Rigby had tackled one of the operative in the face, forcing him to focus on Rigby and trying to get him off of him. While he was distracted, Mordecai had just arrived and punched the operative in the face as soon as Rigby got off of him. Shocked from being saved by Rigby, he saw the raccoon give him a smug look. Rigby then said, “So, who was going to get in the way again? Oh that’s right! It’s the guy who just saved your butt! OOOOOOOOHHH!!!” While he was gloating, he didn’t see one of the goons approach him and was ready to blast him with his weapon. Shadow quickly changed the setting to the gun that he got and shot ectoplasm at the goon and stopped him in his tracks. As Rigby saw this, Shadow said, “You’re welcome,” and left without another word.

As the fight continued on, some of the fighters, mainly Mordecai, Rigby and Eddy, started feeling fatigue. As one of the goons was about to fire his weapon at Mordecai, a sudden flash of magenta went past him and trapped the goon in a magenta colored force field. Surprised from this, Mordecai turned and had seen Twilight being held in Ed’s arms as if she was a weapon. Ed yelled, “Tally-ho!” and started spinning her tail in a motion that imitated a machine gun. She fired more magenta beams at the goons and operatives, capturing each and every one of them in the same barrier from before. As Ed set Twilight back to the ground, Mordecai was speechless from what had happened. Ed walked past him and said with a smile, “Pinkie said something about a wedding when she did that.” Mordecai turned back to Twilight and said, “That didn’t hurt, did it?” Twilight said, “No, not really.” As the group approached one of the trapped operatives, he said to them, “You guys are a lot tougher than I would have hoped.” Mordecai and Rigby said in response, “Hmm! Hmm!” The operative then said, “But I bet none of you saw this coming!” A remote appeared from under his sleeve and he instantly pressed the button. All the hatches in the room suddenly opened and revealed an army of robots. Twilight lost her focus on the operatives after seeing all the robots in the room, and accidently released them again.

As the Badniks surrounded the group, they stood their ground, and readied themselves for another fight. Silver, Blaze, Rouge, Rigby, Applejack and Pinkie Pie took fighting stances of their own, Mordecai got his sword ready, Twilight’s horn was glowing magenta, ready to use a spell, Shadow was getting ready to take off one of his inhibitor rings, and Eddy and Double D stood behind Ed to get ready for a plan of their own. Before anyone could react, all of the Badniks had suddenly self-destructed, and released all the critters inside of them. Everyone, including the operatives, were confused from the sudden turn in events. A voice suddenly broke the silence and said, “Operatives, retreat!” Confused from the order, Operative N said, “Retreat? But sir-.” Alpha snapped back in his radio and said, “I didn’t freakin’ stutter, that’s a direct order! Everyone, fall back!” Without another word, all of the operatives in the room had ran out of the base’s entrance, leaving everyone confused in the process.

Everyone was snapped out of their shock after all the critters approached the group. At a loss for words, Applejack said, “How did? Where did? What the-?” Twilight said, “I think what Applejack is trying to say is that, where did these critters come from?” Blaze was hesitant just as Rouge, Shadow and Silver were, but she pushed on and said, “Twilight, there’s no easy way to put this, but the person that made all the robots you guys saw earlier, well, he uses the critters as a power source for his robot army.” With realization hitting her Twilight had a look of terror on her face as she said, “Oh no.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Outside the base, Sonic, Danny, Fluttershy, Amy, Knuckles, Sam, Tucker, Rarity, Tails, Rainbow Dash, Finn and Jake were confused to what had just happened. Rainbow turned to Sonic and asked, “Did you do that Chaos Control thing or something?” Angered by her accusation, Sonic said, “Why would I want to teleport us out of a base?” As they glared at each other, both Danny and Fluttershy got in between them in an attempt to keep them from fighting with each other. As they separated them, Danny said to Rainbow, “Look Dashie, Sonic is the last person you want to accuse on this. I’ve dealt with the Guys in White, I KNOW what they’re capable of.” Wanting to clarify, Rainbow said, “So, you don’t think he did this?” Danny said, “With the little bit of time you’ve known him, do you really think he’d turn his back on everyone?” Rainbow thought it over and said, “Well, no, but you gotta admit that he knows Chaos Control.” Danny flatly said, “You REALLY need to get over that loss.” Embarrassed from his remark, she said, “Hey!”

After telling Sonic to take some deep breaths, and telling him about a similar experience Twilight had with Rainbow Dash, Fluttershy was able to calm him down. His calmness, however, was short lived, as Alpha had arrived where the group was and said, “So how’s the blue rat and his friends doing?” Sonic instantly clenched his hands into fists after hearing this. He turned to him and said, “You know, you’re not the first idiot to call me that.” Alpha then said in a confident attitude, “And I’ll make sure to be the last.” Confused from his statement, Tails said, “What did we do to you guys? We never messed with any government called the Guys in White, let alone heard of you guys.” Alpha then said, “Any friend of the ghost boy, is an enemy of mine.” He then snapped his fingers and in an instant, the Big Arm mech had appeared. In an attempt to avoid the fight, Fluttershy instantly ran towards the nearby forest after she saw the mech.

Sonic walked past the group, pointed at Agent Alpha and said in a cocky attitude, “If you think using that rust bucket is going to intimidate us, you’re sadly mistaken. Taking that thing, will be a walk in the park for me and my friends.” Agent Alpha said with a smirk, “I’m glad you said that.” He sat back in the Egg Mobile and pressed a button. In that instant, the whole area was swarmed with Buzz Bombers, Moto Bugs, Caterkillers, Slicers, RhinoBots, Snail Blasters, Newtrons, and E-1001 Egg Pawns. Tucker glared at him and said, “Dude, was saying that really necessary?” Sonic shrugged at this and said, “I’ve faced bigger armies than this.” And with that, he charged at the robot army without a second thought. Tails and Knuckles joined him

Finn unsheathed his sword from his backpack and said, “I’m not gonna let him have all the fun. YAAAAAAH!!!” As some of the group followed after, Rarity looked around and said, “Anyone seen Fluttershy?” Disgruntled from hearing this, Rainbow said, “Ugh, that scaredy-pony. Why am I not surprised?” Hearing this, Sam gave her a skeptical look and said in disbelief, “Scaredy-pony? You REALLY just said that?” Rainbow said, “If you’ve known her for as long as I have, you’d know it’s true.” Before Sam could say anything, she saw a couple of laser beams that came from the sky. She dodged the lasers in time and saw three Buzz Bombers flying away from the area. Not wanting to let them get away, Rainbow Dash flew towards them and immediately destroyed them with a few punches from her front hooves. A few of the scattered Buzz Bombers started flying away from the area after seeing her. She flew towards them with great speed and said, “Who said you can go anywhere?!” Unknown to her, a few of the Buzz Bombers were flying right behind her and were prepared to fire their lasers at her, but before they could, Sam fired her bazooka at them, destroying them instantly.

Shortly after destroying a few of the Buzz Bombers, Tucker joined her, and he appeared to be breathing heavily. She said, “How you holding up?” He said, “The Moto Bugs and the RhinoBots I can put up with, but the Newtrons are another story.” Wanting to make sure she remembered Tails’ briefing, she said, “The chameleon robots right?” He said, “Yeah, those are the ones. I gotta say, I never thought I’d see the day that a non-ghost use any form of camouflage technology.” In that instant, they heard a familiar scream not too far from where they were. They saw him go limp after they saw the Big Arm mech had finished its electrocution and said in unison, “Danny!”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Not wanting to waste any time, Danny flew straight for the Big Arm mech in an attempt to end the fight as soon as possible. Seeing the ghost boy going towards the mech, Alpha pressed a button in the Egg Mobile and said, “You got this Y?” Operative Y said in confidence, “With the upgrades we gave this thing, this should be a cinch.” He then swung the arms around, and he made spikes appear on the arms. He then fired the spikes at Danny, seeing this, he went intangible, letting the spikes fly through him without a scathe. Danny said in confidence, “This is just too easy.” The mech flew towards him and reached both its arms at him. He was still intangible, not really thinking about what the mech was capable of, until he felt one of the mechanical hands get a hold of him. Startled from this, he said, “What the?” Operative Y said through the speakers, “When we bought the Fenton Works a while back, we got a hold of some blue prints your father left behind, like the Ghost Gloves for instance.” He then pressed a button and electrocuted Danny in his grip, causing him to scream in agony.

Once he was done, Operative Y flew the mech towards the ground and had Danny positioned so he could be slammed into the ground. Danny said in worry, “Oh crud.” He closed his eyes and braced for the impact, but before the mech could make contact with the ground, a powerful force hit the mech on the side, causing him to lose his grip on Danny. He still hit the ground, but not as hard as he would have thought. Curious to see what happened, Danny opened his eyes and saw Knuckles standing in front of him. Danny questioned him and said, “What the?” Knuckles pointed his thumb to his left and said, “Your friends were worried about you.” Danny turned to the direction Knuckles was pointing to and saw both Sam and Tucker breathe a sigh of relief.

Wondering why Danny was having trouble with the mech, Knuckles said, “Why didn’t you phase through the hands?” Danny said, “They stole blue prints to my dad’s Ghost Gloves, and they allow the user to literally get their hands on a ghost.” Knuckles then said, “You’re lucky I got here just in time, you don’t want to get slammed into the ground by that thing.” Danny said, “Trust me, I’ll keep that in mind.” As the Big Arm mech was ready to attack the duo, Sonic just arrived and delivered a kick to the side of the mech. Sonic then asked, “Need some help?” Danny said with a grin, “Three’s better than two.” Knuckles asked, “How are the others holding up?” Sonic said, “Jake had a little trouble with the Caterkillers, but I think he’s got it down. Tails and Amy are helping him out with the Moto Bugs and the RhinoBots.”

As he finished talking, the Big Arm mech got back up, and was ready to take on the trio. It launched both arms at them, but they were able to easily dodge this. However, with some tweaking, after the mech had swung its arms at them, it released a powerful force that bounced the trio backwards. The arms then reattached themselves to the mech and then the mech released spikes on the arms, giving it a more threatening appearance, and a more difficult task for them to hit the cockpit. Danny said, “Oh great, and just when I thought this would be easy.” The mech then charged at them, with all the spikes, intending to impale the trio. Sonic and Knuckles took off on each side, while Danny phased through the ground and dodged from underneath the mech. It then crashed through the trees, and unknowingly destroyed the remaining Newtrons in the trees. As the trio chased after the mech, Danny thought up a plan and said, “Hey guys, I think I got an idea, follow my lead.” Once he was close enough, his eyes started glowing blue, and in an instant, he fired a blue beam from his eyes. The beam made contact with one of the arms, and in that instant, the arm was covered in ice. Seeing this, Sonic said, “Talk about giving the cold shoulder.” Knuckles then punched the frozen arm and it shattered into pieces, and with a good opening, Sonic hit the cockpit with a homing attack, giving the operative a reason to be worried.

Fearing that he would be defeated, he tried to run away from them. Seeing this, Sonic said, “That’s not gonna happen!” He then took off, and charged into the mech through a boost, and a blue aura appeared in front of him, and he rammed into the mech, causing it more damage. Amazed from the move, Danny said, “Holy cow that’s cool!” Feeling proud of himself, Sonic said, “You’re one to talk with that ice beam you shot at him.” Danny then said, “Or when Knuckles destroyed that arm with a single punch! I’ve heard a lot, but man, it’s better to see it in person!” As the fight with the Big Arm mech was pretty much at its end, the trio heard someone yell at the top of his voice, “THESE SLICERS ARE FLIPPING ANNOYING!” Sonic said, “Sounds like someone’s having some trouble with the Slicers.” Knuckles said, “I don’t really blame him.” Sonic said, “You can handle things from here?” Knuckles chuckled at his response and said, “Easy. Go ahead and help Finn out.” Sonic grinned and said, “Will do,” and with that, Sonic left Danny and Knuckles to help Finn out.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

As Finn continued fighting, for the most part, and a quick brief from Tails, he had to deal with the Slicers; the mantis-type Badniks were giving him some trouble. Despite it being a small group, they each threw their blades at him, either both of their claws were fired at him, or one at a time, they still posed as a nuisance to him. He was able to dodge and deflect the blades, with ease. But with the little knowledge he had on these Badnik’s, the blades that he was able to dodge came back at him in a boomerang-like motion and cut his legs, arms and scratched his face. In a fit of rage, he sliced/punched the defenseless robots before they each had a chance to grow a new set of blades. After slicing one of their heads off, and seeing more of the Slicers coming his way, he yelled in frustration, “THESE SLICERS ARE FLIPPING ANNOYING!” Once the Badniks were close, they launched their blades at an exhausted Finn. Before the blades could reach him, they were each engulfed in a light blue aura, and were hurled back to the Slicers, cutting each and every one of them with precision. Surprised from this, Finn turned and saw Rarity standing next to him, and he noticed her horn emitting the same aura color that engulfed the blades starting to fade away. Thankful for this, Finn said, “Thanks Rare.” She said with a wink, “Anytime Finn.”

Sonic joined them shortly after and said, “Need some help with those…” Before he could finish his sentence, he looked around and saw nothing around them. He still managed to finish his sentence and said, “…Slicers?” Finn said, “Thanks, but Rarity helped me finish them off.” She blushed from this, while Sonic said, “Cool. Oh Rarity, have you seen Fluttershy lately? Everyone’s been helping with the Badniks, but I haven’t seen her around.” Rarity said, “Fluttershy isn’t much of a fighter, she always tries her best to avoid confrontation. If anything, she might be in the woods.” Sonic looked towards the forest and noticed the pink hair, with the yellow fur. Fluttershy came out of the bushes once the trio were close to the forest. Fluttershy felt embarrassed and said, “Sorry I wasn’t any use to you guys.” Finn said, “It’s no problem, these guys weren’t that tough.”

Unknown to her, one of the Slicers was in the forest as well. After the Slicer saw her, it instantly launched both of its blades at her. The Sonic, Finn and Rarity said in unison, “Look out!” She didn’t have time to dodge the attack, but fortunately for her, Finn got in front of her in time and deflected the blades with his sword. Shortly after, Sonic jumped over the two, and delivered a Flying Kick to the Slicer. The badnik was sent flying into a tree, and was instantly destroyed. Fluttershy said, “Thank you both so much for saving me.” Finn simply said, “No probs.” While Sonic gave her a thumbs up and a wink. This caused her to smile bashfully at his response. Once Finn and Sonic left to fight the other badnik’s, Fluttershy noticed something unusual. She was shocked to see that a little animal, a grey rabbit, was under the debris of the machine.

Finn and Rarity left to fight the remaining Moto Bugs, while Knuckles and Danny brought the operative to Sonic. He walked over to them and said, “I guess what has been said is true. The good guys do dress in black. But all joking aside, what else did you goons find?” Operative Y chuckled and said, “Enough to wipe out every ghost that stands in our way.” As Sonic was talking to Operative Y, Fluttershy picked up the rabbit and saw the look of terror it had. She was enraged from seeing how hurt the critter looked. Not wanting to give up, Alpha arrived and said, “You better not give up on me operative!” She turned to the Egg Mobile-H after hearing his voice and yelled, “HOW DARE YOU!!!” She then charged at the mech with great speed, shocking everyone in the process. The Egg Mobile spun and crashed to the ground. Operative Y yelled, “Alpha!” while Sonic yelled, “Fluttershy!” Once the smoke was cleared, they saw that Fluttershy had pinned Agent Alpha on his back and glared at him. His sunglasses had fallen off before they crashed into the ground.

After destroying another Moto Bug, Rarity saw Fluttershy giving Alpha a look that instantly made her scared. She then said, “Oh my, she’s giving him the Stare.” Confused from hearing this, Sonic turned to Rarity and said, “The what?” She then said, “Let’s just say, I’m glad I’m not him right now.” Sonic looked back at them and took a better look at what he is seeing. He noticed Alpha had covered himself with his arms in an attempt to shield himself from looking at Fluttershy. He then looked at her and saw the intensity of the glare, known as the Stare, she was giving him. He couldn’t explain it, but at that moment, he felt a shiver run down his spine. Still angered from the revelation of the Badnik’s power source, Fluttershy said, “How could you be so cruel to use poor defenseless critters for your robot army?!” Still scared, and trying his best not to look at her, Alpha said, “I swear, I didn’t know there were animals in the robots.” He shakily grabbed a control within the Egg Mobile and said in an almost pleading tone, “I’ll release all the animals and we’ll leave, just please stop giving me that look!” Fluttershy got off of Alpha and said, “Thank you.”

Once she was back on the ground, Alpha kept his word, and pressed the button on the controller. All of the Badniks self-destructed, and released all of the animals in the process. Alpha then turned his radio on and said, “All operatives, retreat.” Confused from hearing this, an Operative said, “Retreat? But sir-.” Alpha snapped on his radio and said, “I didn’t freakin’ stutter, that’s a direct order! Everyone fall back!” None of the Operatives questioned him any further and retreated, leaving everyone shocked and confused from what just happened. Once the Guys in White had left, Fluttershy turned back to the group, gave them a sweet smile and giggled. Still in shock, Sonic leaned over to Rarity and said, “Remind me to always stay on her good side.” She said, “Will do, darling.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The remaining group hurried themselves out of the base and saw that everyone was as shocked from what had transpired as they were.

Realization hit Mordecai and he said, “Wait, if everyone from the Guys in White just left, then didn’t they take the emerald with them?” Sonic put both of his hands over his face and said, “Oh jeez!” Tucker checked his PDA and said, “Actually, my PDA says that the emerald is still here. It’s somewhere in the base.” A voice suddenly said, “Just what I needed to hear.” Everyone looked above and saw Discord. He then said, “You guys just make this too easy sometimes. I’ll just get my emerald and be on my way.” Danny then grabbed the fur on his neck, looked him dead in the eye and said, “Over my dead body you’re getting that emerald.” Discord smiled at his threat and said, “That’s cute, you’re trying to be threatening.” Danny then blasted him with his ghost ray, sending him back a few feet. He then said, “I’ve dealt with a fruit loop in the past, I can handle you too!”

Discord said, “Ok, the goat comment was one thing that comment just hurts. I was just going to get the emerald and just leave, but now I guess we’ll just have to do this again.” Both Danny and Rainbow Dash said in unison, “Bring it, Dip-cord!” They both looked at each other in surprise and confusion after they said the same thing at the same time. They looked back in Discord’s direction still confused, and in an instant, they got serious again. He opened a portal and was planning to escape rather than chance dealing with the ponies since they had their elements. He then said, “Next time we meet, I swear there will be-OOF!” Before he could finish his sentence, a ghost ray had fired at him from between Danny and Rainbow. The blast sent him into the portal, and in that instant, it closed behind him.

A voice suddenly yelled, “The next one won’t miss, Welp!” This caused everyone to turn in the direction the voice was coming from, and they were shocked after they saw the new intruder, Mordecai yelled in shock, “Holy crap! What the heck is that?!”

Chapter 11

After Mordecai’s outburst, everyone turned around and saw a single ghost floating in the air, but what caught everyone’s eye was the green emerald in the ghost’s chest plate. The emerald was then replaced by a second face on the chest plate, causing Danny, Sam and Tucker to relive an event with an encounter with the familiar foe. Before anyone could question it, the face spoke and said, "There wouldn't be a 'next one' if you had better aim!" The head then spoke and said, "Well excuse me for enjoying a good hunt." The face snapped back at him and said, "And excuse me for being the one that enjoys results!" While the ghosts were bickering with one another, both Rainbow Dash and Danny lowered themselves to the ground, both with the same shocked expression as the rest of the group. Sam shook her head in disbelief. Tucker said, "This can't be…" Hearing this, Double D turned to them and asked, "Do you by chance know who this is?" Danny said, "Unfortunately. This shouldn't be happening."

Getting impatient with the situation, Rainbow Dash said, “Mind telling those that don’t know who the heck that is?” After getting over his shock, Danny said, “That is Skulktech, a combination of two other ghosts named Skulker and Technus. Skulker is the Ghost Zone’s greatest hunter, he uses a battle tech armor to do all of his hunting, and Technus can manipulate technology to his liking.” Rigby caught on to this and said, “So with those two combined, they pretty much are an unstoppable ghost?” Tucker said, “Yes, but I have the upper hand on those two.” He pulled out his PDA and saw that he can control the tech ghost. He was about to mess with Skulktech’s system, but the ghost caught sight of the PDA, and fired a crossbow to the device’s screen, knocking the device out of his hands and instantly destroyed it. Everyone was shocked to see the device destroyed. Angered from this, Tucker yelled, “Hey! I just paid that off!”

Mordecai said, “Do you have another one of those by any chance?” Tucker said with a smirk, “Yeah. I never go anywhere without a backup PDA. It’s back on the Specter Speeder.” Sonic said, “There’s no time to waste, let’s go get it now!” Sonic then ran in the direction to the Specter Speeder, but before he could go too far, a green dome blocked his path, causing him to skid to an abrupt halt. Sonic said in confusion, “What the-?” Skulker then said, “Looks like Fright Knight isn’t the only one who can do the Ghost Dome Generation.” Technus said, “This emerald is a lot more powerful than I thought.”

The ghosts laughed maniacally and the destroyed technology within the dome was enveloped in a green aura. As soon as the eyes glowed red, Eddy turned to the group and asked, “Uh… what was that thing you said about one of those ghosts using technology?” As he asked this, each of the destroyed Badnik’s came back to life, and in one piece, each taking a green and black color scheme to their armors. Finn growled in frustration and said, “Not the Slicers again!!” Danny said, “I got your back this time.” Sonic said, “While you guys deal with these guys, I’m going to get the emerald from the base.” Tails said, “Don’t think your going in alone. I think it would be best to destroy the base, and keep anymore of Eggman’s technology out of the Guys in White’s hands.” Sonic nodded to this and said, “Good point. Tucker, Double D, you don’t mind joining us in there, do ya?”

Both Tucker and Double D looked on in confusion. Tails said, “What better way to destroy a base, then with three tech geniuses?” Before either of them could say anything, Eddy chimed in and said, “Double D ain’t going anywhere without me or Ed.” Jake turned to Finn and asked, “You got these Slicers? ‘Cause I was thinking about helping them with the base” Finn said, “Yeah, I got them, go ahead and help them with that.” As the seven left for the base, Silver said, “I don’t feel comfortable having the Eds go in the base.” Blaze turned to him and said, “Worried about them?” Silver said, “Yeah, I have a bad feeling that destroying the base won’t be as easy as it sounds.” As if understanding what he was saying, Blaze nodded in understanding, and with that, the duo soon left and followed the others into the base.

Seeing the group split up, Skulktech attempts to attack them. Danny quickly got in their way and said with a smirk, “I’m the only one you get to fight.” Skulktech charged up a Ghost Ray and said, “Have it your way welp!” The two ghosts charged towards each other, and each charged up a Ghost Ray.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

As Sonic and the group entered the base, they were stopped by a giant robot. It was a red drab-gray bipedal mech that contained two bouncy Bobbins on the arms, along with spikes on its feet. Trying to intimidate the group, the Operative said, “Anyone that assists the Ghost Boy, is an enemy to the government!” Recognizing the mech, Sonic simply shook his head at its and gave an exasperated look. The operative piloting the mech saw this and said, “What?” Sonic said, “Out of all the mechs Eggface has, you chose to use that?” The Operative said, “What? It looked good.” Tucker turned to Sonic and said, “He must be new if he says something like that.” Sonic said, “I got no time for this.” He and the rest of the group were about to circle the operative, but a hidden group of Mole Cannons had suddenly sprung from the ground, taking aim at the group.

Silver rolled his eyes at this and used his psychokinesis to build a wall between the group and the Mole Cannons. He then said, “The rest of you go on ahead. I got this.” Without a second thought, Sonic led Tails, the Eds, Tucker, Blaze and Jake out of the room. Seeing this, the operative said, “Oh no, you don’t!” The Mole Cannons fired their ammo at the group, but they were protected thanks to Silver’s barrier. In an attempt to stop them, the operative raised one of the mech’s legs and was going to stomp on them, but Silver used his psychokinesis and prevented him from harming them. Seeing this, everyone ran past the mech as quick as they could. Blaze stayed back from the group and asked, “Are you sure you can handle this one on your own?” Feeling confident in himself, Silver said, “Yeah, I got this. I’ll meet you in the next area in no time.” Blaze then nodded in understanding and left the room.

As soon as Blaze left, Amy, Rainbow Dash and Pinkie Pie arrived. They saw that Silver was confronting a mech, and as they were getting ready to help him, Silver effortlessly tossed the mech from the bottom and into a nearby wall. The mech skidded on the ground and destroyed the Mole Cannons, damaging the mech further as it crashed into the wall. Seeing this, Rainbow said, “That’s it?” Seeing that the mech had a hard time getting back up, Silver nodded in response and said, “That’s it.” Making sure that it was over, Amy pulled out her Piko Piko Hammer and bashed the underside of the mech as hard as she could, destroying the leg section in the process. As they were leaving the room to catch up with the others, Amy said, “Yeah, that mech wasn’t hard at all. Sonic made it look easy the first time himself.” Alone in the room, the Operative said to himself, “I knew I should have used the Egg Walker.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back outside the base, the newly possessed Badnik’s were proving to be more troublesome than they were the first time. The Motobugs had their claws sharpened and became faster, the RhinoBots had their horns sharpened and gained a boost of speed as well, the Caterkillers teeth have sharpened and they have adopted a snake-like attack style at trying to bite the group, as well as burrowing underground for sneak attacks, and the Slicers were able to regenerate their claws at a quicker pace after firing them at their intended targets. Seeing the Badnik’s giving the group a hard time, Danny flew towards Skulktech, while Sam got her Ecto-blaster ready. The two knew that to end this, they needed to send Skulktech back to the Ghost Zone.

Seeing Danny flying towards them, Skulktech raised a palm and fired a blast at Danny. The blast made contact, and for a split second, he transformed into his human self. Shocked from this, and in hopes to keep himself from falling, Danny transformed back into his ghost self. Skulktech grinned at what they were able to do. Technus’ face then popped up on the chest plate and said, “That worked better then I would have hoped.” Skulker added, “Just imagine if it were at full power.” Technus continued, “Yeah, the ability to take away one’s powers for an hour.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Observing the battle, and hearing what was just said, Discord said in shock, “WHAT?!” Fearing the worst, he immediately snapped his talons, but saw that what Skulktech has said was true; his powers have been taken away. He continued snapping his talons in a rapid pace in hopes to activate something while yelling, “THIS CAN’T BE HAPPENING!!!”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back to the fight at hand, Technus argued, “Which is why I said to work on your aim! Had we hit you, this would have been over a long time ago!” Danny thought, “That emerald is as strong as I’ve heard it was. I gotta get it out of their grasp.” Remembering his encounter with Skulktech he remembered something important, and an idea popped in his head. He then said with a smirk, “It’s funny that you mentioned Fright Knight.Because if I remember right, wasn’t he able to leave the dome?” Taken aback from the question, and feeling embarrassed, Skulker said, “Um…well. You see…” Technus’ face then appeared and said, “So much for getting EVERY calculation.” Skulker growled in frustration at Technus’ comment. Danny smirked from the reaction and knew what he needed to do to defeat them.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Sonic and the group continued running through the base, and were confronted with a giant robot coming out of the ground. Sonic knew what it was, the Death Egg Robot. As soon as it came out of the ground, the Death Egg Robot immediately flew to the ceiling. With the ceilings dim lighting, the group couldn’t see where it was.

Back with Silver, Amy, Rainbow Dash and Pinkie Pie, they were nearing the rest of the group, Pinkie’s tail started twitching. Pinkie then said, “Uh-oh.” Remembering the last time her tail twitched, Amy said, “Wasn’t the last time that happened when-” Before she could finish her question, the small group heard a loud crash. They rushed into the room and saw the Death Egg Robot, and saw that it landed on something with all its force. Seeing this, they feared the worst. The pilot of the mech then said, “That’s it? I was expecting a challenge.” The four were shocked from what was said, Amy was close to bursting into tears. In that moment, the foot started to rise on its own, surprising the Operator. Jake expanding himself in size, and was slowly lifting the mech off the ground. Once big enough, he threw the mech off of him with all his force.

Keeping himself from being toppled over from the throw, the Operator activated the mech’s jetpack and regained his composure, landing himself a ways away from Jake. With the mech off of them, Jake stood up, and grew himself to match the mech’s height. As he stretched in size, he uncovered the group in a makeshift dome that he made to protect them from the mech’s fall. Sonic said, “That was WAY too close.” Amy released a sigh of relief, seeing that Sonic, as well as the rest of the group, were okay. She, Silver Rainbow and Pinkie joined the group soon after. After stretching himself to match the mech’s height, Jake said, “Dude, seriously?”

With the Operator distracted, and seeing that the exit to the room was unguarded, Sonic said, “Let’s go!” Seeing this, the Operator launched one of the arms in an attempt to strike the group. Reacting to the attack, Jack stretched himself over the group and blocked the spiked hand. He said to the Operator, “I’m the one you’re dealing with, buddy!” Sonic gave Jake a thumbs up and said, “Thanks Jake!” Jake responded by shape shifting his tail into a hand and gave the group a thumbs up as well. And with that, Sonic and the group left the room. The Operator then retracted the arm and shifted his focus on Jake. With the arm’s retraction, the spike imprints were left on Jake’s body, but soon vanished thanks to his stretching ability, leaving the Operator curious to what he is seeing.

The Operator said through the intercom, “ You are CLEARLY no ghost, but something is very off about you mutt.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

After leaving the room, the group was stopped by a group of gold-covered robots. Recognizing them, Amy said, “These guys?” Sonic said, “Gotta give these guys credit for getting Eggman’s tougher robots.” The bots then lifted their right arms and fired a powerful beam from their canons. Before their attacks made any contact, Silver created a barrier with his Psychokinesis, protecting the group from the blasts. He winced from the multiple blasts, and said in surprise, “You weren’t kidding when you said they were tough.”

Sonic said, “E-2000R’s, what else can I say? Too bad Knuckles is outside, he had enough muscle to stun these bots. Oh well, we can still take them.” Hearing this, Eddy said, “You want muscle? You got it!” As soon as the blasts and Silver’s barrier subsided, Eddy gave Ed a push, and he wound his arms in a circular motion. He took off in a very fast pace, causing Eddy to grab the lower part of Ed’s jacket. Seeing this, Double D grabbed Eddy’s legs and the trio shot past the group and charged in full force at the bots, with Ed leading the way as the battering ram. Some were destroyed from Ed’s full force impact, while some of the other bots attempted to protect themselves with their shields. This however, didn’t stop Ed from destroying the shields, stunning the bots in the process.

Everyone was left stunned from what they just witnessed. Seeing their expressions, Pinkie simply said, “Best not to question this.” She then pulled out her party canon and went into the battlefield. Still at a loss of words, the group turned to each other and simply shrugged at one another. They then followed suit and started destroying the E-2000R bots.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back with Jake, he questioned the Operative’s statement asking, “What’s that supposed to mean?” The Operative said, “It doesn’t matter, we don’t have the kind of tech for that. I’ll be sure to send you to the other guys after I put you down.” He then fired an arm at Jake. Jake dodged the arm, and mimicked the attack and shot his fist at the mech. He punched it right in the face, knocking the mech off its feet.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

With the bots destroyed, the group pressed onward and entered a training area of the base. As they ran trough the area, a giant drill was fired at the group. Hearing the launch, Sonic turned and saw the drill coming their way. He said, “Look out!” No one had the time to react to the sudden attack, but thanks to Silver using his psychokinesis, he was able to deflect the drill and it missed the group.

The mech then flew in and faced itself to the group. They noticed the missing limb on the mechs left arm, but it instantly regenerated a new drill on the arm. Sonic grinned and said, “This one?” He turned to the group and said, “You guys go ahead, I can handle this!” Silver gave Sonic a nod as the group went their separate ways. The mech then fired a laser at the retreating group, but thanks to Silver’s barrier, he protected them from the mechs laser with ease. Seeing this, Sonic charged at the mech at full speed with his boost and hit it as hard as he could in the midsection. Getting the Operative piloting the mech’s attention, while Silver led the group out of the area and into the main area of the base.

As they left, Sonic yelled, “I’m the only one you’re dealing with!” The covers on the mechs head and legs revealed Operative K and Operative O. Operative K said, “You’ll be a good enough test subject for this mech!” After this declaration, Operative O activated the ice shots from the mech’s feet and tried to freeze Sonic on the ground he was running on. Sonic dodged this and said to himself, “Once was enough.” Recognizing what the mech was trying to do, Sonic ran up the wall to get the high ground. The Operatives activated the multiple laser shots to surround Sonic as best as they could, but with Sonic reaching a spot to avoid the attack; he found the weak spot to the attack and launched himself at it with a homing attack.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Entering the main area, the group looked around the area for the main computer. As they were looking, Rainbow Dash saw some large sized tubes. As she looked at them, she noticed something in one of them. She asked, “Is that Metal Sonic?” The question caught everyone’s attention as Amy prepared her Piko Piko hammer and Tails got into a fighting stance. Some, like Double D, were confused from hearing this. He asked, “Who’s Metal Sonic?” Amy said, “It’s a robot that supposed to look like Sonic.” Hearing this, Ed ran over to Rainbow Dash and looked into the tube. He said, “A robot?! Way cool!” Tails walked past him and said, “It would be ‘cool’ if it wasn’t programmed to kill Sonic.” This bit of news instantly took the excitement out of Ed, as he stepped away from the tube. Tails left the duo and continued searching for the main computer. He and Rainbow also noticed two other tubes containing two other robots that looked like Sonic. Ed then asked, “What about the other two?” The question caught Tails off guard and stopped him in his tracks. He went over to them and asked, “What do you mean ‘other two’?” Rainbow pointed a hoof and said, “He means those two.” As stated, there were two other tubes, both of which were also recognizable. Tails said, “Silver Sonic and Mecha Sonic? I didn’t think Eggman still had them.”

Tucker shouted, “I found the computer!” Tails and Double D went over to him and saw the oversized computer. Tails goes through the data and was surprised to see that the Guys in White actually had a lot of data on Eggman, his machines, and future blue prints. Tails said, “This base has to go. They have FAR too much knowledge on Eggman’s tech, it won’t be good if they continue using it to their advantage.” Tucker pulled out his PDA and said, “I’ll send a virus to their mainframe, erasing all known data on Eggman’s tech.” Double D then got on the computer and activated the self-destruct function to the base. As Double D was working on imploding the base, Tails found a wrench and was planning on destroying Metal Sonic, Mecha Sonic and Silver Sonic. As he was about to destroy them, a portal suddenly opened up, revealing Time Eater. His appearance caught everyone off guard. He then took the three tubes and vanished in an instant. Still in shock, Tails said, “That isn’t good.”

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

With another hit to the cockpit of the Egg Dragoon, Sonic continues chasing the operatives, getting ready to finish off the mech. Desperation takes over the operatives as they see that they were about to be defeated. Operative O said, “We won’t allow you to stop us from achieving our goal of riding the world of the Ghost Zone!” The mech turned around and in an instant, the drill slashed in the air, and ripped open a green portal. The mech flew in with Sonic trailing it and in that instant; they were in the Ghost Zone.

Taking in his new surroundings, Sonic was confused from what he was seeing. He saw a lot of floating land pieces, doors, and ghosts all around him.

Sonic then noticed a green reflection circling him, looking all around himself; he sees that he’s in a green orb. He looked at this wrist, noticing the same green glow was coming from it. Sonic smiles at this and says to himself, “Thanks Chip.”

Sonic then spots the Egg Dragoon, and sees it firing missiles at the floating lands. He took a running stance and ran towards the Egg Dragoon.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back outside, Skulktech was trying his best to defeat Danny, but he was proving to be a tougher challenge for them, especially with him causing Skulker and Technus to bicker with each other. Seeing them distracted, Danny blasted them with a Ghost Ray, sending them crashing to the ground. Seeing where they were going, Danny yelled, “Twilight! Rarity! Heads up!” Getting their attention, Twilight and Rarity looked up and saw the falling ghost. They got out of the way, causing the ghost to crash land on the Badnik’s Twilight and Rarity were fending off. Skulktech got up, attempting to shake off the blow Danny delivered. As he gained his senses again, he then saw both Twilight and Rarity, causing Skulker to back away from them in terror. He put up a hand in an effort to protect himself and yelled in terror, “STAY AWAY FROM ME!!”

Both unicorns looked on in confusion, wondering what caused that reaction. Danny saw the reaction and was trying his best to not laugh, remembering Skulker’s fear of unicorns. Feeling embarrassed from this, Technus said, “Ok, that’s it!” All the Badniks then shut down and swirled behind Skulktech, forming a single giant robot. With the separation, everyone noticed the dome surrounding the area had started to collapse. Once formed, the robot then created a face of its own. Skulker recognized the face, only to have his suspicions confirmed with the robot’s scolding voice. The robot said, “That pathetic display is enough to end this partnership! I’ll be taking that emerald now!” Before the argument could escalate any further, Shadow saw this as his chance to take the emerald away from them.

With the gun he still had from the base earlier, Shadow fired ectoplasm at Skulker, trapping him with the substance. He ran towards the trapped ghost and punched his fist into the ghost’s chest plate. He then ripped the emerald out of him and left the ghost’s stunned from his speed. Skulker then felt a finger tap his shoulder. He turned his head around enough to see Danny wave at him. He said with a smirk, “See ya.” He then opened the Fenton Thermos, capturing Skulker with ease. Once captured, Danny closes the thermos with a smirk still on his face. Shocked from the sudden intrusion, as well as figuring out Danny’s plan, Technus backed away from him, only to feel a ghost ray from the Fenton Bazooka shoot through his chest, coming from Sam. She then pulled out a Fenton Thermos of her own, opening and capturing the ghost. Desperate from not wanting to be captured, Technus tried to keep a strong hold on the robot he created, yelling “NOOOO!!!!!” His plea and effort was in vain, as he was sucked into the Thermos in seconds.

The robot collapsed into a huge pile of the destroyed Badniks with Technus’ absence. Seeing the results, everyone cheered from the victory. Finn, Rigby and Mordecai collapsed on the ground, thankful that the fight is over. Before anyone could enjoy the moment, a ghost portal opened up in the sky. Danny flew up to the portal and saw a mech fly past the portal. This caught Danny by surprise and with no hesitation, he flew into the portal. After entering the portal, he sees the Egg Dragoon firing random missiles, attempting to hit some of the ghosts. He also saw a green orb chasing after the Guys in White. Wanting to put an end to this, Danny flew towards the mech and the orb.

Once close enough, Danny sees that Operative O and Operative K are the ones piloting the mech, and the green orb was Sonic. Noticing the glow coming from his wrist, he assumed that whatever was there, was the reason for Sonic being in the orb. Noticing his presence, Sonic said, “Hey Danny.” Seeing him, the operatives launched a drill at Danny, but with Sonic’s speed, he got in front of the drill, rendering it useless to the orb’s defense. Danny then grabbed the orb, putting some ecto energy onto it, and threw it as hard as he could at the Egg Dragoon. Sonic then spun in a ball, propelling the orb to hit the mech with his speed. He made contact and the mech split into two, ending the fight with the Guys in White. Another portal opened up under the mech and it fell through, not wanting to lose it, Sonic and Danny chased after it through the portal. Once through the portal, they see that they had returned to the base. Excited for their victory, Sonic and Danny gave each other a hi-five and said in unison, “YEAH!”

The defeated Operatives crawled out of the destroyed mech, shaken from another defeat from Danny Phantom. Sonic and Danny looked down at the sullen Operatives. Sonic said with a cocky attitude, “Was that really the best you two could do?” The Operatives refused to look at them, letting their silence be their answer. Backing up Sonic’s comment, Danny said, “Better luck next time.” Operative K checked his watch and noticed bizarre activity. Not wanting to deal with it, he turned to Operative O and whispered, “I think we should get out of here.” Operative O nodded in response. Both Operatives stood up, alerting Danny and Sonic. The two were ready for an attack, but it never came. Operative O said, “You and your friends have bested us Ghost Boy, but know this.” The two Operatives activated their jetpacks with a push of a button. Operative O continued and said, “We’ll never stop until we rid the world of you and all ghosts!” They then flew off, phasing through the ceiling.

The sudden departure left Sonic and Danny confused. The alarms suddenly went off, reminding Sonic of the original plan for the base. Sonic turned to Danny and said, “Follow me!” The two left the area, heading towards the main area of the base.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Thanks to Tails, Double D and Tucker, they were able to trigger the self-destruct for the base. Once the self-destruct was activated, the white Chaos Emerald was released from its storage the computer was holding it in. Tails took the emerald and the alarms started going off, triggering a lockdown. Shortly after the alarms were going off, Sonic and Danny entered the room. Seeing Sonic, Ed said, “You won’t believe what just happened.” Sonic interrupted him and said, “Tell me later, we gotta get out of here!” The group then gathered around Sonic, ready for him to use Chaos Control. Sonic pulled out his emerald and activated Chaos Control.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Back with Jake and the Death Egg robot, Jake had just finished off the mech when the alarms started going off. He shrank back to his original size, confused from what was going on. The Operative took this as his chance to escape. He ejected out of the Death Egg robot and had used his jetpack to fly out of the base. Shortly after the Operative escaped, Sonic and the group appeared before Jake. Danny yelled, “Let’s get out of here!” Jake hastily joined the group. Once joined, Sonic used Chaos Control again and warped everyone out of the base.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The group outside were concerned from hearing the alarm go off, hoping the others were okay. The group appeared from the Chaos Control and started running from the base as fast as they could. Tails yelled, “I’d run if I were you guys!” The group then followed the others to the Specter Speeder.

Once they were close enough, Danny opened the Specter Speeder for the group. As they got in, many areas of the base began to explode. Tucker tried to start the Specter Speeder in hopes of avoiding the explosion, but he couldn’t start the engine. Danny looked at Tucker and said in a worried tone, “Tuck, we need to get out of here. What’s taking so long?” Before he could respond, Tucker was able to get the Specter Speeder started. He started flying the Specter Speeder as fast as he could, with the last part of the base exploding and the wall of destruction was trailing the group. In an attempt to protect everyone, Twilight, Silver and Danny each put up their barriers to keep everyone safe from the explosion. The wave from the explosion trailed them, but thanks to the barriers, the shockwaves barely fazed the Specter Speeder. After a few minutes of flying from the base’s destruction, Twilight, Silver and Danny lowered their respective barriers.

Looking out the window, everyone breathed a sigh of relief. Ed wiped his forehead and said, “That was close.” Remembering that Ed had something to tell him, Sonic turned to him and asked, “What were going to tell me back in the base?” Ed spaced out after hearing Sonic ask his question. After a few seconds, he remembered what he wanted to tell Sonic. He said, “Oh, yeah. We saw three robots that looked like you back there.” Sonic raised an eyebrow at what Ed said. Before he could ask about what he was talking about, Tails chimed in and said, “He’s talking about Mecha Sonic, Silver Sonic and Metal Sonic. But they weren’t the only things we saw.” This bit of info had gotten Sonic’s attention. He had a feeling Metal Sonic would still be around, but didn’t think Mecha Sonic or Silver Sonic were still around. Rainbow Dash added, “Time Eater showed up and took them.”

Shocked from this revelation, Sonic said, “That’s not good.”

Author's Notes:

Sorry for the wait, I've had a lot to deal with outside the internet. After a long wait, I finally got Chapter 11 up! I have every intention to finish this story, I'll try to be more active with finishing this.

Chapter 12

After escaping the destruction of the Guys in White's secret base, the group is currently flying in no general direction. Tails was helping Tucker with trying to track down the remaining Chaos Emeralds, and with it, tracking down Discord as well. Tails looked over his scanner for any lead, but to no avail.

Sonic turned to Tails and asked, "Any luck buddy?" Tails shakes his head in response. Feeling that this may take a while, Sonic decides to pass the time by talking with the group. As he looked at the ponies, a thought crosses his mind. He asks Twilight, "I just realized that you ponies have been wearing your Elements of Harmony this whole time. Might as well put them away for now. It's gonna be a while until we find Discord."

Twilight answers, "We don't have anything to put them away in." Hearing this, Ed says, "Oh! I can carry them for you!" He then pulls his jacket and reveals a fridge door on the inside of his jacket, startling the group, excluding Double D and Eddy, in the process. Noticing the fridge door, Ed says, "Woops, hold on." He then closes his jacket and re-opens it, revealing that the door is gone. Curiosity getting the best of her, Pinkie goes up to Ed and puts her head in the inside pocket. Her head then came out of the other inside pocket of Ed's jacket and she says with a smile, "There's plenty of room for the Elements in here!" Seeing this, it left everyone, excluding the Eds and the ponies, speechless.

Noticing the nonchalant behavior, Danny turned to them and said, "I'm gonna take it that you seven are used to stuff like this with them." Rainbow Dash shrugs at the comment and says, "More or less." Pinkie's head lowered and came out of the inside pocket she had stuck her head in, but she had some mysterious food substance covered in lint in her mane. Ed plucked the mysterious food from her mane and tucked it back in this jacket. Feeling uncomfortable with the thought, Rarity said, "I think I'll just put my element in Finn's pack, if he doesn't mind, that is." Finn said, "Nah, I don't mind. I can even hold the Chaos Emeralds for you guys too." He takes his pack off, opens it, and the ponies placed their elements in it. Finn then gestured for the others to put the emeralds in the pack, but they declined at the moment.

As Twilight was putting her element away, she turned to Danny and asked, "Hey Danny, what was up with that Skulktech? I remember before they separated and were captured, he acted very strange after crash landing." Danny did his best to not laugh and thought, "I know he doesn't want anyone to know this, but he brought this on himself for that act." Knowing whom he was talking to, Danny was hoping this wouldn't hurt their feelings. He turned to them and said, "Try not to take this the wrong way, but Skulker is afraid of unicorns." With this bit of information, the ponies looked on in confusion, but not as confused as Twilight and Rarity. Among the group, most of them tried not to laugh at this information, Shadow, Rigby and Eddy on the other hand, couldn't help but laugh at the info.

After letting it sink in, and with the laughter settled down, Twilight asked, "Why would he be afraid of unicorns?" Not wanting to go too much in detail, Danny said, "Just a bad experience in the Ghost Zone. While I was looking for Pandora a while ago, I saw him getting chased by three monstrous-looking unicorns. He even went on saying, ‘I never understood why people think those things are cute.’" Twilight and Rarity had a sullen look on their faces, something Danny took notice to. He immediately said, “But those were from Pandora’s Box, you two are cute in your own rights.” They both gave Danny a half smile from this, but still felt down from the revelation. Mordecai thought about changing the subject and asked, "So about Skulktech. You said that he was a future ghost, right?" Hearing this, Danny turned to him and said, "Yes, Skulktech is a future ghost, that partnership isn't supposed to exist for a while." Hearing this, Shadow said, "What I want to know is how did they get their hands on this?" He then held up the green Chaos Emerald. The group then started thinking over how they got the emerald to begin with. Knuckles said, "I scattered those emeralds when Time Eater showed himself the first time. I wouldn't know how a ghost was able to get their hands on one of them."

Remembering a few days ago, Danny remembered the green glow that shot through Amity Park. He then said, "Oh, um…I think I might know how that happened. I remember Sam, Tucker and I seeing a green light flying through the sky. I thought it was a rouge ghost and I ended up catching it in the thermos. I had already captured Skulker in the thermos to begin with. I'm guessing he talked with Technus after I sent him back into the Ghost Zone with the emerald." Shadow rolled his eyes, while Sam said, "That explains that at least." Danny then said, "Who would have thought a little mistake like that would give us a chance to team up with Sonic. I'm not complaining about that at all." After saying this, Sam couldn't help but smile at Danny's excitement.

Shadow then says, "At least the three of you have been of use. I still question the three stooges here." Feeling insulted, Eddy says, "Oh, come on! Don't pretend that we don't pull our weight with this group! Don't forget who saved you back in the base. And Ed here went full Rambo on those guys using Twilight." Hearing how it was phrased, Mordecai and the others, excluding the ponies, looked on in confusion. Ed then said, "Yeah, that wedding thing Pinkie told me was no lie." Confused from this, Mordecai asks, "What wedding was that?" Twilight simply responds, "My brother's wedding." Hearing this, Mordecai instantly pales at the revelation. Twilight continues talking about her brother, the wedding, how close she and Shining Armor are, her now sister-in-law who foalsat her when she was a filly and what had happened on the wedding day.

Mordecai doesn't pay attention to the conversation; fear has taken over his mindset at the possibility of one day meeting this brother of Twilight's. He snaps out of it when he hears Sonic say, "Big Brother Best Friend Forever." Twilight says in excitement, "Yes! Thank you! I was worried someone wasn't going to get it." Sonic shrugs and says, "I've used acronyms before, it wasn't that hard to figure out."

Noticing the look on Mordecai's face, Sonic continued the conversation and asked, "So Twi, how did you guys defeat the Changelings?" Twilight answered, "Actually, we didn't defeat them. Shining Armor and Cadence did." The group looked on in confusion, leading Twilight to continue the story. She said, "Cadence first broke Shining Armor out of Queen Chrysalis' grip, and how drained he was from Chrysalis' mind control, she helped him with her magic. She touched her horn with his, ultimately creating a powerful enough spell that sent Chrysalis and the other changelings out of Canterlot and back to where they came from." After hearing this, the group thought, "So cheesy." The only one who really enjoyed it was Amy. She said, "That's the power of love for you."

The group then continued having a peaceful conversation amongst themselves, all but Mordecai who was still getting his bearings away from the group. While everyone was distracted from Danny's story, Sonic went over to Mordecai to talk to him privately. He leaned over to Mordecai and whispered, "You're a dead duck dude." Mordecai face palmed at what Sonic said and replies, "Not helping dude." Sonic shrugs and says, "What? I'm not the one freaking out about my crush having a brother." Mordecai released a frustrated sigh and says, "It's not just that. From what Twilight said, she and Shining Armor are very close, and from what she said, it sounds like he's the older brother. So, I'm pretty sure he's going to be the overprotective type." Sonic then says, "As any good brother looking out for their sister should. From what Twilight was saying about him, Shining Armor sounds pretty cool. The two of you could end up getting along, and that can be a good thing in Twilight's eyes if you did."

Mordecai looked at him in confusion and asked, "You think so? You don't think he'd kill me if I were dating his sister?" Sonic said, "He might, but it's up to you to make it work. Better to know now, rather than on the first date when she says that she has a brother." Mordecai still seemed unsure with the given information, but Sonic pressed on and said, "Look Mordo, no one said it would be easy. When it comes to these kinds of things, you're not only building a relationship with Twilight, you're building it with her friends and eventually her family too, don't forget that you'll one day meet her parents as well. You wouldn't want to tear Twi away from her friends or family, would you?" Shocked from the question, Mordecai says, "No way! I wouldn't dream of doing anything like that." Mordecai looks back to the group and sees that they were laughing at something together. Seeing the happiness on her face, Mordecai couldn’t help but smile. He continues and says, "I can see that they mean a lot to her, and I can get along with them." Sonic then said, "The same thing has to be done with her family too, you and I both know that. If you can get along with her friends, then you can get along with her parents and brother as well. Only a jerk would want to tear someone away from their family and friends for their own selfish wants, and I know you aren't that kind of person and I know that you have it in you to get along with them as well."

After saying this, Mordecai let what Sonic said sink in. He knows that this is a standard for anyone. He never had that chance when he tried to get with Margaret, so naturally, he was afraid of the circumstances. With the feeling of support on this, Mordecai felt motivated that he could befriend Twilight's parents and her brother. Mordecai then said, "Hmm, hmm. Thanks Sonic." Sonic gives him a thumbs up and begins walking towards the group, until Mordecai asked, "Is this how it is with you and Amy?" The question froze Sonic on the spot. The group didn't seem to hear Mordecai's question, Sonic being thankful for that.

Before Mordecai could push the subject any further, Tails said, "I got a lock on the last of the Chaos Emeralds!" With that, Sonic ran up to Tails, as the rest of the group were now focused from what he had said. Sonic asked, "How far is he?" Tails said, "Not too far." Double D said, "This seems easy." Tucker added, "Too easy if you ask me." Tails said, "You have that feeling that he's trying to set us up too?" Being on the same page as Tails, the duo nodded to his question. Sonic said, "Set up or not, he still has 3 Chaos Emeralds, and we can't let him keep them."

Knowing that Sonic had a point, Tails input the coordinates to the location and the Specter Speeder was set to find the last of the Chaos Emeralds.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After flying for half an hour, the Specter Speeder reached its destination. Sonic recognized the land as the same area Eggman tried to build Eggmanland on when the world was broken. After landing the Specter Speeder, the group exited and began their search for Discord.

The group looked around the place as best as they could, but to no avail. They split up into a group of three in an attempt to find Discord quicker. The group was led by Danny, Sam and Tucker thanks to them having the Fenton Phones to keep everyone in the groups updated. They searched each end of the island, but they still couldn't find any trace of him.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
As the group split up, Sonic had a nagging thought pop up in the back of his head. He knew that this was almost over, but as he looked at his group, seeing Mordecai talking with Twilight, and seeing how they are interacting with each other, enjoying being with one another. He's also seeing the Eds acting like regular kids, goofing around, not taking this very seriously or really thinking about a potential no-win scenario for them, and seeing Danny having the time of his life based on the fact that he is excited to work with him. As much as he's enjoyed what has been going on with this unique group, deep down, he didn't want to put their lives at risk.

Noticing the sullen look on his face, Amy slowed her pace down and asked, "Is everything okay Sonic?" Snapping out of his thoughts, Sonic turned to Amy and said, "It's nothing, I'm fine." He wore a fake smile, trying to cover up his thoughts, but Amy saw right through it. Shadow overheard the conversation and noticed Sonic's expression. He fell back to Sonic and Amy and said, "You have that feeling too, don't you?" Caught off guard by Shadow's question, Sonic asked, "What?" Shadow then said, "Don't play dumb, I know you don't want these guys getting hurt." Sonic then said, "What am I supposed to do?" Shadow said, "You invited them, it's on you."
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After searching for what felt like an hour, Danny started feeling as though this were a wild goose chase, He was about to phone it in on the Fenton Phones, but to his surprise, he saw something. He said, "Guys, I think I found something."
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

It took a while for the groups to meet up at the location, but once gathered together, they see what Danny had found. It was a portal in the middle of the forest. It didn't look like a ghost portal, but it felt odd seeing a portal of any kind just sitting out in the open. Sam broke the silence and asked, "Do you think this might be it?" Danny said, "It has to."

Feeling as though this adventure was coming to an end, Sonic got in front of the group and said, "Thank you guys for your help, we can handle this from here." Confused from the sudden declaration, Danny asked, "What do you mean 'You guys can handle this from here'?" Sonic then said, "If this portal is leading to Discord, then it would be best that he and Time Eater don't get their hands on all of the Chaos Emeralds with all of you there." Sonic then pulled out the cyan emerald. He continued and said, "You all helped enough, we have gathered four of the emeralds throughout this journey. I don't want any of you getting hurt from here on out."

Confused from this, Twilight asked, "What about the Elements of Harmony? These are supposed to help stop Discord for good." Sonic didn't know how to answer that, he knew deep down that the Elements of Harmony were to help stop Discord, but he didn't want the ponies to get hurt, especially with knowing that Time Eater was with Discord and three of the Chaos Emeralds on their side. Shadow said, "To put it simply, you all will get in the way for this. We've faced Time Eater before, and with you guys here, it would make it harder to fight them. If we can take down Time Eater, then Discord should face the same fate that Eggman did when Time Eater was beaten the last time. Plus, Time Eater should be a lot weaker from the last fight, he hasn't really shown himself throughout this whole ordeal."

After Shadow's explanation, everyone felt insulted from how it was phrased, Eddy said, "Why you dirty-!" Danny interrupted what Eddy had to say, and said, "Look, I didn't come all this way just to be told to go home. We've faced worse than what Discord has brought, we can handle Time Eater too." Sonic said, "I'm sorry, but this is for the best. We'll celebrate when it's all over." Without another word, Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Shadow, Rouge, Silver and Blaze walked into the portal.

Feeling upset with the sudden turn of events, the remaining group didn't know what to do. Eddy said, "This stinks! Should we just go home if that's the case?" Not wanting to just give up, Mordecai said, "No! We didn't come all this way for nothing! I don't know about you guys, but I'm not gonna sit on the sidelines for this one! I want to see this through to the end!" The group focused in on Mordecai's speech, feeling doubt fading away and slowly becoming inspired themselves. Twilight couldn't help but blush at how inspiring Mordecai sounds. Despite the seriousness of the situation, Mordecai is still willing to help, it was awe inspiring to say the least.

Mordecai continued and said, "We're all here because we wanted to help Sonic and his friends. So, no matter what happens in there, I want to know that I was able to help when it was needed the most. Who's with me?!" It didn't take long for a response, as Rigby, Finn and Jake yelled, "YEAH!" Still feeling pumped from the speech, Mordecai yelled, "Who's with me?!" Danny, Sam, Tucker, Ed, Edd and Eddy yelled, "YEAH!" Wanting to hear everyone, Mordecai said one more time, "Who's with me?!" Twilight, Rarity, Pinky Pie, Rainbow Dash, Applejack and Fluttershy yelled, "YEAH!" Seeing that everyone was on board, Mordecai unsheathed the Root Sword, pointed it at the portal and yelled, "Then let's give it our all! CHARGE!"

And with that, the remaining group charged into the portal, ready to help Sonic and his friends defeat Discord and Time Eater once and for all.

Author's Notes:

Short chapter, I know, but this is the last filler chapter before getting ready for the final act. Thank you all so much for sticking with this story all these years, I am proud to have worked on this to the best of my abilities and have people enjoy this story. I know crossovers aren't a lot of people's favorite, but when I get those good compliments, a follow on the story, I know that the fans outweigh the critics.

Get ready, the final battle is on its way for Sonic and the gang.

Chapter 13

As Sonic and the gang exited the portal, they see that they are in the same area that they fought Time Eater the last time. After getting familiar with the area, they see Discord sitting on a throne filing his nails on his lion paw. As he examined his nails, not paying attention to the guests that had arrived. Sonic let out a cough to bring awareness to the group’s presence. Hearing the cough, Discord turned his head and saw the group. He smugly says, “Took you long enough to get here.”

Sonic retorted, “Took you long enough to show yourself.” Getting defensive from this, Discord said, “Hey! I was having trouble with my magic. But-” he then snapped his fingers and revealed the three containers from the Guys in White’s base. Discord then says with a smirk, “The magic’s back!”

Discord then notices that it was just Sonic and his friends. He didn’t see the ponies or the others in the group. He asks, “Wait. It’s just you? Where’s the rest of the tagalongs?” Sonic didn’t like that phrase and gave Discord a glare. Ignoring the look he was receiving, Discord continued his ramble and said, “Eh, it doesn’t matter, it’ll end the same way regardless.” He then snapped his fingers and changed the area. He was now much further away from the group and had expanded the floor of the area, wanting to make it hard for the group to reach him. With the new expansion, he summoned an army of Badniks, changelings and various Dark creatures that haven’t been seen since Eggman broke apart the Earth and unleased Dark Gaia; each of them ranged from the Rex variant, Nightmare variant, Fright variant, Killer Bee variant, Bat variant, Master variant and Titan variant. Discord then placed the three Chaos Emeralds he had into the containers and in an instant, the containers exploded, revealing Metal Sonic, Mecha Sonic and Silver Sonic.

Seeing what they’re dealing with, Sonic and the gang took their respective fighting stances, and prepared their weapons, ready to take this army head on. Before they could start the fight, they heard the battle cry come from behind them. They saw that the ponies, Mordecai, Rigby, the Eds, Finn, Jake, Danny, Sam and Tucker come through the portal. To say that Sonic and the gang were shocked and confused from seeing them would be an understatement. As the others joined them, Sonic said, “What are you guys doing here? I thought I told you that we can handle this.” Mordecai says, “We weren’t going to leave you behind dude.” Twilight says, “That’s right. If this is the final confrontation, then we’re going to make sure that we do this right with the Elements of Harmony.” Sonic couldn’t help but smile at this. Eddy chimes in and says, “Plus, I don’t think you would have handled this by yourselves.” Shadow rolls his eyes at the comment, while Sonic lightly chuckled at it.

Sonic then turned to everyone and said, “Look guys, I know I said that I didn’t want you here, because I didn’t want any of you getting hurt, but seeing that you have chosen to be here, says that the bonds we have formed is very strong, and I couldn’t be happier to have you guys here by my side for this.” Before Sonic could continue, Pinkie Pie was the first one to give him a hug, catching him off guard in the process. The next thing Sonic knew, Amy wrapped her arms around his neck from behind, and soon after, the rest of the group joined in and started hugging him too, forming the biggest group hug he’s been a part of. Jake was the last to take part in the group hug, as he wrapped everyone in his overstretched arms to complete the hug among this group of friends. Sonic was uncomfortable at first, but once everyone took part in this hug, he closed his eyes and happily accepted the hug from everyone with a smile. A glow started emitting from Finn’s pack, alerting everyone to the sudden bright light. Twilight asked aloud, “The Elements? What’s going on?” Trying to stay focused at the task at hand, Twilight and her friends put on their respective Element of Harmony.

Wondering why the army was stalling, Discord asked, “Why hasn’t anyone done anything yet?” Seeing the “tagalongs”, Discord claps in excitement and says, “Oh goody! The cavalry has arrived! Alright minions, attack!” The changelings changed their forms to look like the ponies, some of them have even successfully changed themselves to look like Sonic and his gang. After the transformations, Metal Sonic and Silver Sonic flew past them to lead the charge. Rainbow Dash flew to face Metal Sonic, Finn wanting to get in on the action turns to Jake and says, “You ready bro?” Jake says, “I was born ready.” Finn then jumps in the air, while Jake opened his mouth and swallows Finn whole. Everyone was shocked from this, until they see Jake formed into a muscular body, with Finn’s head coming out of the mouth. Still in a state of shock, Sonic asks aloud, “You guys could do that the whole time?” Finn shrugs and says, “This wasn’t needed before.”

Getting over his shock, Sonic says, “All right everyone! It’s time to finish this! Let’s go!” With that being said, the group charges at the army of past enemies.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Finn charged at full force in the Jake suit, not fearing the army that stood in his way. He effortlessly destroys the Badniks with his combat abilities and the added stretch powers Jake has. Seeing what they were dealing with, the Dark Gaia minions attacked Finn, but he proved that he was still too much for even them. He would grab the Killer Bees and Bat variants and slam them into the Rex and Nightmare variants with everything he had. With the brute force he possessed in the Jake suit, Finn appeared to have an upper hand against the army. Seeing the strength this child possessed, the Titan variant stood in his way, and prepared to strike him with the clubs they created.

The Titan variant might be slow, but they packed more of a punch compared to their smaller counterparts. With a mighty swing, the Titan hit Finn as hard as he could and had slammed him into the ground with ease. The club then started rising from the ground and from the spot he stood in, Finn easily lifting the club off of him. He said with a cocky smirk, “Is that all you got?” He then lifts the club upward, which also lifted the Titan upward. Finn then slammed the Titan into the ground with all of his might. The force alone rendered the Titan vulnerable as he let go of his club. Finn took the club and smacked the Titan with it as hard as he could, turning him into a dark mist in the process. Finn then said to the defeated enemy, “You’re pathetic!”

A buzzsaw noise was present after this declaration, causing Finn to look around for the source of the noise. A robotic voice then said, “How about I face you?” Finn turned to see Silver Sonic and smirked at this robot. He then said, “I don’t know, are you even a challenge?” The robot had his quills activated, emitting the buzzsaw noise from before and then charged at Finn in a spin dash of his own, revealing the sharp metallic quills it possesses. He charged at great speed, but Finn was able to doge the attack easily.

As Silver Sonic was getting ready to launch another attack, Finn hits the robot in the face, causing the robot some damage. Silver Sonic then charges another spin dash and launches towards Finn. Instead of dodging, Finn grabs the robot on the sides and slams him into the ground, knocking him out of the spin dash attack. Regaining himself, Silver Sonic prepared a dash attack with the jet shoes, and launched himself at Finn.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Eddy gave Ed a strong push and like before, he started winding up his arms in a fast-circular motion and began charging into the battle field. Seeing this, Double D grabbed Eddy’s legs as Ed’s speed picked up and the trio started destroying the Badniks with ease. With the destruction to the Badniks, the Eds managed to create a gap for the group to charge through.

The ponies charged towards the changelings, familiar with their last encounter with them, they knew what to expect in this fight. The only thing that is different is that the changelings can now change their appearance to look like Sonic and his friends. Sonic and his friends sped past the changelings, focusing their sights on Discord. The ponies kept up with them, knowing that the Elements of Harmony were the only things that could stop Discord. Try as they might, the ponies weren’t able to keep up with Sonic and some of his friends, seeing this, the changelings focused their attention on the ponies. Twilight and Rarity used their magic on the changelings, blasting them each one by one.

Metal Sonic saw the problem this army had against Sonic and this new group of friends. He took it upon himself to attack the group while they were distracted. He flew at the group, ready to strike, but he was cut off from the attack with Rainbow Dash charging into the robot with great speed. Metal Sonic recovered from the blindsided hit and saw the rainbow-maned pegasus giving him a cocky smirk. Metal pointed at her and said, “Stay out of my way equine, or you’ll face the same fate as Sonic and the rest of his friends!” Rainbow Dash taking a fighting stance says, “I can take you!” Metal Sonic’s eyes started glowing red and the humming sound of a jet engine could be heard. Metal Sonic then said, “Don’t say I didn’t warn you.” The jet engine released its power and Metal Sonic charged at Rainbow Dash with great speed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Out of everyone that came out of the portal, the only one that stayed behind from the fight was Fluttershy. She knows deep down that she isn’t a fighter, and she didn’t want be a burden on the others and get in the way. She had stayed behind near the portal, hoping that she wouldn’t be noticed. From where she was at, she could see the fight that unraveled before her. She saw Finn fighting Silver Sonic with great ease, she saw Rainbow Dash fighting Metal Sonic, while the rest of the group charged through the Badniks and the dark creatures, trying to get to Discord. She couldn’t help but worry about Rainbow Dash, seeing that Metal Sonic was able to keep up with her with great ease. Fluttershy remembered when Sonic talked about his robot duplicate and said that the robot could keep up with him, which made her worry even more. Some of her worry lessened when she saw Rainbow dodge Metal Sonic’s attacks and gave him a strong buck to the face, sending the robot flying.

After sitting for what felt like a long time, Fluttershy noticed a few of her friends approaching her, and she felt relieved of not being alone anymore. She saw Rarity, Pinkie Pie and Applejack approaching her. Looking back at the fight the others were in, she noticed a beam of blue magic that belonged to Rarity. This sent her into a panic, as she realized that the three ponies approaching her were not her friends, but the changelings instead. Fluttershy didn’t know what to do, she was too scared to think of a proper way to handle this, so she shielded herself with her forelegs. Before the changelings could do anything to her, one of them got punched in the back of the head, alerting them of a new presence among them. The voice then says, “You stay away from her!” Recognizing the voice, Fluttershy looked up and saw that it was Mordecai. She couldn’t have been happier to see a familiar face here to help her.

The changelings focused their attention on Mordecai, but he had proven to be a problem to them, easily knocking them out one by one, not letting the forms they were in fool him. That is, until one of them had taken the form of Twilight Sparkle, causing him to hesitate on attacking the changeling. Seeing this moment of weakness, the other changelings also transformed into Twilight, making the situation harder for Mordecai to do anything against them. The changelings circled them and were prepared to strike. That is, until a voice yelled, “HEADS UP!” Danny had arrived and fired an ice blast from his eyes, forming a small ice barrier around Mordecai and Fluttershy, keeping the changelings away from them. After landing inside the frozen area, Danny formed an ice dome around him, Mordecai and Fluttershy, keeping the changelings away from them for the time being.

After creating the ice dome, Danny turned to Mordecai and says, “What was that?” Trying to play dumb, Mordecai says, “What was what?” Danny rolled his eyes at Mordecai’s response and says, “That! You were easily handling those things until…” It was then that Danny took notice to the form the changelings were in, and it didn’t take him long to figure out the problem. He looked back at Mordecai and saw that he wasn’t looking at him, further confirming his suspicions. Danny then asks, “Dude, do you have a crush on Twilight?” The question caused Fluttershy to gasp and cover her mouth in surprise, while it made Mordecai blush and he attempted to cover his face. Seeing his reaction, Fluttershy couldn’t help but hug Mordecai with the revelation. She says, “I’m so happy for you Mordecai!” Mordecai noticed Danny didn’t say anything and asks, “This doesn’t bother you, does it?” Danny says, “I’m surprised, but I’m not bothered by it. If she makes you happy, then dude, you deserve to be happy.” Mordecai breathes a sigh in relief, thankful for another understanding friend from this group. Danny continues and says, “Besides, this is nothing compared to the Box Ghost and the Lunch Lady getting married and having a kid. THAT was gross. This is very tolerable in my book.”

Mordecai didn’t know what he was talking about, but figured that it must have been something that Danny went through personally, so he decided to not push the topic any further. Danny then says, “Anyway, even with the crush, you should know that Twilight’s with Sonic and the others, getting ready to take down Discord. She wouldn’t be here, unless it meant getting Fluttershy to join her and the others.” Mordecai focused his attention on Fluttershy as Danny brought her up. She didn’t look at either of them, knowing that her actions were selfish. Mordecai then says, “That’s right, what are you doing here Fluttershy? Shouldn’t you be with your friends getting ready to defeat Discord?” Still avoiding eye contact with them, Fluttershy looked down and said, “I know, I’m sorry about that. It’s just that…I’m not a fighter, I never have been, and seeing this large army just scared me.” The duo looked on, but didn’t say anything, they felt that she had more to say. Fluttershy then says, “I’m not brave like Rainbow Dash, I’m not strong like Applejack and I’m nowhere near as strategic as Twilight. I’m a timid, weak pony that would just get in the way and make things harder for everyone. I’m not important, I’m just a burden.”

As she said this, Fluttershy felt tears welling up in her eyes, threatening to come pouring down. Mordecai and Danny felt bad for her as she said all of this. They might not have known her for long, but there was one thing they know for sure, they both knew that they didn’t like seeing her cry. Danny spoke up first and said, “Look Fluttershy, I know you’re not a fighter, it’s not like I didn’t notice back at the Guys in White’s base, but despite that, you were the reason for driving out the entire base by yourself. You might not be able to fight, but you definitely have a lot of courage underneath all of that fear.” Mordecai turned to him and asked, “She was the reason for that?” Danny said, “Yeah. She just pinned the leader down and just glared at him. I couldn’t hear what she had said to him, but I’ve never seen anyone so scared before in my life, and in all honesty, when I saw the look on her face, I was a little scared myself.” Fluttershy tries to downplay this and says, “That wasn’t courage, I was just upset from seeing those poor innocent critters inside those robots.”

Mordecai turns back to her and says, “Fluttershy, courage isn’t about having no fear, it’s about being able to face those fears head on, despite being afraid. You stared down a leader of an organization because he was using something that was hurting something you cared about. We all have fear, believe it or not. I’m borrowing Finn’s sword to help out as best as I can in all of this, because I have someone to fight for.” Hearing this, Fluttershy says with a knowing smile, “Someone, or somepony?” Mordecai blushed from the question, knowing who she was referring to. Danny snickered at the ‘somepony’ line, finding it humorous that it was a thing, and he also knew who Fluttershy was talking about. Mordecai then says, “Yes, somepony, but it’s not just for her, it’s also for you, the rest of your friends, Sonic and his friends, Danny and his friends, everyone. Sometimes, I feel like I’m not the biggest contributor here, but I still press on and help in anyway I can, because I have a part in this as much as the rest of the group, and that includes you. Because this right here-” he taps her element and continues, “says that you are very important in all of this.”

Fluttershy started feeling better about herself after talking with Danny and Mordecai. They were very encouraging to her, and she felt a new sense to help out. She gave Mordecai and Danny each a hug and said, “Thank you.” As they hugged, the changelings started blasting the ice with their magic and easily disposed of the wall surrounding the ice dome. Seeing this, Danny said, “Oh great.” He was ready to fight off the changelings that were present, and they were charging their magic, ready to destroy the ice dome; but before anything could happen, a bright light entered the dome. The light blinded the changelings, preventing them from destroying the dome, as Danny, Mordecai and Fluttershy covered their eyes. Once the light subsided, the trio see that it was Sonic. He turned to them and said, “Glad to see you guys are okay.” Danny said, “Glad you could make it.”

Sonic then asks, “What are you guys doing back here?” Mordecai said, “Fluttershy needed a little…pep talk. She’s ready to help stop Discord.” Fluttershy nods in agreement, showing a new sense of purpose to help. Sonic then said, “Then what are we waiting for? Hold tight.” The changelings recovered from their temporary blindness and were prepared to destroy the ice dome. They used their magic and blasted the dome, but with Mordecai, Danny and Fluttershy huddled with Sonic, he used Chaos Control and teleported them out of the area.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Rainbow Dash did her best to evade Metal Sonic’s speed, surprised from how fast this robot actually was. Metal Sonic charges up power into his right arm and yells, “Chaos Spear!” Metal launches a barrage of lightning bolts at Rainbow Dash, similar to Shadow’s technique. Seeing the attack, Rainbow Dash dodges the bolts as best as she could. Seeing how distracted she was, Metal Sonic charges up his V. Maximum Overdrive Attack, surrounding himself in a highly powerful energy field. Once fully charted, he launches himself at Rainbow Dash at full speed. Rainbow Dash barely sees him coming and tries to dodge the attack, but because of the distraction the Chaos Spears had on her, she couldn’t react on time. Metal Sonic was able to singe her wing, making it hard for her to counter the robot. Rainbow yelled in pain and was forced to land on the ground.

Rainbow Dash tries to open her wing, but immediately feels the pain from the attack. She winces in pain and instantly closes her wing again, her ability to fly has been hampered, taking away her greatest strength. Still airborne, Metal Sonic saw this as an advantage and prepared another attack that can finish off the injured pegasus. He clamps his hands together and begins to spin in place. He then launches himself at his target, breaking the sound barrier, unleashing the Sonic Boom. With the speed he unleashed, his spinning movements had picked up making it similar to a drill attack and was aimed to finish off Rainbow Dash.

Before she could react, Sonic came at the right time and gave his robot doubleganger a double kick to the face, derailing the attack. Metal Sonic made contact with the ground and thanks to the speed he had built before, his hands were now stuck in the ground, preventing the robot from attacking. Rainbow Dash didn’t hesitate after seeing the state Metal Sonic was in. She ran as fast as she could towards him and gave the robot a double kick to the face as hard as she could. The attack launched Metal Sonic, and thanks to his arms being firmly stuck in the ground, they were ultimately ripped off because of the force Rainbow Dash delivered. With his arms now removed, Metal Sonic was now left defenseless. Sonic ran towards him at full speed and delivered one strong punch to the robot. Metal Sonic began to short-circuit and exploded after the punch, leaving behind the blue chaos emerald.

Rainbow Dash sat on her haunches, exhausted from the fight and her wing still in pain. A voice asked, “Are you okay Rainbow Dash?” Sonic turned to see that Fluttershy had a concerned look on her face, she was worried over Rainbow Dash’s injury. She said, “My wing’s a little sore, but I’ll be alright.” Sonic asked, “Can you still fight?” Rainbow Dash said, “I can last. Hopefully Finn still has that bottle to heal me.” While they were distracted, Discord appeared before them and took the blue chaos emerald back. Sonic saw this and tried to take the emerald away from Discord, but he reacted quicker and snapped his talons, teleporting himself away from Sonic. Sonic growled and pounded his fist into the ground in frustration.

Danny spoke up and said, “Let’s go check on Finn, and maybe get your wing healed up.” With that being said, the group left the area and went to Finn and Jake.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The fight between Finn and Silver Sonic was winding down, the robot was heavily damaged and was starting to short circuit. Desperate to continue, Silver Sonic attempted another spin dash attack and launched spikes as it jumped in the air. Finn took the spikes with ease, but Jake winced in pain from how sharp the spikes were as they pierced his skin. As Silver Sonic got out of the spin dash attack, Finn delivers one final punch to robot, causing it to explode and leaving behind the purple chaos emerald. Seeing it, Finn was going to grab it, until Mecha Sonic swooped in and claimed the emerald for himself. Seeing this, Finn yells, “Shoot!” Before Finn had the chance to take the emerald away, Mecha Sonic was gone in an instant.

As soon as Mecha Sonic was gone, Sonic, Fluttershy, Mordecai, Danny and Rainbow Dash approached Finn. They see Silver Sonic laying in defeat, Sonic looks to Finn and asks, “Where’s the emerald?” Finn says, “That other Sonic-bot took it the moment I finished this chump off!” Danny asked, “Any idea where he went?” Finn says, “No clue.”

After saying this, Finn turns to the group and noticed Rainbow Dash’s wing. He says, “Whoa, Dash! How’d your wing get so jacked up?” Rainbow Dash says, “Just took down Metal Sonic, he wasn’t as easy as I thought he would be.” Without even being asked, Finn had the bottle of cyclops tears presented out of Jake’s hand. Danny grabbed the bottle and looked at it questioningly. He asked, “This is supposed to help?” Finn said, “Just splash some on her wing, trust me.” Danny did as he was instructed and poured a decent amount on Rainbow Dash’s injured wing. After the liquid made contact, her wing had instantly changed from a charred and damaged mess to its natural, undamaged cerulean color. Seeing the results, Danny says, “What the -?!” He looks at the bottle, then Rainbow Dash’s wing, then turned his attention to Finn and asks, “What the heck is in this?”

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Mecha Sonic re-appears in front of Discord, knowing the seriousness of the fight at hand with both Silver Sonic and Metal Sonic’s defeat. Mecha Sonic takes the emerald out and says, “If we’re going to beat Sonic and his friends, I’m going to need more power than this.” Discord looked on in confusion and asks, “I thought you three needed the emeralds to be powered up?” Mecha Sonic says, “No, we don’t need them for our existence.” He then tosses the emerald to Discord. Mecha Sonic continues and says, “I need to go to Angel Island.” Discord asks, “Why do you want to go there?” Mecha Sonic responds, “Do you want to win this or not?” Discord grew annoyed with Mecha Sonic’s attitude but is in no mood for an argument, he says, “Fine.” He snaps his fingers and opens a portal to Angel Island.

Discord says, “I don’t know what you would want over there, but make it quick.”

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Finn and Jake left Sonic and the others to look for the rest of the group. He found the Eds, Sam and Tucker and told them to meet up with Sonic. He then found Silver, Blaze, Rouge and Shadow taking down one of the Titans. Shadow tried to use his gun, but the Titan was quick with his swing and destroyed the gun with his club. Before it could strike the group, Finn threw a punch at the Titan right in the face with Jake’s overstretched arm, knocking the monster on its back. Shadow then used a chaos spear and destroyed the Titan with a single blast. Shadow turned to Finn and gave him a thumbs up. Finn took it as a sign of “thanks” and says, “No probs. Sonic said to meet up with him and the others, Discord’s getting his butt kicked.” Shadow, Rouge, Silver and Blaze left in search of Sonic. As they ran off, Finn yelled, “If you see the others, can you tell them to meet Sonic?” Blaze says, “We can do that!”

Before Finn could leave, Mecha Sonic appeared before him. Finn grins at the robot and says, “I was wondering where you went.” Finn pounded his fist into has hand, ready to destroy the robot. Mecha Sonic, however, made a backwards dash away from Finn. Finn chased after the robot and yells, “Face me you coward!” The robot then took a jump and landed on something. Whatever it landed on, it started glowing in a crazy rapid pace. After a few seconds, Mecha Sonic jumped into the air and his blue plated armor turned into gold. Seeing this, Finn asks aloud, “What just happened?” Mecha Sonic says, “Your defeat!” Mecha Sonic then charged at Finn with great speed, grabbed him and easily bulldozed him into the ground with great strength.

After practically burying Finn into the ground, Mecha Sonic flew back into the air, getting ready for the next attack. Finn was left stunned from the speed and power Mecha Sonic just demonstrated, despite the fact that he’s still wearing the Jake suit, he still felt the pain from Mecha Sonic’s attack. He shakily got out of the ground, turned his right hand into a fist and readied to attack him. Finn sees Mecha Sonic hovering in the air and feels as if the robot was mocking him by just floating there. Finn threw a punch at Mecha Sonic as hard as he could, and made contact, but the attack didn’t faze Mecha Sonic in the slightest. Mecha Sonic then says, “Is that your best shot? How pathetic.” Mecha Sonic charges up an energy ball and yells, “I’ll crush you!” He then blasts the energy ball at Finn. With the injuries sustained, Finn couldn’t react in time and ended up taking the blast head-on. After the blast subsided, Finn collapsed onto the ground and Jake ended up puking him out.

Desperate to finish the fight, Finn says, “No! No! Jake come on! I can finish this!” Jake weakly says, “No, too injured.” Seeing the vulnerable state they were in, Mecha Sonic says, “Taste my power!” He blasts another energy ball at the duo and believes that he has won this. At the last minute, a voice says, “LOOK OUT!” Finn and Jake were grabbed and were safely taken out of the blasts range. Finn looks up to see that it was Knuckles who saved them from the blast. Finn says, “Thanks Knux.” Knuckles says, “Don’t thank me just yet. He’s still in his super form.”

Mecha Sonic says, “Very observant echidna. I should thank that draconequus for these.” He then pulls out the three chaos emeralds that Discord had. Knuckles gets into a fighting stance and says, “I’ll be taking those back.” Mecha Sonic laughs at Knuckles’ threat and says, “With no emeralds of your own, I’d like to see you try.” Unknown to Mecha Sonic, Knuckles has gained a new ability since the last time they faced each other. Mecha Sonic charges at Knuckles, ready to strike him, but Knuckles dodged the attack and ran towards the Master Emerald. Mecha Sonic didn’t know what Knuckles had planned, but he didn’t want to find out. He blasted the energy shots at him, but Knuckles was able to dodge them with ease. Mecha Sonic shot another blast at Knuckles, but instead of trying to hit him, he instead shot the blast in Knuckles’ path. The blast made a big explosion once it hit the ground and the blast sent Knuckles flying.

Knuckles crash lands next to the Master Emerald, but he ended up getting a sprained ankle from landing wrong. Mecha Sonic hovers behind him and says, “I don’t know what your plan is, but if this was a means of distraction, you failed miserably.” Mecha Sonic then points his finger behind him and fires an energy beam.

We see Finn healing himself and was beginning to heal Jake, but a sudden beam had made contact with the bottle and instantly destroys it. Finn and Jake stared on in shock from the sudden attack. Mecha Sonic then says, “There’ll be no more of that, the boy won’t be fighting with that dog anytime soon, and you are all out of options.” Mecha Sonic readied another energy blast and said, “Any last words?”

While Mecha Sonic was distracted, Knuckles had already gotten back on his feet and had a hand on the Master Emerald. He turned to the robot and said, “Yeah. Don’t you EVER touch my Master Emerald again!” Knuckles then throws a very strong punch and sends the robot flying. The punch was so strong it made Mecha Sonic drop the three chaos emeralds and he was knocked out of his super form. Seeing this, Knuckles charged towards Mecha Sonic. He still had power from the Master Emerald, and ready to end the fight once and for all. Once Knuckles was close enough, he threw another punch, crushing the robot into the ground and causing a shockwave in the process. The attack instantly destroys the robot, ending the fight with the last of the Sonic doppelgangers.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Rarity was walking by herself; Shadow and Rouge had just told the group that they were needed. She fell behind because of the changelings getting in her way. As she walked to where she was needed, she saw the fight Knuckles was in. She was ready to help in any way she could, but she saw that she wasn’t need as Knuckles had delivered a powerful punch to Mecha Sonic and sent the robot flying. The robot had a gold color, but had just changed to blue after the punch. She saw Knuckles charge at the defenseless robot and deliver another punch, destroying the robot. Rarity looked from the area Knuckles ran from and noticed a giant green emerald in the back. She approached Knuckles and says, “Is that the Master Emerald you mentioned before?” Knuckles was exhausted from the fight and was hunched over trying to catch his breath, but he gave Rarity a nod in response. She looked back at the Master Emerald and was entranced just by looking at it. She said in amazement, “Oh my, it’s very beautiful.”

Knuckles doesn’t respond, he was more focused on retrieving the Master Emerald. Before he could get to the Master Emerald, a sudden flash appeared next to the it, as the light faded, it was revealed to be Discord. He grabs the Master Emerald and leered at the emerald, clearly impressed with what Mecha Sonic was able to accomplish with it alone. Not wanting Discord to retrieve the Chaos Emeralds, Rarity uses her magic to levitate the three emeralds and pulled them towards her. Discord glares at the group, but instead of fighting them, he chose to teleport away from them with the Master Emerald in his possession.

Knuckles falls to his knees, shocked from losing the Master Emerald to Discord. Rarity walked next to him and said, “It’s okay darling, we’ll get it back. Right now, we have all seven Chaos Emeralds with us.” As Rarity said this, Knuckles couldn’t help feeling uneasy about this. He felt that this was too easy.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Sonic, Mordecai, Fluttershy, Danny and Rainbow Dash continued to fight off the army and were trying to regroup with the others. They fought their way and reached Twilight, Applejack and Pinkie Pie, who were fighting off the changelings. Sonic asks, “Where’s Discord?” Applejack says, “It was a changeling.” Rainbow Dash asks in anger, “Seriously?!” Mordecai says, “At least we’ll be ready when we do find Discord.”

He was referring to Fluttershy, something Twilight took notice to after finishing the last of the changeling group they were fighting. Twilight asks, “Where were you Fluttershy? I thought something bad had happened to you.” Mordecai says, “Thankfully that wasn’t the case, I was able to get to her before the changelings could kidnap her.” Twilight turns to Mordecai and gives him a thankful smile, causing him to blush in the process. Twilight focuses her attention back on Fluttershy and says, “Fluttershy, please don’t ever do that again, I couldn’t live with myself if something bad happened to you.” Fluttershy saw the hurt and worry in Twilight’s eyes and felt bad for putting her through this. She said, “I’m sorry about that, but don’t you worry Twilight, I’m here with everyone to the very end.” Twilight gave Fluttershy a smile and hugged her, which she gladly returned.

As Twilight and Fluttershy were hugging, Knuckles, Finn, Jake and Rarity arrived. Finn asks, “Did we miss anything?” Sonic says, “Not really, this army keeps coming back no matter what we’ve been able to do to them.” After saying that, the group sees that the army has surrounded them in a circle formation, ready to capture them and claim victory. Tails says, “What now Sonic?” Sonic says, “We’ll keep fighting, no matter what.” Shadow made a motion to take off his inhibitor rings, but was stopped as Danny raised an arm and spoke up. He said, “Leave it to me guys.” Shadow says, “You think you can handle them on your own?” Danny says, “I can. I’ve been saving this attack as a last resort, and this is as good a time as any to use it. Everyone, just stay behind me and cover your ears.”

After saying this, Danny stepped in front of the group, ready to finish the fight with the army on his own. They were confused from the instruction that he left for them, but they weren’t going to argue with what Danny told them. Once Danny was in front of them, he takes a deep breath and yells at the top of his lungs, releasing his most powerful attack, the Ghostly Wail. The attack released a shockwave of ecto-energy, and it easily wiped out the enemies that were in its path. The group had their ears covered, but despite this, they faintly heard a haunting moaning sound coming from the attack. The army was dumbfounded from seeing what this attack could do, but before any of them could respond, Danny had moved himself and released another Ghostly Wail on the army. He continued this until he had circled the group and essentially wiped out the army that had once surrounded them.

With the army defeated, and not hearing anymore ghostly moans, everyone uncovers their ears and takes a good look around the area. They were amazed with what Danny had done on his own, all of the Changelings, the Dark Gaia creatures and the Badniks were defeated. Danny was left breathing heavy after releasing the Ghostly Wail multiple times, but he still remained in his ghost form and he proudly stood tall in his victory. The group cheered, thankful that the army was no more and that they can now focus their attention on Discord.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Discord remained in hiding after he took the Master Emerald, he didn’t know anything about it, but with Mecha Sonic’s persuasion, it made him curious about what made this emerald so special. Time Eater showed Discord two big events the Master Emerald was involved in, and Discord had seen that this emerald had the power to control the Chaos Emeralds themselves. Discord says in amazement, “If this thing can control the Chaos Emeralds, why didn’t we take this in the first place?” Time Eater says, “The emeralds were already scattered, do you really believe this could get them back?” Discord says, “Fair point. They took our emeralds, but it doesn’t matter, we have this now.” Discord teleports away from the area and was prepared for the final battle with Sonic and his friends.

Author's Notes:

The first of the final 3 chapters of this story.

I hope you enjoy these remaining chapters.